© Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS Inverters for Single-Axis Drives and SIMOTICS Motors Motion Control Drives Catalog News D 31 N Edition March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 Related catalogs Motion Control PM 21 SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 & SIMOTICS Equipment for Production Machines Industrial Communication SIMATIC NET E86060-K4921-A101-A3-7600 E86060-K6710-A101-B8-7600 SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units D 11 D 35 E86060-K5535-A101-A1-7600 SIMOTICS S-1FG1 Servo geared motors Helical, Parallel shaft, Bevel and Helical worm geared motors SIMOGEAR Geared Motors D 41 Further Information MD 50.1 MD 10.1 ST 70 E86060-K4670-A101-B5-7600 SIMATIC HMI / ST 80/ST PC PC-based Automation Human Machine Interface Systems PC-based Automation E86060-K4680-A101-C3-7600 Industry Mall Information and Ordering Platform in the Internet D 81.1 E86060-K5710-A111-A5-7600 SIMATIC Products for Totally Integrated Automation CA 01 www.siemens.com/industrymall E86060-K5250-A111-A4-7600 FLENDER Couplings Standard Couplings Products for Automation and Drives Interactive Catalog, DVD E86060-D4001-A510-D6-7600 E86060-K5541-A101-A2-7600 (PDF) SIMOTICS GP, SD, XP, DP Low-Voltage Motors Type series 1LE1, 1MB1 and 1PC1 Frame sizes 71 to 315 Power range 0.18 to 200 kW E86060-K5581-A111-A8-7600 ITC SITRAIN Training for Industry Only available in German E86060-K6850-A101-C5 E86060-K5511-A101-A6-7600 SINAMICS Drives SINAMICS G120P and SINAMICS G120P Cabinet pump, fan, compressor converters IK PI Up-to-date information material, such as promotional literature, catalogs or brochures, is always available in the Internet at the following addresses www.siemens.com/sinamics-g110 www.siemens.com/sinamics-g120c www.siemens.com/sinamics-g120p www.siemens.com/sinamics-g120 www.siemens.com/sinamics-g110m www.siemens.com/sinamics-g110d www.siemens.com/sinamics-g120d www.siemens.com/sinamics-s110 www.siemens.com/sinamics-s120 www.siemens.com/servomotors www.siemens.com/servo-geared-motors www.siemens.com/main-motors www.siemens.com/sensor-systems www.siemens.com/motion-connect www.siemens.com/sinamics www.siemens.com/simotics www.siemens.com/ids under "Information material". The offered documentation can be ordered or downloaded in common file formats (PDF, ZIP). New products included in this catalog. © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS Inverters for Single-Axis Drives and SIMOTICS Motors Motion Control Drives Catalog News D 31 N · March 2016 Supersedes: Catalog D 31 · 2015 chapters 4, 5, 6 and 12 Refer to the Industry Mall for current updates of this catalog: www.siemens.com/industrymall The products contained in this catalog can also be found in the Interactive Catalog CA 01. Article No.: E86060-D4001-A510-D6-7600 Please contact your local Siemens branch. System overview 1 Highlights 2 SINAMICS G110 standard inverters 0.12 kW to 3 kW (0.16 hp to 4.0 hp) 3 SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp) 4 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) 5 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) 6 SINAMICS G110D distributed inverters 0.75 kW to 7.5 kW (1.0 hp to 10 hp) 7 SINAMICS G120D distributed inverters 0.75 kW to 7.5 kW (1.0 hp to 10 hp) 8 SINAMICS S110 servo drives 0.12 kW to 90 kW (0.16 hp to 125 hp) 9 SINAMICS S120 drive system 0.12 kW to 250 kW (0.16 hp to 400 hp) 10 SIMOTICS motors 11 Engineering tools 12 Services and documentation 13 Appendix 14 © Siemens AG 2016 . The products and systems described in this catalog are distributed under application of a certified quality management system in accordance with DIN EN ISO 9001. The certificate is recognized by all IQNet countries. © Siemens AG 2016 Integrated Drive Systems Faster on the market and in the black with Integrated Drive Systems SINAMICS is an important element of a Siemens Integrated Drive System, contributing significantly to increased efficiency, productivity, and availability in industrial production processes. and lifecycle integration ensure that every drive system component fits seamlessly into the whole system, into any automation environment, and even into the entire lifecycle of a plant. Integrated Drive Systems are Siemens’ trendsetting answer to the high degree of complexity that characterizes drive and automation technology today. The world’s only true one-stop solution for entire drive systems is characterized in particular by its threefold integration: Horizontal, vertical, The outcome is an optimal workflow – from engineering all the way to service that entails more productivity, increased efficiency, and better availability. That’s how Integrated Drive Systems reduce time to market and time to profit. Horizontal integration Integrated drive portfolio: The core elements of a fully integrated drive portfolio are frequency converters, motors, couplings, and gear units. At Siemens, they‘re all available from a single source. Perfectly integrated, perfectly interacting. For all power and performance classes. As standard solutions or fully customized. No other player in the market can offer a comparable portfolio. Moreover, all Siemens drive components are perfectly matched, so they are optimally interacting. You can boost the availability of your application or plant to up to 99% * *e.g., conveyor application Vertical integration Thanks to vertical integration, the complete drive train is seamlessly integrated in the entire automation environment – an important prerequisite for production with maximum value added. Integrated Drive Systems are part of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA), which means that they are perfectly embedded into the system architecture of the entire industrial production process. This enables optimal processes through maximum communication and control. With TIA Portal you can cut your engineering time by up to 30% Lifecycle integration Lifecycle integration adds the factor of time: Software and service are available for the entire lifecycle of an Integrated Drive System. That way, important optimization potential for maximum productivity, increased efficiency, and highest availability can be leveraged throughout the system’s lifecycle – from planning, design, and engineering to operation, maintenance, and all the way even to modernization. With Integrated Drive Systems, assets become important success factors. They ensure shorter time to market, maximum productivity and efficiency in operation, and shorter time to profit. With Integrated Drive Systems you can reduce your maintenance costs by up to 15% www.siemens.com/ids 2 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 2 © Siemens AG 2016 Highlights 2/2 2/2 2/4 Energy efficiency classes in accordance with EN 50598 Overview More information Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 Highlights Energy efficiency classes in accordance with EN 50598 ■ Overview Step by step to more efficiency The standard is especially important for variable-speed drives of the following types: • for AC/AC converters without energy recovery functionality • for motors with integrated converters • for supply voltages of 100 V to 1000 V • for powers of 0.12 kW to 1000 kW To cover all applications of driven machines, the new standard defines operating points in full-load and partial-load operation, at which the losses of the motor and drive systems have to be determined. Based on the loss data at the operating points in partial-load operation, variable-speed drives can be explicitly considered in more detail. This makes their advantages especially clear. 2/2 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 % 50 25 50 Relative speed Hoisting gear, extruders, conveyor belts % 100 Load torque M = constant 100 % G_D011_EN_00467 The European standard series EN 50598 defines the ecodesign requirements for drive systems in the low-voltage range with an electrically driven machine. It consists of definitions for energy efficiency (parts 1 and 2) and an ecobalance calculation (part 3). To take account of the different use cases, consideration of eight application-relevant operating points has been introduced as mandatory for the first time. Determination of loss values at these eight points and definition of efficiency classes are laid down by the standard in a uniform way. This enables data relevant to operation, such as application-specific load profiles, to now be taken into account more easily in the energy efficiency analysis. Load torque M ~ n2 100 Relative torque However, measures aimed solely at the motor are not enough to achieve the mandatory energy-saving targets. The European legislation fills this gap with the standard series EN 50598 and extends the focus from individual drive components to entire drive systems, even enabling consideration of specific use cases. Centrifugal pumps, fans 50 Relative torque One of the core objectives of the European Union is a sustainable power industry. In industrial plants today, around 70 % of the power demand is from electrically driven systems. This high percentage contains huge potential for saving energy in electrical drives. For that reason, the European Union introduced minimum requirements for the energy efficiency of electric motors in the form of a statutory motor regulation as early as 2011. 25 % 50 Relative speed Winders, coilers 100 Load torque M ~ 1/n 100 % 50 Relative torque 2 25 50 Relative speed % 100 Duty cycles for different driven machines Moreover, frequency converters and motor systems are classified in efficiency classes, which permit an initial rough estimate of the potential saving. Definition of reference systems is a key aspect of this because they provide standard reference values. The positioning of these reference systems defines the efficiency class. The relative distance from the reference system can be used as an absolute measure of the efficiency at the operating point in question. © Siemens AG 2016 Highlights Energy efficiency classes in accordance with EN 50598 ■ Overview The more detailed loss analysis of EN 50598, on the other hand, is aimed at speed-controlled operation and therefore now also includes motors especially designed for converter operation in the energy analysis. These were previously not covered by the applicable standards. Moreover, a loss analysis over the entire setting and load range of the motor is possible. This is done in accordance with the standard EN 50598 with typical values. For holistic consideration, it is essential to include all the relevant components of a drive system. The EN 50598 standard defines this in detail. The standardized expression of power loss data as a percentage makes comparison considerably easier and more transparent. The method also makes it possible to consider a motor that produces a holding torque at speed zero, for example. In this case, the efficiency is zero, but a power loss from current producing magnetization and holding torque does occur. In summary, the key advantage of standard EN 50598 is the ability to perform the energy analysis of an electrical drive system based on standardized load profiles in all operating ranges due to uniform general conditions. This provides the user with complete transparency irrespective of the manufacturer. Establishing efficiency classes of frequency converters (Complete Drive Modules CDM) To avoid overmodulation and to ensure comparability between makes, which cannot be achieved otherwise, the efficiency classes of CDMs refer to the 90/100 operating point (90 % motor stator frequency, 100 % torque current). Standard EN 50598-2 defines the relative losses of a CDM in efficiency classes IE0 to IE2. With reference to the value of a CDM of efficiency class IE1 (reference converter), a CDM of efficiency class IE2 has 25 % lower losses and a CDM of efficiency class IE0 has 25 % higher losses. 2 Determination of the efficiency classes IE0 to IE2 100 p CDM(0, 100) p CDM(50, 100) p CDM(90, 100) p CDM(0, 50) p CDM(50, 50) p CDM (90, 50) p CDM (0, 25) p CDM (50, 25) % 50 25 G_D011_EN_00468 For motors, the efficiency consideration was previously only defined for operation without a converter at 50/60 Hz. It provides a good way of comparing the energy efficiency of motors from different manufacturers for this use case. Operating points for CDMs Relative torque current Advantages of the detailed loss consideration of EN 50598 over the previous consideration of efficiencies and maximum loss values 0 0 50 % Relative motor stator frequency p CDM (90, 100) p RCDM(90, 100) IE0 90 100 25% greater losses than reference value 125% Reference value (reference converter) 100% IE1 Reference value ±25% 75% 50% IE2 25% lower losses than reference value Complete Drive Module (CDM) – determining the efficiency class Establishing the efficiency classes of drive systems (Power Drive Systems PDS) What is possible for the individual systems, of course, also applies to the entire electrical PDS (frequency converter plus motor). Detailed comparisons are now possible at this level, too. The reference values for the reference system provide clear indications of the energy performance of the PDS. Because targeted matching of the motor and CDM provides additional potential for optimization in electrical drive systems, it is especially important for the user to consider the entire drive system. For the efficiency class of a PDS, too, a specific load point is defined. In this case, the reference point used is the 100/100 operating point (100 % motor stator frequency, 100 % torque). Standard EN 50598-2 defines the relative losses of a PDS in efficiency classes IES0 to IES2. With reference to the value of a PDS of efficiency class IES1 (reference drive), a PDS of efficiency class IES2 has 20 % lower losses and a PDS of efficiency class IES0 has 20 % higher losses. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 2/3 © Siemens AG 2016 Highlights Energy efficiency classes in accordance with EN 50598 ■ Overview Operating points for PDS 2 CDM losses (Complete Drive Modules, frequency converters) Motor losses p RM (100, 100) 100 100 p CDM (50, 100) p CDM (90, 100) p CDM (0, 50) p CDM (50, 50) p CDM (90, 50) p CDM (0, 25) p CDM (50, 25) % Relative torque current % Relative torque current p CDM (0, 100) 50 25 50 25 0 0 0 50 0 % 100 Relative speed 50 % Relative motor stator frequency PDS losses (Power Drive System) 100 p PDS (0, 100) p PDS (50, 100) p PDS (100, 100) p PDS (0, 50) p PDS (50, 50) p PDS (100, 50) p PDS (0, 25) p PDS (50, 25) G_D011_EN_00469 Determination of the efficiency classes IES0 to IES2 Relative torque % 50 25 0 0 50 p PDS (100, 100) p RPDS (100, 100) % 90 100 Relative speed IES0 20% greater losses than reference value 120% Reference value (reference system = reference converter + reference motor) 100% 50% Power Drive System (PDS) – determining the efficiency class ■ More information Power loss data of SINAMICS converters for single-axis drives are available on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311 Further information on current laws and standards, new standards, and mandatory guidelines is available on the Internet at http://www.siemens.com/legislation-and-standards 2/4 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 IES1 Reference value ±20% 80% IES2 20% lower losses than reference value 90 100 4 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp) 4/2 4/2 4/2 Introduction Application More information 4/3 4/3 4/3 4/3 4/5 4/6 4/8 4/10 4/17 4/18 4/19 SINAMICS G120C compact inverters Overview Benefits Design Configuration Integration Selection and ordering data Technical specifications Characteristic curves Dimensional drawings More information 4/20 4/20 4/21 Line-side components Line reactors Recommended line-side power components 4/22 4/22 DC link components Braking resistors 4/24 4/24 Load-side power components Output reactors 4/26 4/26 4/27 4/29 4/30 4/31 Supplementary system components Operator panels Intelligent Operator Panel IOP Basic Operator Panel BOP-2 Memory cards PC inverter connection kit 2 4/32 Spare parts Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp) Introduction ■ Application Use Requirements for torque accuracy/speed accuracy/position accuracy/coordination of axes/functionality Continuous motion Basic 4 High Basic Medium High Centrifugal pumps Radial / axial fans Compressors Eccentric screw pumps Hydraulic pumps Metering pumps Hydraulic pumps Metering pumps Descaling pumps Hydraulic pumps V20 G110 G120C G120P G120P G130/G150 G180 1) S120 G120 S110 S120 Conveyor belts Roller conveyors Chain conveyors Conveyor belts Roller conveyors Chain conveyors Lifting/lowering devices Elevators Escalators/moving walkways Indoor cranes Marine drives Cable railways Elevators Container cranes Mining hoists Excavators for opencast mining Test bays Acceleration conveyors Storage and retrieval machines Acceleration conveyors Storage and retrieval machines Cross cutters Reel changers Storage and retrieval machines Robotics Pick & place Rotary indexing tables Cross cutters Roll feeds Engagers/ disengagers V20 G110 G110D G110M G120C G120 G120D G130/G150 G180 1) S120 S150 DCM V90 G120 G120D S110 DCM S120 DCM Mills Mixers Kneaders Crushers Agitators Centrifuges Mills Mixers Kneaders Crushers Agitators Centrifuges Extruders Rotary furnaces Extruders Winders/unwinders Lead/follower drives Calenders Main press drives Printing machines Tubular bagging machines Single-axis motion control such as • Position profiles • Path profiles Tubular bagging machines Single-axis motion control such as • Position profiles • Path profiles Servo presses Rolling mill drives Multi-axis motion control such as • Multi-axis positioning • Cams • Interpolations V20 G120C G120 G130/G150 G180 1) S120 S150 DCM V90 G120 S110 S120 DCM Main drives for • Turning • Milling • Drilling Main drives for • Drilling • Sawing Main drives for • Turning • Milling • Drilling • Gear cutting • Grinding Axis drives for • Turning • Milling • Drilling Axis drives for • Drilling • Sawing Axis drives for • Turning • Milling • Drilling • Lasering • Gear cutting • Grinding • Nibbling and punching S110 S110 S120 S120 S110 S110 S120 S120 Pumping, Centrifugal pumps ventilating, Radial / axial fans compressing Compressors Moving Processing Machining Non-continuous motion Medium SINAMICS G120C compact inverters continuously control the speed of three-phase asynchronous (induction) motors and can be used in a wide range of industrial areas. They are generally suitable for applications involving conveyor belts, mixers, extruders, pumps, fans, compressors and basic handling machines. Practical application examples and descriptions are available on the Internet at www.siemens.com/sinamics-applications ■ More information You may also be interested in these drives: • More performance in the control cabinet in IP20 degree of protection SINAMICS G120 • Higher degree of protection for power ratings up to 7.5 kW (10 hp) SINAMICS G110M, SINAMICS G110D, SINAMICS G120D • With positioning function in the control cabinet in IP20 degree of protection SINAMICS G120, SINAMICS S110 • With a positioning function for distributed drive solutions in IP65 degree of protection SINAMICS G120D 1) Industry-specific inverters. 4/2 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp) SINAMICS G120C compact inverters ■ Overview ■ Design SINAMICS G120C is a compact inverter for control cabinet mounting in IP20 degree of protection where the Control Unit (CU) and Power Module (PM) function units are combined in one device. The compact mechanical design and the high power density allow these devices to be installed in machine control enclosures and control cabinets for maximum space utilization. The SINAMICS G120C compact inverter can be butt-mounted directly, without derating at temperatures up to 40 °C. 4 SINAMICS G120C frame sizes FSAA, FSA, FSB and FSC with mounted blanking cover SINAMICS G120C compact inverters offer a well-balanced combination of features to address a wide range of applications. They are compact, rugged devices that are easy to operate and can be optionally equipped with a basic or advanced operator panel. SINAMICS G120C inverters are especially suitable when it comes to meeting the requirements of system integrators, OEMs and distributors regarding high productivity and tailored performance. ■ Benefits • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Compact design Side-by-side design High power density, low envelope dimensions Simple installation in the tightest space Low space requirement Use in small control cabinets, close to the machine Optimized parameter set Optimized commissioning Getting Started document BOP-2 or IOP operator panels can be used Integrated USB connection Simple and fast software parameter assignment Simple to use during commissioning and in operation Minimized training costs, existing SINAMICS know-how can be used High degree of service friendliness, simple maintenance Plug-in terminals Cloning function using BOP-2, IOP or memory card Operating hours counter for "drive on" and "motor on" Fast mechanical installation Intuitive standard commissioning Component of Totally Integrated Automation Energy-efficient, sensorless vector control Automatic flux reduction with V/f ECO Integrated energy saving computer Safety Integrated (STO) Communications versions with PROFINET / EtherNet/IP, PROFIBUS DP, USS/Modbus RTU Coated modules Operation up to an ambient temperature of 60 °C (140 °F) SINAMICS G120C, frame size FSAA with BOP-2 SINAMICS G120C can be integrated into the widest range of applications, either using the integrated digital and analog inputs or via the integrated fieldbus interface (available in USS, Modbus RTU, PROFIBUS, PROFINET / EtherNet/IP versions). Especially the product versions with integrated PROFIBUS/ PROFINET interface make full integration into the Siemens TIA family possible, therefore allowing the advantages of the seamless TIA product family to be fully utilized. SINAMICS G120C devices are preset in the factory so that they can be immediately connected to PROFIBUS and/or PROFINET fieldbus systems without parameterization. SINAMICS G120C is also equipped with the safety function STO (Safe Torque Off) as standard, which is used to safely stop drives. As a consequence, machine manufacturers can simply comply with current machinery directives with minimum associated costs. SINAMICS G120C can control asynchronous (induction) motors in the power range from 0.37 kW up to 18.5 kW (0.5 hp up to 25 hp). Reliable and efficient motor operation is achieved by using state-of-the-art IGBT technology combined with vector control. The extensive range of functions integrated in the SINAMICS G120C also offers a high degree of protection for the inverter and motor. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 4/3 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp) SINAMICS G120C compact inverters ■ Design Fuse/ circuit breaker Line reactor USB cable 4 IOP SINAMICS G120C BOP-2 IOP Handheld Braking resistor Motor G_D011_EN_00340a Output reactor Line-side components Memory card Line reactors The parameter settings for an inverter can be stored on the SINAMICS SD memory card. When service is required, e.g. after the inverter has been replaced and the data have been downloaded from the memory card the drive system is immediately ready for use again. The associated memory card holder is integrated in the inverter. Line reactors smooth the current drawn by the inverter and thus reduce harmonic components in the line current. Through the reduction of the current harmonics, the thermal load on the power components in the rectifier and in the DC-link capacitors is reduced as well as the harmonic effects on the supply. The use of a line reactor increases the service life of the inverter. Recommended line-side power components Standard fuses can be used for the SINAMICS G120C. These must be dimensioned to comply with local regulations. In this chapter, you will find recommended components such as fuses and circuit breakers in compliance with IEC and UL regulations. DC link components Braking resistors The excess energy of the DC link is dissipated using the braking resistor. The braking resistors are designed for use with the SINAMICS G120C. This has an integrated brake chopper (electronic switch). PC inverter connection kit 2 For controlling and commissioning an inverter directly from a PC if the STARTER commissioning tool or SINAMICS Startdrive has been installed on the PC. Spare parts Shield plates A set of shield plates is included in the scope of delivery for the motor and signal cables corresponding to the frame size of the SINAMICS G120C, and can also be ordered as spare parts. Spare Parts Kit Load-side power components This kit comprises 4 sets of I/O terminals, 1 RS485 terminal, 2 sets of Control Unit doors (1 × PN and 1 × other communication versions) and 1 blanking cover. Output reactors Set of connectors Output reactors reduce the rate of voltage rise (dv/dt) and the height of the current peaks, and enable longer motor cables to be connected. A set of connectors for the line feeder cable, braking resistor and motor cable can be ordered corresponding to the frame size of the SINAMICS G120C inverter. Supplementary system components Roof-mounted fan Intelligent Operator Panel IOP A roof-mounted fan (at the top of the device) comprising a preassembled unit with holder and fan can be ordered corresponding to the frame size of the SINAMICS G120C. Graphics-based, user-friendly and powerful operator panel for commissioning and diagnostics as well as local operator control and monitoring of SINAMICS G120C. Basic Operator Panel BOP-2 A 2-line display to provide support when commissioning and troubleshooting the drive. The drive can be locally controlled. 4/4 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 Fan unit A replacement fan (at the rear of the device; heat sink) comprising a pre-assembled unit with holder and fan can be ordered corresponding to the frame size of the SINAMICS G120C. © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp) SINAMICS G120C compact inverters ■ Configuration The following electronic configuring aids and engineering tools are available for SINAMICS G120C compact inverters: Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator) within the CA 01 The interactive catalog CA 01 – the offline Industry Mall of Siemens on DVD-ROM – contains over 100 000 products with approximately 5 million possible drive system product variants. The Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator) has been developed to facilitate selection of the correct motor and/or inverter from the wide spectrum of drives. It is integrated as a selection tool in Catalog CA 01. Online DT Configurator In addition, the DT Configurator can be used on the Internet without requiring any installation. The DT Configurator can be found in the Siemens Industry Mall at the following address: www.siemens.com/dt-configurator SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool The SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool makes it easy to engineer the SINAMICS and MICROMASTER 4 drive families. It provides support when selecting the hardware and firmware components necessary to implement a drive task. SIZER for Siemens Drives is designed to support configuring of the entire drive system. You can find further information on the SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool in the chapter Engineering tools. The SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool is available free on the Internet at www.siemens.com/sizer STARTER commissioning tool The STARTER commissioning tool allows menu-prompted commissioning, optimization and diagnostics. Apart from the SINAMICS drives, STARTER is also suitable for MICROMASTER 4 devices. You can find further information about the STARTER commissioning tool in the chapter Engineering tools. Additional information about the STARTER commissioning tool is available on the Internet at www.siemens.com/starter SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool SINAMICS Startdrive is a tool for configuring, commissioning, and diagnosing the SINAMICS family of drives and is integrated into the TIA Portal. SINAMICS Startdrive can be used to implement drive tasks with the SINAMICS G110M, SINAMICS G120, SINAMICS G120C, SINAMICS G120D and SINAMICS G120P inverter series. The commissioning tool has been optimized with regard to user friendliness and consistent use of the TIA Portal benefits of a common working environment for PLC, HMI and drives. You can find further information on the SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool in the chapter Engineering tools. The SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool is available free on the Internet at www.siemens.com/startdrive Drive ES engineering system Drive ES is the engineering system that can be used to integrate the communication, configuration and data management functions of Siemens drive technology into the SIMATIC automation world easily, efficiently and cost-effectively. Two software packages are available for SINAMICS – Drive ES Basic and Drive ES PCS. You can find further information about the Drive ES engineering system in the chapter Engineering tools. Additional information about the Drive ES engineering system is available on the Internet at www.siemens.com/drive-es Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 4/5 4 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp) SINAMICS G120C compact inverters ■ Integration 380 V to 480 V 3 AC L1 L2 L3 PE IOP Handheld IOP BOP-2 PC inverter connection kit-2 Memory card 4 ESC OK PE ≥ 4.7 kΩ 1 +10 V OUT 2 GND 3 AI0+ 4 AI0- U1/ L1 V1/ W1/ L2 L3 Line filter class A A 3~ BOP-2/IOP interface D USB interface for PC tools = DIP switch Analog inputs DI2 DI3 DI4 F-DI0 DI5 6 7 8 5 DI0 6 DI1 7 DI2 8 DI3 0 to 20 mA ON 16 DI4 16 AI0 DI1 5 Digital inputs DI0 OFF 0 to 10 V R1 17 DI5 17 + 9 24 V Braking resistor +24V OUT 28 GND R2 CPU 69 DI COM1 D ON 12 AO0+ (1) (2) (4) (8) (16) (32) (64) Bit 3 DIP switch for fieldbus address (not for PROFINET version) A 15 T2 MOTOR Bit 2 14 T1 MOTOR PTC/KTY Bit 1 34 DI COM2 34 Bit 0 69 Bit 6 D Bit 5 13 GND Bit 4 A 0 to 20 mA max. 500 Ω OFF 20 COM Low voltage only (30 V, 500 mA) DO0 19 NO 18 NC 21 POS DO1 22 NEG = 31 +24V IN 32 GND IN from ext. source 3 ~ Communication interface G_D011_EN_00366d PE U2 V2 M 3 ~ Connection example for SINAMICS G120C 4/6 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 W2 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp) SINAMICS G120C compact inverters ■ Integration DIP switch bus termination ON 1) 0 V 2) RS485N 3) RS485P 4) Shield 5) Not connected PROFINET 1 1 2 3 4 PROFINET, EtherNet/IP communication interface G_D011_EN_00369 USS/Modbus RTU communication interface 1) Shield 2) Not connected 3) RxD/TxD-P 4) CNTR-P 5) DGND 6) VP 7) Not connected 8) RxD/TxD-N 9) Not connected 8 1) RX+ 2) RX3) TX+ 4) Not connected 5) Not connected 6) TX7) Not connected 8) Not connected 5 PROFIBUS DP 4 G_D011_EN_00370 USS/Modbus RTU G_D011_EN_00367 OFF 5 4 3 2 1 9 8 7 6 PROFIBUS DP communication interface Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 4/7 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp) SINAMICS G120C compact inverters ■ Selection and ordering data The article number is selected corresponding to • the required motor power or the motor current required and the overload requirements of the application, • the necessary EMC classification and • the required integrated fieldbus interface Rated power1) kW 4 hp Base-load current IL 2) Base-load current IH 3) A A Frame size Version SINAMICS G120C without line filter SINAMICS G120C with integrated line filter class A Article No. Article No. USS, Modbus RTU 6SL3210-1KE11-8UB2 6SL3210-1KE11-8AB2 PROFIBUS DP 6SL3210-1KE11-8UP2 6SL3210-1KE11-8AP2 PROFINET, EtherNet/IP 6SL3210-1KE11-8UF2 6SL3210-1KE11-8AF2 USS, Modbus RTU 6SL3210-1KE12-3UB2 6SL3210-1KE12-3AB2 PROFIBUS DP 6SL3210-1KE12-3UP2 6SL3210-1KE12-3AP2 PROFINET, EtherNet/IP 6SL3210-1KE12-3UF2 6SL3210-1KE12-3AF2 USS, Modbus RTU 6SL3210-1KE13-2UB2 6SL3210-1KE13-2AB2 PROFIBUS DP 6SL3210-1KE13-2UP2 6SL3210-1KE13-2AP2 PROFINET, EtherNet/IP 6SL3210-1KE13-2UF2 6SL3210-1KE13-2AF2 USS, Modbus RTU 6SL3210-1KE14-3UB2 6SL3210-1KE14-3AB2 PROFIBUS DP 6SL3210-1KE14-3UP2 6SL3210-1KE14-3AP2 PROFINET, EtherNet/IP 6SL3210-1KE14-3UF2 6SL3210-1KE14-3AF2 USS, Modbus RTU 6SL3210-1KE15-8UB2 6SL3210-1KE15-8AB2 PROFIBUS DP 6SL3210-1KE15-8UP2 6SL3210-1KE15-8AP2 PROFINET, EtherNet/IP 6SL3210-1KE15-8UF2 6SL3210-1KE15-8AF2 USS, Modbus RTU 6SL3210-1KE17-5UB1 6SL3210-1KE17-5AB1 PROFIBUS DP 6SL3210-1KE17-5UP1 6SL3210-1KE17-5AP1 PROFINET, EtherNet/IP 6SL3210-1KE17-5UF1 6SL3210-1KE17-5AF1 USS, Modbus RTU 6SL3210-1KE18-8UB1 6SL3210-1KE18-8AB1 PROFIBUS DP 6SL3210-1KE18-8UP1 6SL3210-1KE18-8AP1 PROFINET, EtherNet/IP 6SL3210-1KE18-8UF1 6SL3210-1KE18-8AF1 USS, Modbus RTU 6SL3210-1KE21-3UB1 6SL3210-1KE21-3AB1 PROFIBUS DP 6SL3210-1KE21-3UP1 6SL3210-1KE21-3AP1 PROFINET, EtherNet/IP 6SL3210-1KE21-3UF1 6SL3210-1KE21-3AF1 USS, Modbus RTU 6SL3210-1KE21-7UB1 6SL3210-1KE21-7AB1 PROFIBUS DP 6SL3210-1KE21-7UP1 6SL3210-1KE21-7AP1 PROFINET, EtherNet/IP 6SL3210-1KE21-7UF1 6SL3210-1KE21-7AF1 USS, Modbus RTU 6SL3210-1KE22-6UB1 6SL3210-1KE22-6AB1 PROFIBUS DP 6SL3210-1KE22-6UP1 6SL3210-1KE22-6AP1 PROFINET, EtherNet/IP 6SL3210-1KE22-6UF1 6SL3210-1KE22-6AF1 USS, Modbus RTU 6SL3210-1KE23-2UB1 6SL3210-1KE23-2AB1 PROFIBUS DP 6SL3210-1KE23-2UP1 6SL3210-1KE23-2AP1 PROFINET, EtherNet/IP 6SL3210-1KE23-2UF1 6SL3210-1KE23-2AF1 USS, Modbus RTU 6SL3210-1KE23-8UB1 6SL3210-1KE23-8AB1 PROFIBUS DP 6SL3210-1KE23-8UP1 6SL3210-1KE23-8AP1 PROFINET, EtherNet/IP 6SL3210-1KE23-8UF1 6SL3210-1KE23-8AF1 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 1 1.5 2 3 4 4 5 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 1) 0.75 7.5 10 15 20 25 1.7 2.2 3.1 4.1 5.6 7.3 8.8 12.5 16.5 25 31 37 1.3 1.7 2.2 3.1 4.1 5.6 7.3 8.8 12.5 16.5 25 31 FSAA FSAA FSAA FSAA FSAA FSA FSA FSB FSB FSC FSC FSC The rated power of the device based on the rated output current IL and a rated input voltage of 400 V 3 AC. The rated power is specified on the device rating plate. 4/8 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 2) 3) The base-load current IL is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). The current value is specified on the device rating plate. The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO). The current value is not specified on the device rating plate. © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp) SINAMICS G120C compact inverters ■ Selection and ordering data Optional firmware memory cards for SINAMICS G120C Description Article No. SINAMICS SD card 512 MB + firmware V4.6 (Multicard V4.6) 6SL3054-7EG00-2BA0 SINAMICS SD card 512 MB + firmware V4.7 (Multicard V4.7) 6SL3054-7EH00-2BA0 SINAMICS SD card 512 MB + firmware V4.7 SP6 HF1 (Multicard V4.7 SP6 HF1) 6SL3054-7TD00-2BA0 4 For more information on firmware V4.6: https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/67385235 For more information on firmware V4.7: https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/92554110 For more information on firmware V4.7 SP6 HF1: https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/109482094 Note: SINAMICS G120C compact inverters, frame size FSAA, can be operated from firmware V4.7 SP3. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 4/9 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp) SINAMICS G120C compact inverters ■ Technical specifications Unless explicitly specified otherwise, the following technical specifications are valid for all SINAMICS G120C compact inverters. General technical specifications Mechanical specifications Vibratory load • Transport acc. to EN 60721-3-2 1) Class 1M2 • Operation acc. to EN 60721-3-3 Class 3M1 Shock load 4 • Transport acc. to EN 60721-3-2 1) Class 1M2 • Operation acc. to EN 60721-3-3 Class 3M2 Degree of protection IP20/ UL open type Permissible mounting position Vertical wall mounting Ambient conditions Protection class According to EN 61800-5-1 Class III (PELV1) Touch protection According to EN 61800-5-1 Class I (with protective conductor system) Humidity, max. 95 % at 40 °C (104 °F), condensation and icing not permissible Ambient temperature • Storage 1) acc. to EN 60068-2-1 -40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) • Transport 1) acc. to EN 60068-2-1 -40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) • Operation acc. to EN 60068-2-2 -10 ... +40 °C (14 ... 104 °F) without derating >40 ... 60 °C (104 ... 140 °F) see derating characteristics Environmental class in operation • Harmful chemical substances Class 3C2 to EN 60721-3-3 • Organic/biological pollutants Class 3B1 to EN 60721-3-3 • Degree of pollution 2 acc. to EN 61800 Standards Compliance with standards CE, UL, cUL, C-Tick (RCM) Fail-safe certification Function: Safe Torque Off (STO) • According to IEC 61508 SIL 2 • According to EN ISO 13849-1 PL d and Category 3 CE marking, according to EMC Directive 2004/108/EC Low-Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC EMC Directive 2) According to EN 61800-3 Interference immunity The SINAMICS G120C compact inverters are tested according to the interference immunity requirements for environments according to Category C3. Interference emission • Frame sizes FSAA to FSC without integrated line filter 3) • Frame sizes FSAA to FSC with integrated line filter class A The inverters comply with the limit values according to Category C3. The inverters comply with the limit values for conducted interference and field-conducted interference emissions according to Category C2. 4) 5) Note: The EMC product standard EN 61800-3 does not apply directly to a frequency inverter but to a PDS (Power Drive System), which comprises the complete circuitry, motor and cables in addition to the inverter. The frequency inverters on their own do not generally require identification according to the EMC Directive. 1) In transport packaging. 2) For further general information, see also chapter SINAMICS G120, section Technical specifications, Compliance with standards. 3) Non-filtered devices are designed for operation in IT systems or in conjunction with an RCD. The customer must provide suitable RI suppression equipment to ensure that these devices comply with the limits defined for Category C3 or C2. 4/10 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 4) Max. permissible motor cable length of 25 m (82 ft) (shielded) as standard - with low-capacitance CY cable for frame sizes FSA and FSB 50 m (164 ft) (shielded), for FSC 100 m (328 ft) (shielded). 5) SINAMICS G120C compact inverters, frame size FSB, with PROFINET interface (article no.: 6SL3210-1KE21-.AF1) additionally require a line reactor. © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp) SINAMICS G120C compact inverters ■ Technical specifications SINAMICS G120C compact inverter USS, Modbus RTU version PROFIBUS DP version PROFINET, EtherNet/IP version 6SL3210-1KE..-..B1 6SL3210-1KE..-..B2 6SL3210-1KE..-..P1 6SL3210-1KE..-..P2 6SL3210-1KE..-..F1 6SL3210-1KE..-..F2 • USS PROFIBUS DP • PROFINET Integrated bus interface Fieldbus protocols • Modbus RTU (switchable using a parameter) • EtherNet/IP - ODVA AC/DC drive - SINAMICS profiles Profiles – • PROFIdrive Profile V4.1 • PROFIdrive Profile V4.1 • PROFIsafe • PROFIsafe 4 • PROFIenergy Hardware Plug-in terminal, insulated, USS: max. 187.5 kbaud Modbus RTU: 19.2 kBaud, Bus terminating resistor that can be switched in 9-pin SUB-D socket, insulated, max. 12 Mbit/s Slave address can be set using DIP switches 2 × RJ45, max. 100 Mbit/s (full duplex), device name can be stored on the device I/O interfaces Signal cable cross-section 0.15 ... 1.5 (0.01 ... 0.06 in) mm2 (28 ... 16 AWG) Digital inputs – Standard 6 isolated inputs Optically isolated; Free reference potential (own potential group) NPN/PNP logic can be selected using the wiring • Switching level: 0 → 1 11 V • Switching level: 1 → 0 5V • Input current, max. 15 mA Digital inputs, fail-safe 1 When using the standard digital inputs (DI4+DI5) Safety function: Safe Torque Off (STO) Digital outputs 1 relay changeover contact 30 V DC, 0.5 A (ohmic load) 1 transistor 30 V DC, 0.5 A (ohmic load) Analog inputs 1 analog input Differential input Switchable between voltage (-10 ... +10 V) and current (0/4 ... 20 mA) using a DIP switch 10-bit resolution Can be used as additional digital input Analog inputs are protected in a voltage range of ± 30 V and have a common-mode voltage in the ± 15 V range. • Switching threshold: 0 → 1 4V • Switching threshold: 1 → 0 1.6 V Analog outputs 1 analog output Non-isolated output Switchable between voltage (0 ... 10 V) and current (0/4 ... 20 mA) using a parameter Voltage mode: 10 V, min. burden 10 kΩ Current mode: 20 mA, max. burden 500 Ω The analog outputs have short circuit protection PTC/KTY interface 1 motor temperature sensor input Connectable sensors PTC, KTY and bimetal, Accuracy ±5 °C (41 °F) Voltage supply for the integrated Control Unit 24 V DC via the Power Module or by connecting to an external 20.4 ... 28.8 V DC power supply Typical input current: 500 mA at 24 V DC Tool interfaces Memory card Optional SINAMICS SD card Operator panels Optional Basic Operator Panel BOP-2 or Intelligent Operator Panel IOP PC interface USB Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 4/11 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp) SINAMICS G120C compact inverters ■ Technical specifications SINAMICS G120C compact inverter USS, Modbus RTU version PROFIBUS DP version PROFINET, EtherNet/IP version 6SL3210-1KE..-..B1 6SL3210-1KE..-..B2 6SL3210-1KE..-..P1 6SL3210-1KE..-..P2 6SL3210-1KE..-..F1 6SL3210-1KE..-..F2 Open-loop/closed-loop control techniques V/f linear/quadratic/parameterizable 4 V/f with flux current control (FCC) V/f ECO linear/quadratic Vector control, sensorless Vector control, with sensor – Torque control, sensorless – Torque control, with sensor – Software functions Setpoint input Fixed frequencies 16, parameterizable JOG Digital motorized potentiometer (MOP) Ramp smoothing Extended ramp-function generator (with ramp smoothing Off3) Positioning down ramp – Slip compensation Signal interconnection with BICO technology Free function blocks (FFB) for logical and arithmetic operations – Switchable drive data sets (DDS) (2) Switchable command data sets (CDS) (2) Flying restart Automatic restart after line supply failure or operating fault (AR) Technology controller (internal PID) Energy consumption counter Energy saving computer Thermal motor protection (I2t, sensor: PTC, KTY and bimetal) Thermal inverter protection Motor identification Motor holding brake Auto-ramping (Vdcmax controller) Kinetic buffering (Vdcmin controller) Braking functions • DC braking • Compound braking • Dynamic braking with integrated braking module 4/12 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp) SINAMICS G120C compact inverters ■ Technical specifications General technical specifications of the power electronics System operating voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC +10 % -20 % Grid requirement Short-circuit power RSC No restriction Input frequency 47 ... 63 Hz Output frequency • Control mode V/f 0 ... 550 Hz • Control type Vector 0 ... 240 Hz Pulse frequency 4 kHz for higher pulse frequencies up to 16 kHz, see derating data Power factor λ 0.7 ... 0.85 Offset factor cos ϕ ≥0.95 Output voltage, max. as % of input voltage 95 % 4 Overload capability • Low overload LO 1.5 × base-load current IL (i. e. 150 % overload) for 3 s plus Note: 1.1 × base-load current IL (i. e. 110 % overload) for 57 s within a cycle time of 300 s No reduction in base-load current IL for use of overload. • High overload HO 2 × base-load current IH (i. e. 200 % overload) for 3 s plus Note: 1.5 × base-load current IH (i. e. 150 % overload) for 57 s within a cycle time of 300 s No reduction in base-load current IH for use of overload. Electromagnetic compatibility Devices without line filter 1) Devices with integrated line filter class A according to EN 55011 Cooling Air cooling using an integrated fan Installation altitude Up to 1000 m (3281 ft) above sea level without derating, > 1000 m (3281 ft) see derating characteristics Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR) 2), max. acc. to UL 100 kA See recommended line-side components – the value depends on the fuses and circuit breakers used Protection functions • Undervoltage • Overvoltage • Overload • Ground fault • Short-circuit • Stall protection • Motor blocking protection • Motor overtemperature • Inverter overtemperature 1) Non-filtered devices are designed for operation in IT systems or in conjunction with an RCD. The customer must provide suitable RI suppression equipment to ensure that these devices comply with the limits defined for Category C3 or C2. 2) Applies to industrial control panel installations to NEC article 409 or UL 508A. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 4/13 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp) SINAMICS G120C compact inverters ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC SINAMICS G120C power electronics 6SL3210-1KE11-8..2 6SL3210-1KE12-3..2 6SL3210-1KE13-2..2 6SL3210-1KE14-3..2 Output current at 400 V 3 AC • Rated current Irated 1) A 1.8 2.3 3.2 4.3 • Base-load current IL 2) A 1.7 2.2 3.1 4.1 • Base-load current IH 3) A 1.3 1.7 2.2 3.1 • Maximum current Imax A 2.6 3.4 4.4 6.2 • Based on IL kW (hp) 0.55 (0.75) 0.75 (1) 1.1 (1.5) 1.5 (2) • Based on IH kW (hp) 0.37 (0.5) 0.55 (0.75) 0.75 (1) 1.1 (1.5) Rated pulse frequency kHz 4 4 4 4 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97 Rated power 4 Efficiency η Power loss 4) At rated current kW 0.034 0.039 0.049 0.062 Cooling air requirement m3/s (ft3/s) 0.005 (0.18) 0.005 (0.18) 0.005 (0.18) 0.005 (0.18) <49 <49 <49 <49 Sound pressure level LpA dB (1 m) Rated input current 5) • Based on IL A 2.3 2.9 4.1 5.5 • Based on IH A 1.9 2.5 3.2 4.5 Length of cable to braking m (ft) resistor, max. 15 (49) 15 (49) 15 (49) 15 (49) Line supply connection U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3 Plug-in screw terminals Plug-in screw terminals Plug-in screw terminals Plug-in screw terminals 1 ... 2.5 (16 ... 14 AWG) 1 ... 2.5 (16 ... 14 AWG) 1 ... 2.5 (16 ... 14 AWG) 1 ... 2.5 (16 ... 14 AWG) Plug-in screw terminals Plug-in screw terminals Plug-in screw terminals Plug-in screw terminals 1 ... 2.5 (16 ... 14 AWG) 1 ... 2.5 (16 ... 14 AWG) 1 ... 2.5 (16 ... 14 AWG) 1 ... 2.5 (16 ... 14 AWG) Plug-in screw terminals Plug-in screw terminals Plug-in screw terminals Plug-in screw terminals 1 ... 2.5 (16 ... 14 AWG) 1 ... 2.5 (16 ... 14 AWG) 1 ... 2.5 (16 ... 14 AWG) 1 ... 2.5 (16 ... 14 AWG) • Conductor cross-section mm2 Motor connection U2, V2, W2 • Conductor cross-section mm2 Connection for braking resistor R1, R2 • Conductor cross-section mm2 On housing with M4 screw On housing with M4 screw On housing with M4 screw On housing with M4 screw PE connection Motor cable length, max. 6) • Without filter, shielded/ unshielded m (ft) 50/100 (164/328) 50/100 (164/328) 50/100 (164/328) 50/100 (164/328) • With integrated filter class A, shielded/ unshielded m (ft) 50/100 (164/328) 50/100 (164/328) 50/100 (164/328) 50/100 (164/328) • Width mm (in) 73 (2.87) 73 (2.87) 73 (2.87) 73 (2.87) • Height mm (in) 173 (6.81) 173 (6.81) 173 (6.81) 173 (6.81) - Without operator panel mm (in) 155 (6.1) (PN version: 177.4 (6.98)) 155 (6.1) (PN version: 177.4 (6.98)) 155 (6.1) (PN version: 177.4 (6.98)) 155 (6.1) (PN version: 177.4 (6.98)) - With operator panel mm (in) 176 (6.93) (PN version: 198.4 (7.81)) 176 (6.93) (PN version: 198.4 (7.81)) 176 (6.93) (PN version: 198.4 (7.81)) 176 (6.93) (PN version: 198.4 (7.81)) FSAA FSAA FSAA FSAA Dimensions • Depth Frame size Weight, approx. • Without filter kg (lb) 1.1 (2.43) (PN version: 1.2 (2.65)) 1.1 (2.43) (PN version: 1.2 (2.65)) 1.1 (2.43) (PN version: 1.2 (2.65)) 1.1 (2.43) (PN version: 1.2 (2.65)) • With integrated filter class A kg (lb) 1.3 (2.87) (PN version: 1.4 (3.09)) 1.3 (2.87) (PN version: 1.4 (3.09)) 1.3 (2.87) (PN version: 1.4 (3.09)) 1.3 (2.87) (PN version: 1.4 (3.09)) 1) 2) 3) The rated output current Irated can be used up to 100 %; however, without overload. The base-load current IL is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO). 4) Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311 5) The rated input currents are valid for an input voltage of 400 V 3 AC and a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 % (without line reactor). The rated input current based on IL is stamped on the inverter rating plate. In the particular application, the input current depends on the motor load and line impedance. The input current is reduced when using a line reactor. The maximum motor cable lengths are valid for an input voltage of 400 V 3 AC and operation with a 4 kHz pulse frequency. When an inverter with an integrated line filter class A is used to comply with the limits of EN 61800-3 Category C2 for line-conducted interference emissions, the maximum permissible motor cable length is 25 m (82 ft) (shielded). 6) 4/14 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp) SINAMICS G120C compact inverters ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC SINAMICS G120C power electronics 6SL3210-1KE15-8..2 6SL3210-1KE17-5..1 6SL3210-1KE18-8..1 6SL3210-1KE21-3..1 Output current at 400 V 3 AC • Rated current Irated 1) A 5.8 7.5 9 13 • Base-load current IL 2) A 5.6 7.3 8.8 12.5 • Base-load current IH 3) A 4.1 5.6 7.3 8.8 • Maximum current Imax A 8.2 11.2 14.6 17.6 • Based on IL kW (hp) 2.2 (3) 3 (4) 4 (5) 5.5 (7.5) • Based on IH kW (hp) 1.5 (2) 2.2 (3) 3 (4) 4 (5) Rated pulse frequency kHz 4 4 4 4 Rated power Efficiency η 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97 Power loss 4) At rated current kW 0.073 0.105 0.13 0.177 Cooling air requirement m3/s (ft3/s) 0.005 (0.18) 0.005 (0.18) 0.005 (0.18) 0.009 (0.32) <49 <52 <52 <63 Sound pressure level LpA dB (1 m) 4 Rated input current 5) • Based on IL A 7.4 9.5 11.4 16.5 • Based on IH A 6 8.2 10.6 12.8 Length of cable to braking m (ft) resistor, max. 15 (49) 15 (49) 15 (49) 15 (49) Line supply connection U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3 Plug-in screw terminals Plug-in screw terminals Plug-in screw terminals Plug-in screw terminals 1 ... 2.5 (16 ... 14 AWG) 1 ... 2.5 (16 ... 14 AWG) 1 ... 2.5 (16 ... 14 AWG) 4 .. 6 (12 ... 10 AWG) Plug-in screw terminals Plug-in screw terminals Plug-in screw terminals Plug-in screw terminals 1 ... 2.5 (16 ... 14 AWG) 1 ... 2.5 (16 ... 14 AWG) 1 ... 2.5 (16 ... 14 AWG) 4 ... 6 (12 ... 10 AWG) Plug-in screw terminals Plug-in screw terminals Plug-in screw terminals Plug-in screw terminals 1 ... 2.5 (16 ... 14 AWG) 1 ... 2.5 (16 ... 14 AWG) 1 ... 2.5 (16 ... 14 AWG) 4 ... 6 (12 ... 10 AWG) • Conductor cross-section mm2 Motor connection U2, V2, W2 • Conductor cross-section mm2 Connection for braking resistor R1, R2 • Conductor cross-section mm2 On housing with M4 screw On housing with M4 screw On housing with M4 screw On housing with M4 screw PE connection Motor cable length, max. 6) • Without filter, shielded/ unshielded m (ft) 50/100 (164/328) 150/150 (492/492) 150/150 (492/492) 150/150 (492/492) • With integrated filter class A, shielded/ unshielded m (ft) 50/100 (164/328) 50/100 (164/328) 50/100 (164/328) 50/100 (164/328) • Width mm (in) 73 (2.87) 73 (2.87) 73 (2.87) 100 (3.94) • Height mm (in) 173 (6.81) 196 (7.72) 196 (7.72) 196 (7.72) - Without operator panel mm (in) 155 (6.1) (PN version: 177.4 (6.98)) 203 (7.99) (PN version: 225.4 (8.87)) 203 (7.99) (PN version: 225.4 (8.87)) 203 (7.99) (PN version: 225.4 (8.87)) - With operator panel mm (in) 176 (6.93) (PN version: 198.4 (7.81)) 224 (8.82) (PN version: 246.4 (9.70)) 224 (8.82) (PN version: 246.4 (9.70)) 224 (8.82) (PN version: 246.4 (9.70)) FSAA FSA FSA FSB Dimensions • Depth Frame size Weight, approx. • Without filter kg (lb) 1.1 (2.43) (PN version: 1.2 (2.65)) 1.7 (3.75) 1.7 (3.75) 2.3 (5.07) • With integrated filter class A kg (lb) 1.3 (2.87) (PN version: 1.4 (3.09)) 1.9 (4.19) 1.9 (4.19) 2.5 (5.51) 1) The rated output current Irated can be used up to 100 %; however, without overload. 2) The base-load current IL is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). 3) The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO). 4) Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311 5) The rated input currents are valid for an input voltage of 400 V 3 AC and a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 % (without line reactor). The rated input current based on IL is stamped on the inverter rating plate. In the particular application, the input current depends on the motor load and line impedance. The input current is reduced when using a line reactor. 6) The maximum motor cable lengths are valid for an input voltage of 400 V 3 AC and operation with a 4 kHz pulse frequency. When an inverter with an integrated line filter class A is used to comply with the limits of EN 61800-3 Category C2 for line-conducted interference emissions, the maximum permissible motor cable length is 25 m (82 ft) (shielded) as standard - for frame sizes FSA and FSB with low-capacitance CY cable (shielded) it is 50 m (164 ft). Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 4/15 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp) SINAMICS G120C compact inverters ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC SINAMICS G120C power electronics 6SL3210-1KE21-7..1 6SL3210-1KE22-6..1 6SL3210-1KE23-2..1 6SL3210-1KE23-8..1 Output current at 400 V 3 AC • Rated current Irated 1) A 17 26 32 38 • Base-load current IL 2) A 16.5 25 31 37 • Base-load current IH 3) A 12.5 16.5 25 31 • Maximum current Imax A 25 33 50 62 • Based on IL kW (hp) 7.5 (10) 11 (15) 15 (20) 18.5 (25) • Based on IH kW (hp) 5.5 (7.5) 7.5 (10) 11 (15) 15 (20) Rated pulse frequency kHz 4 4 4 4 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97 Rated power 4 Efficiency η Power loss 4) At rated current kW 0.241 0.306 0.381 0.461 Cooling air requirement m3/s (ft3/s) 0.009 (0.32) 0.018 (0.64) 0.018 (0.64) 0.018 (0.64) <63 <66 <66 <66 Sound pressure level LpA dB (1 m) Rated input current 5) • Based on IL A 21.5 33 40.6 48.2 • Based on IH A 18.2 24.1 36.4 45.2 Length of cable to braking m (ft) resistor, max. 15 (49) 15 (49) 15 (49) 15 (49) Line supply connection U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3 Plug-in screw terminals Plug-in screw terminals Plug-in screw terminals Plug-in screw terminals 4 ... 6 (12 ... 10 AWG) 6 ... 16 (10 ... 5 AWG) 6 ... 16 (10 ... 5 AWG) 6 ... 16 (10 ... 5 AWG) Plug-in screw terminals Plug-in screw terminals Plug-in screw terminals Plug-in screw terminals 4 ... 6 (12 ... 10 AWG) 6 ... 16 (10 ... 5 AWG) 6 ... 16 (10 ... 5 AWG) 6 ... 16 (10 ... 5 AWG) Plug-in screw terminals Plug-in screw terminals Plug-in screw terminals Plug-in screw terminals 4 ... 6 (12 ... 10 AWG) 6 ... 16 (10 ... 5 AWG) 6 ... 16 (10 ... 5 AWG) 6 ... 16 (10 ... 5 AWG) • Conductor cross-section mm2 Motor connection U2, V2, W2 • Conductor cross-section mm2 Connection for braking resistor R1, R2 • Conductor cross-section mm2 On housing with M4 screw On housing with M4 screw On housing with M4 screw On housing with M4 screw PE connection Motor cable length, max. 6) • Without filter, shielded/ unshielded m (ft) 150/150 (492/492) 150/150 (492/492) 150/150 (492/492) 150/150 (492/492) • With integrated filter class A, shielded/ unshielded m (ft) 50/100 (164/328) 50/100 (164/328) 50/100 (164/328) 50/100 (164/328) • Width mm (in) 100 (3.94) 140 (5.51) 140 (5.51) 140 (5.51) • Height mm (in) 196 (7.72) 295 (11.61) 295 (11.61) 295 (11.61) - Without operator panel mm (in) 203 (7.99) (PN version: 225.4 (8.87)) 203 (7.99) (PN version: 225.4 (8.87)) 203 (7.99) (PN version: 225.4 (8.87)) 203 (7.99) (PN version: 225.4 (8.87)) - With operator panel mm (in) 224 (8.82) (PN version: 246.4 (9.70)) 224 (8.82) (PN version: 246.4 (9.70)) 224 (8.82) (PN version: 246.4 (9.70)) 224 (8.82) (PN version: 246.4 (9.70)) FSB FSC FSC FSC Dimensions • Depth Frame size Weight, approx. • Without filter kg (lb) 2.3 (5.07) 4.4 (9.70) 4.4 (9.70) 4.4 (9.70) • With integrated filter class A kg (lb) 2.5 (5.51) 4.7 (10.36) 4.7 (10.36) 4.7 (10.36) 1) The rated output current Irated can be used up to 100 %; however, without overload. 2) The base-load current IL is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). 3) The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO). 4) Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311 5) The rated input currents are valid for an input voltage of 400 V 3 AC and a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 % (without line reactor). The rated input current based on IL is stamped on the inverter rating plate. In the particular application, the input current depends on the motor load and line impedance. The input current is reduced when using a line reactor. 6) The maximum motor cable lengths are valid for an input voltage of 400 V 3 AC and operation with a 4 kHz pulse frequency. When an inverter with an integrated line filter class A is used to comply with the limits of EN 61800-3 Category C2 for line-conducted interference emission, the maximum permissible motor cable length is 25 m (82 ft) (shielded) as standard - with low-capacitance CY cable for frame size FSB 50 m (164 ft) (shielded), for FSC 100 m (328 ft) (shielded). 4/16 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp) SINAMICS G120C compact inverters ■ Characteristic curves Derating data Pulse frequency Rated power based on low overload (LO) kW hp 0.55 1) 0.75 0.75 1) 1 1.5 1.1 1) 1.5 1) 2 2.2 1) 3 4 3 1) 4 1) 5 5.5 7.5 18.5 25 Ambient temperature 10 kHz 1 1.3 1.9 2.5 3.4 4.4 5.3 7.5 9.9 15 18.6 22.2 Permissible output current 50 G_D011_EN_00390 Permissible output current 85 75 % 35 25 0 (32) 14 kHz 0.8 1 1.4 1.8 2.5 3.3 4 5.6 7.4 11.3 14 16.7 16 kHz 0.7 0.9 1.2 1.6 2.2 2.9 3.5 5 6.6 10 12.4 14.8 4 Line voltage 100 -10 (14) 12 kHz 0.9 1.1 1.6 2.1 2.8 3.7 4.4 6.3 8.3 12.5 15.5 18.5 10 (50) 20 (68) 30 (86) 60 40 20 0 300 320 340 360 380 400 420 440 460 480 500 520 V 540 528 304 Line voltage 40 50 °C 60 (104) (122) °F (140) Ambient temperature High overload (HO) and low overload (LO) 100 % 7680 G_D011_EN_00477 10 15 20 8 kHz 1.2 1.5 2.2 2.9 3.9 5.1 6.2 8.8 11.6 17.5 21.7 25.9 Permissible output current as a function of line voltage Note: Approved rated power The PROFINET version can be butt-mounted at temperatures up to 55 °C (131 °F). At temperatures between 55 °C (131 °F) and 60 °C (140 °F), side-by-side mounting is not possible. Installation altitude Permissible line supplies depending on the installation altitude • Installation altitude up to 2000 m (6562 ft) above sea level - Connection to every supply system permitted for the inverter • Installation altitudes between 2000 m (6562 ft) and 4000 m (13124 ft) above sea level - Connection to a TN system with grounded neutral point - TN systems with grounded line conductor are not permitted - The TN line system with grounded neutral point can also be supplied using an isolation transformer - The phase-to-phase voltage does not have to be reduced 100 % 7680 60 G_D011_EN_00478 7.5 11 15 Rated output current in A for a pulse frequency of 4 kHz 6 kHz 1.7 1.4 2.2 1.9 3.1 2.6 4.1 3.5 5.6 4.8 7.3 6.2 8.8 7.5 12.5 10.6 16.5 14 25 21.3 31 26.4 37 31.5 40 20 0 300 320 340 360 380 400 420 440 460 480 500 520 V 540 528 304 Line voltage Permissible rated power as a function of line voltage Note: 100 % 90 80 G_D011_EN_00104 Permissible output current The connected motors, power elements and components must be considered separately. 70 60 0 1000 (3281) 2000 3000 m 4000 (6562) (9843) (ft) (13124) Installation altitude above sea level 1) Permissible output current as a function of installation altitude The permissible motor cable length depends on the cable type and the pulse frequency. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 4/17 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp) SINAMICS G120C compact inverters ■ Dimensional drawings 155 (6.1) PN version: 177.4 (6.98) 173 (6.81) Ø4.5 (0.18) 4 Drill pattern 160 (6.3) 73 (2.87) G_D011_EN_00476 SINAMICS G120C, frame size FSAA Mounted with 2 M4 bolts, 2 M4 nuts, 2 M4 washers. When the shield plate is mounted, the drilling pattern is compatible with frame size FSA. Ventilation clearance required at the top: 80 mm (3.15 inches). Ventilation clearance required at the bottom: 100 mm (3.94 inches). Ventilation clearance required at the side: 0 mm (0 inches). When the IOP is inserted, the mounting depth increases by 21 mm (0.83 inches). When the BOP-2 is inserted, the mounting depth increases by 11 mm (0.43 inches). All dimensions in mm (values in brackets are in inches). 203 (7.99) PN version: 225.4 (8.87) 73 (2.87) 62.3 (2.45) Drill pattern 186 (7.32) 196 (7.72) Ø4.5 (0.18) G_D011_EN_00344a SINAMICS G120C, frame size FSA Mounted with 3 M4 studs, 3 M4 nuts, 3 M4 washers. Ventilation clearance required at the top: 80 mm (3.15 inches). Ventilation clearance required at the bottom: 100 mm (3.94 inches). Ventilation clearance required at the side: 0 mm (0 inches). When the IOP is inserted, the mounting depth increases by 21 mm (0.83 inches). When the BOP-2 is inserted, the mounting depth increases by 11 mm (0.43 inches). All dimensions in mm (values in brackets are in inches). 4/18 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp) SINAMICS G120C compact inverters ■ Dimensional drawings 100 (3.94) 80 (3.15) 196 (7.72) Ø4.8 (0.19) Drill pattern 186 (7.32) 203 (7.99) PN version: 225.4 (8.87) 4 G_D011_EN_00345a SINAMICS G120C, frame size FSB Mounted with 4 M4 studs, 4 M4 nuts, 4 M4 washers. Ventilation clearance required at the top: 80 mm (3.15 inches). Ventilation clearance required at the bottom: 100 mm (3.94 inches). Ventilation clearance required at the side: 0 mm (0 inches). When the IOP is inserted, the mounting depth increases by 21 mm (0.83 inches). When the BOP-2 is inserted, the mounting depth increases by 11 mm (0.43 inches). All dimensions in mm (values in brackets are in inches). 203 (7.99) PN version: 225.4 (8.87) 140 (5.51) 118 (4.65) Drill pattern 283 (11.14) 295 (11.61) Ø5.5 (0.22) G_D011_EN_00346a SINAMICS G120C, frame size FSC Mounted with 4 M5 studs, 4 M5 nuts, 4 M5 washers. Ventilation clearance required at the top: 80 mm (3.15 inches). Ventilation clearance required at the bottom: 100 mm (3.94 inches). Ventilation clearance required at the side: 0 mm (0 inches). When the IOP is inserted, the mounting depth increases by 21 mm (0.83 inches). When the BOP-2 is inserted, the mounting depth increases by 11 mm (0.43 inches). All dimensions in mm (values in brackets are in inches). ■ More information Detailed information on SINAMICS G120C, the latest technical documentation (catalogs, dimensional drawings, certificates, manuals and operating instructions), are available on the Internet at: www.siemens.com/sinamics-g120c You can find information offline about SINAMICS G120C on the DVD-ROM CA 01 in the Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator). The DT Configurator can also be used on the Internet, i.e. it does not need to be installed on a PC. The DT Configurator can be found in the Siemens Industry Mall at the following address: www.siemens.com/dt-configurator Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 4/19 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp) Line-side components > Line reactors ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data Rated power SINAMICS G120C Line reactor kW Type 6SL3210-... Frame size Article No. FSAA 6SL3203-0CE13-2AA0 FSAA 6SL3203-0CE21-0AA0 hp Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 4 Line reactor for SINAMICS G120C, frame size FSB 0.55 0.75 1KE11-8..2 0.75 1 1KE12-3..2 1.1 1.5 1KE13-2..2 1.5 2 1KE14-3..2 2.2 3 1KE15-8..2 3 4 1KE17-5..1 4 5 1KE18-8..1 5.5 7.5 1KE21-3..1 7.5 10 1KE21-7..1 11 15 1KE22-6..1 15 20 1KE23-2..1 18.5 25 1KE23-8..1 FSA FSB 6SL3203-0CE21-8AA0 FSC 6SL3203-0CE23-8AA0 Line reactors smooth the current drawn by the inverter and thus reduce harmonic components in the line current. Through the reduction of the current harmonics, the thermal load on the power components in the rectifier and in the DC-link capacitors is reduced as well as the harmonic effects on the supply. The use of a line reactor increases the service life of the inverter. If the ratio of the rated inverter power to the line supply shortcircuit power is less than 1 %, then it is recommended to use a line reactor to reduce the current peaks. ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Line reactor 6SL3203-0CE13-2AA0 6SL3203-0CE21-0AA0 6SL3203-0CE21-8AA0 6SL3203-0CE23-8AA0 Rated current A 4 11.3 22.3 47 Power loss at 50/60 Hz W 23/26 36/40 53/59 88/97 Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Line supply/load connection 1L1, 1L2, 1L3 2L1, 2L2, 2L3 • Conductor cross-section mm2 4 4 10 16 PE connection M4 × 8; U washer; spring lock washer M4 × 8; U washer; spring lock washer M5 × 10; U washer; spring lock washer M5 × 10; U washer; spring lock washer Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 Dimensions • Width mm (in) 125 (4.92) 125 (4.92) 125 (4.92) 190 (7.48) • Height mm (in) 120 (4.72) 140 (5.51) 145 (5.71) 220 (8.66) • Depth mm (in) 71 (2.80) 71 (2.80) 91 (3.58) 91 (3.58) Weight, approx. kg (lb) 1.1 (2.4) 2.1 (4.6) 2.95 (6.5) 7.8 (17.2) Suitable for SINAMICS G120C Type 6SL3210-1KE11-8..2 6SL3210-1KE21-3..1 6SL3210-1KE22-6..1 6SL3210-1KE12-3..2 FSAA 6SL3210-1KE14-3..2 6SL3210-1KE21-7..1 6SL3210-1KE23-2..1 6SL3210-1KE13-2..2 6SL3210-1KE15-8..2 6SL3210-1KE23-8..1 FSA 6SL3210-1KE17-5..1 6SL3210-1KE18-8..1 • Frame size 4/20 FSAA Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 FSAA/FSA FSB FSC © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp) Line-side components > Recommended line-side power components ■ Selection and ordering data The following table lists recommendations for additional lineside components, such as fuses and circuit breakers. Notes regarding installations in Canada: Notes for use in compliance with UL regulations: Overvoltage protection devices in accordance with overvoltage category III and with the following ratings must be connected on the line side of the inverter: • Rated voltage 480 V (phase-phase) and 480 V (phaseground) • Voltage limit 4 kV (phase-phase) and 6 kV (phase-ground) Fuses for use in North America must be UL-certified, class J, T, CC, G or CF fuses with a rated voltage of 600 V AC. All overvoltage protection devices used must comply with Canadian standards for industrial installations. Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR) according to UL Further information, particularly regarding use in accordance with UL guidelines, is available at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/109478990 Note for use in compliance with IEC standards: Type 3NA3 fuses and type 3RV circuit breakers are recommended for European countries. The values in the table take into account the overload capability of the inverter. Applies to industrial control panel installations to NEC Article 409 or UL 508A. • SINAMICS G120C: 100 kA (the value depends on the fuses and circuit breakers used) Rated power SINAMICS G120C Additional information about the listed fuses and circuit breakers can be found in Catalogs LV 10, IC 10 and IC 10 AO. IEC-compliant Fuse UL/cUL-compliant Circuit breaker Fuse type Rated voltage 600 V AC Current kW hp Type 6SL3210-... Frame size Current A Article No. Article No. Class A Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 0.55 0.75 1KE11-8..2 FSAA 10 3NA3803 3RV2011-1JA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 10 0.75 1 1KE12-3..2 FSAA 10 3NA3803 3RV2011-1JA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 10 1.1 1.5 1KE13-2..2 FSAA 10 3NA3803 3RV2011-1JA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 10 1.5 2 1KE14-3..2 FSAA 10 3NA3803 3RV2011-1JA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 10 2.2 3 1KE15-8..2 FSAA 10 3NA3803 3RV2011-1JA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 10 3 4 1KE17-5..1 FSA 16 3NA3805 3RV2011-4AA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 15 4 5 1KE18-8..1 FSA 16 3NA3805 3RV2011-4AA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 15 5.5 7.5 1KE21-3..1 FSB 32 3NA3812 3RV2021-4EA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 35 7.5 10 1KE21-7..1 FSB 32 3NA3812 3RV2021-4EA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 35 11 15 1KE22-6..1 FSC 63 3NA3822 3RV1041-4JA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 60 15 20 1KE23-2..1 FSC 63 3NA3822 3RV1041-4JA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 60 18.5 25 1KE23-8..1 FSC 63 3NA3822 3RV1041-4JA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 60 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 4/21 4 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp) DC link components > Braking resistors ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data Rated power SINAMICS G120C Braking resistor kW Type 6SL3210-... Frame size Article No. FSAA 6SL3201-0BE14-3AA0 6SL3201-0BE21-0AA0 hp Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 4 0.55 0.75 1KE11-8..2 0.75 1 1KE12-3..2 1.1 1.5 1KE13-2..2 1.5 2 1KE14-3..2 2.2 3 1KE15-8..2 FSAA 3 4 1KE17-5..1 FSA 4 5 1KE18-8..1 5.5 7.5 1KE21-3..1 7.5 10 1KE21-7..1 11 15 1KE22-6..1 15 20 1KE23-2..1 18.5 25 1KE23-8..1 FSB 6SL3201-0BE21-8AA0 FSC 6SL3201-0BE23-8AA0 ■ Characteristic curves Braking resistor for SINAMICS G120C, frame size FSB The excess energy of the DC link is dissipated using the braking resistor. The braking resistors are designed for use with the SINAMICS G120C. SINAMICS G120C has an integrated brake chopper and cannot feed back regenerative energy to the line supply. For regenerative operation, e.g. the braking of a rotating mass with high moment of inertia, a braking resistor must be connected to convert the resulting energy into heat. The braking resistors are designed for mounting horizontally or vertically onto a heat-resistant sheet steel panel. The resistors should be mounted such as to ensure that the air can flow in and out and heat cannot build up. The heat dissipated by the braking resistor must not diminish the inverter cooling. Every braking resistor is equipped with a temperature switch. The temperature switch can be evaluated to prevent consequential damage if the braking resistor overheats. 4/22 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 P G_D211_EN_00038b Pmax PDB a Load diagram for the braking resistors ta = 12 s t = 240 s © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp) DC link components > Braking resistors ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Braking resistor 6SL3201-0BE14-3AA0 6SL3201-0BE21-0AA0 6SL3201-0BE21-8AA0 6SL3201-0BE23-8AA0 Resistance Ω 370 140 75 30 Rated power PDB (Continuous braking power) kW (hp) 0.075 (0.1) 0.2 (0.3) 0.375 (0.5) 0.925 (1.25) Peak power Pmax (load duration ta = 12 s with period t = 240 s) kW (hp) 1.5 (2) 4 (5) 7.5 (10) 18.5 (25) Terminal block Terminal block Terminal block Terminal block 2.5 2.5 2.5 6 NC contact NC contact NC contact NC contact 250 V AC/2.5 A 250 V AC/2.5 A 250 V AC/2.5 A 250 V AC/2.5 A 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 Power connection • Conductor cross-section mm2 Thermostatic switch • Contact load, max. • Conductor cross-section mm2 4 PE connection • Via terminal block Yes Yes Yes Yes • PE connection on housing M4 screw M4 screw M4 screw M4 screw Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 Dimensions • Width mm (in) 105 (4.13) 105 (4.13) 175 (6.89) 250 (9.84) • Height mm (in) 295 (11.61) 345 (13.58) 345 (13.58) 490 (19.29) • Depth mm (in) 100 (3.94) 100 (3.94) 100 (3.94) 140 (5.51) Weight, approx. kg (lb) 1.48 (3.26) 1.8 (3.97) 2.73 (6.02) 6.2 (13.7) Suitable for SINAMICS G120C Type 6SL3210-1KE11-8..2 FSAA 6SL3210-1KE15-8..2 6SL3210-1KE21-3..1 6SL3210-1KE22-6..1 6SL3210-1KE21-7..1 6SL3210-1KE23-2..1 6SL3210-1KE12-3..2 6SL3210-1KE13-2..2 6SL3210-1KE14-3..2 • Frame size FSAA FSA 6SL3210-1KE17-5..1 6SL3210-1KE23-8..1 6SL3210-1KE18-8..1 FSAA/FSA FSB FSC Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 4/23 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp) Load-side power components > Output reactors ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data Rated power SINAMICS G120C Output reactor kW Type 6SL3210-... Frame size Article No. FSAA 6SL3202-0AE16-1CA0 FSA 6SL3202-0AE18-8CA0 FSB 6SL3202-0AE21-8CA0 FSC 6SL3202-0AE23-8CA0 hp 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 4 Output reactor for SINAMICS G120C, frame size FSA Output reactors reduce the rate of voltage rise (dv/dt) and the height of the current peaks, and enable longer motor cables to be connected. Owing to the high rates of voltage rise of the fast-switching IGBTs, the capacitance of long motor cables reverses polarity very quickly with every switching operation in the inverter. As a result, the inverter is loaded with additional current peaks of substantial magnitude. Output reactors reduce the magnitude of these additional peaks because the cable capacitance reverses polarity more slowly across the reactor inductance, thereby attenuating the amplitudes of the current peaks. When using output reactors, the following should be observed: • Max. permissible output frequency 200 Hz • Max. permissible pulse frequency 4 kHz • The output reactor must be installed as close as possible to the frequency inverter 4/24 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 0.55 0.75 1KE11-8..2 0.75 1 1KE12-3..2 1.1 1.5 1KE13-2..2 1.5 2 1KE14-3..2 2.2 3 1KE15-8..2 3 4 1KE17-5..1 4 5 1KE18-8..1 5.5 7.5 1KE21-3..1 7.5 10 1KE21-7..1 11 15 1KE22-6..1 15 20 1KE23-2..1 18.5 25 1KE23-8..1 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp) Load-side power components > Output reactors ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Output reactor 6SL3202-0AE16-1CA0 6SL3202-0AE18-8CA0 6SL3202-0AE21-8CA0 6SL3202-0AE23-8CA0 Rated current A 6.1 9 18.5 39 Power loss kW 0.09 0.08 0.08 0.11 Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals 4 4 10 16 M4 screw stud M4 screw stud M5 screw stud M5 screw stud Connection to the Power Module/motor connection • Conductor cross-section mm2 PE connection Cable length, max. between output reactor and motor 4 • 380 V -10 % ... 415 V +10 % 3 AC - Shielded m (ft) 150 (492) 150 (492) 150 (492) 150 (492) - Unshielded m (ft) 225 (738) 225 (738) 225 (738) 225 (738) - Shielded m (ft) 100 (328) 100 (328) 100 (328) 100 (328) - Unshielded m (ft) 150 (492) 150 (492) 150 (492) 150 (492) • 440 ... 480 V 3 AC +10 % Dimensions • Width mm (in) 207 (8.15) 207 (8.15) 247 (9.72) 257 (10.12) • Height mm (in) 175 (6.89) 180 (7.08) 215 (8.46) 235 (9.25) • Depth mm (in) 72.5 (2.85) 72.5 (2.85) 100 (3.94) 114.7 (4.51) No No No No Possible as base component IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 Weight, approx. kg (lb) 3.4 (7.49) 3.9 (8.60) 10.1 (22.26) 11.2 (24.70) Suitable for SINAMICS G120C Type 6SL3210-1KE11-8..2 6SL3210-1KE17-5..1 6SL3210-1KE21-3..1 6SL3210-1KE22-6..1 6SL3210-1KE12-3..2 6SL3210-1KE18-8..1 6SL3210-1KE21-7..1 6SL3210-1KE23-2..1 Degree of protection 6SL3210-1KE13-2..2 6SL3210-1KE23-8..1 6SL3210-1KE14-3..2 6SL3210-1KE15-8..2 • Frame size FSAA FSA FSB FSC Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 4/25 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp) Supplementary system components > Operator panels ■ Overview Operator panel Intelligent Operator Panel IOP and IOP Handheld Basic Operator Panel BOP-2 Thanks to the large plain text display, menu-based operation and the application wizards, commissioning of the standard drives is easy. Optionally available application wizards 1) guide the user interactively through the commissioning process for important applications such as pumps, fans, compressors and conveyor systems. Commissioning of standard drives is easy with the menu-prompted dialog on a 2-line display. Simultaneous display of the parameter and parameter value, as well as parameter filtering, means that basic commissioning of a drive can be performed easily and, in most cases, without a printed parameter list. • Can be directly mounted on SINAMICS G120C • Can be directly mounted on SINAMICS G120C • Can be mounted in the control cabinet door using a door mounting kit (achievable degree of protection is IP54/UL Type 12) • Can be mounted in the control cabinet door using a door mounting kit (achievable degree of protection is IP55/UL Type 12) Description 4 Possible applications • Available as handheld version • The IOP is available in 2 versions with the following languages 1): - German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, Dutch, Swedish, Russian, Czech, Polish, Turkish, Finnish. - Chinese (simplified), English, German Quick commissioning without expert knowledge • Standard commissioning using the clone function • Standard commissioning using the clone function • User-defined parameter list with a reduced number of self-selected parameters • Simple commissioning of standard applications using application-specific wizards; it is not necessary to know the parameter structure • Simple local commissioning using the handheld version • Commissioning largely without documentation High degree of operator friendliness and intuitive operation Minimization of maintenance times • Direct manual operation of the drive – you can simply • Direct manual operation of the drive – you can simply toggle between the automatic and manual modes toggle between the automatic and manual modes • Intuitive navigation using a rotary knob – just like in everyday applications – • Graphic display to show status values such as pressure or flow in bar-type diagrams • 2-line display for showing up to 2 process values with text • Status display with freely selectable units to specify physical values • Status display of predefined units • Diagnostics using plain text display, can be used locally on-site without documentation • Diagnostics with menu prompting with 7-segment display • Simple update of languages, wizards and firmware updates via USB 1) Further information is available at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/67273266 4/26 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp) Supplementary system components > IOP Intelligent Operator Panel ■ Overview Intelligent Operator Panel IOP IOP Handheld 4 Intelligent Operator Panel IOP IOP Handheld The Intelligent Operator Panel IOP is a very user-friendly and powerful operator panel for the SINAMICS G120, SINAMICS G120C, SINAMICS G120P, SINAMICS G110D, SINAMICS G120D, SINAMICS G110M and SINAMICS S110 standard drives. A handheld version 2) of the IOP can be ordered for mobile use. In addition to the IOP, this includes a housing with rechargeable batteries, charging unit and RS232 connecting cable. The charging unit is supplied with connector adapters for Europe, the US and UK. When the batteries are fully charged, the operating time is up to 8 hours. The IOP supports both entry-level personnel and drive experts. Thanks to the large plain text display, the menu-based operation and the application wizards, it is easy to commission standard drives. A drive can be essentially commissioned without having to use a printed parameter list – as the parameters are displayed in plain text, and explanatory help texts and the parameter filtering function are provided. Application wizards interactively guide you when commissioning important applications such as conveyor technology, pumps, fans and compressors. There is a basic commissioning wizard for general commissioning. Up to 2 process values can be displayed graphically or numerically on the status screen/status display. Process values can also be displayed in technological units. The IOP supports standard commissioning of identical drives. For this purpose, a parameter list can be copied from an inverter into the IOP and downloaded into other drive units of the same type as required. To connect the IOP handheld to SINAMICS G110D, SINAMICS G120D or SINAMICS G110M, the RS232 connecting cable with optical interface is required in addition. Updating the IOP The IOP can be updated and expanded using the integrated USB interface. Data to support future drive systems can be transferred from the PC to the IOP. Further, the USB interface allows user languages and wizards that will become available in the future to be subsequently downloaded and the firmware to be updated for the IOP 1). The IOP is supplied with power via the USB interface during an update. The IOP is available in 2 versions with the following languages 1): • German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, Dutch, Swedish, Russian, Czech, Polish, Turkish, Finnish • Chinese (simplified), English, German The IOP can be installed in control cabinet doors using the optionally available door mounting kit. The operating temperature of the IOP is 0 °C ... 50 °C (32 °F ... 122 °F). 1) Further information is available at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/67273266 2) The IOP with Article No. 6SL3255 0AA00 4JA1 is included in the scope of supply of the IOP Handheld. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 4/27 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp) Supplementary system components > IOP Intelligent Operator Panel ■ Benefits • Simple commissioning of standard applications using wizards, it is not necessary to know the parameter structure • Diagnostics using plain text display; can be used locally on-site without documentation • Direct manual operation of the drive – you can toggle between automatic and manual modes • Status display with freely selectable units; display of real physical values • Intuitive, navigation using a wheel – just like in everyday applications • Graphic display e.g. for status values such as pressure or flowrate in bar charts • Quickly and simply mounted in the door – mechanically and electrically • Simple local commissioning on-site using the handheld version • Commissioning without documentation using the integrated help function • Standard commissioning using the clone function (parameter set data is saved for fast replacement) • Upload and download of parameter sets (IOP system memory or SINAMICS SD card) • Storing of up to 16 fixed or 200 freely namable parameter sets in IOP (IOP with firmware V1.5 SP1 and higher) • User-defined parameter list with a reduced number of selfselected parameters (to generate your own commissioning screens) • The IOP is available in 2 versions with the following languages 1): - German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, Dutch, Swedish, Russian, Czech, Polish, Turkish, Finnish. - Chinese (simplified), English, German • Simple update of languages, wizards and firmware updates via USB 1) Description Article No. Intelligent Operator Panel IOP • German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, 6SL3255-0AA00-4JA1 Portuguese, Dutch, Swedish, Russian, Czech, Polish, Turkish, Finnish • Chinese (simplified), English, German 6SL3255-0AA00-4JC1 IOP Handheld For use with SINAMICS G120, SINAMICS G120C, SINAMICS G120P, SINAMICS G110D, SINAMICS G120D, SINAMICS G110M and SINAMICS S110 6SL3255-0AA00-4HA0 Included in the scope of delivery: • IOP (6SL3255-0AA00-4JA1) • Handheld housing • Rechargeable batteries (4 × AA) • Charging unit (international) • RS232 connecting cable (3 m/9.84 ft long), used in combination with SINAMICS G120, SINAMICS G120C, SINAMICS G120P and SINAMICS S110 2) • USB cable (1 m/3.28 ft long) Accessories Door mounting kit For mounting an operator panel in control cabinet doors with sheet steel thicknesses of 1 ... 3 mm (0.04 ... 0.12 in) IP54 degree of protection for IOP IP55 degree of protection for BOP-2 6SL3256-0AP00-0JA0 Included in the scope of delivery: • Seal • Mounting material • Connecting cable (5 m/16.4 ft long, also supplies voltage to the IOP directly via the SINAMICS G120C compact inverter) ■ Integration Using the optionally available door mounting kit, an operator panel can be simply mounted in a control cabinet door with just a few manual operations. For door mounting with an IOP, degree of protection IP54/UL Type 12 is achieved, and with BOP-2, degree of protection IP55. Door plate Door mounting bracket Sealing sleeve Operator Panel Bolt Fixing screws D type G_D011_EN_00207a 4 ■ Selection and ordering data Door mounting kit with plugged-on IOP 4/28 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 1) Further information is available at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/67273266 2) For use in combination with SINAMICS G110D, SINAMICS G120D and SINAMICS G110M, the RS232 connecting cable with optical interface is required (Article No.: 3RK1922-2BP00). The cable must be ordered separately. © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp) Supplementary system components > Basic Operator Panel BOP-2 ■ Overview ■ Benefits • Shorten commissioning times – Easy commissioning of standard drives using basic commissioning wizards (setup) • Minimize standstill times – Fast detection and rectification of faults (Diagnostics) • Greater transparency in the process – The status display of the BOP-2 makes process variable monitoring easy (Monitoring) • Direct mounting on the inverter (also see IOP) • User-friendly user interface: - Easy navigation using clear menu structure and clearly assigned control keys - Two-line display ■ Selection and ordering data Description Article No. Basic Operator Panel BOP-2 6SL3255-0AA00-4CA1 Accessories Door mounting kit For mounting an operator panel in control cabinet doors with sheet steel thicknesses of 1 ... 3 mm (0.04 ... 0.12 in) IP54 degree of protection for IOP IP55 degree of protection for BOP-2 Basic Operator Panel BOP-2 Included in the scope of delivery: The Basic Operator Panel BOP-2 can be used to commission drives, monitor drives in operation and input individual parameter settings. • Seal Commissioning of standard drives is easy with the menuprompted dialog on a 2-line display. Simultaneous display of the parameter and parameter value, as well as parameter filtering, means that basic commissioning of a drive can be performed easily and, in most cases, without a printed parameter list. 6SL3256-0AP00-0JA0 • Mounting material • Connecting cable (5 m/16.4 ft long, also supplies voltage to the BOP-2 directly via the SINAMICS G120C compact inverter) The drives are easily controlled manually using directly assigned navigation buttons. The BOP-2 has a dedicated switchover button to switch from automatic to manual mode. Diagnostics can easily be performed on the connected inverter by following the menus. Up to two process values can be numerically visualized simultaneously. BOP-2 supports standard commissioning of identical drives. For this purpose, a parameter list can be copied from an inverter into the BOP-2 and when required, downloaded into other drive units of the same type. The operating temperature of the BOP-2 is 0 °C ... 50 °C (32 °F ... 122 °F). Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 4/29 4 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp) Supplementary system components > Memory cards ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data Description Article No. SINAMICS SD card 512 MB 6SL3054-4AG00-2AA0 Optional firmware memory cards 4 SINAMICS SD card 512 MB + firmware V4.6 (Multicard V4.6) 6SL3054-7EG00-2BA0 SINAMICS SD card 512 MB + firmware V4.7 (Multicard V4.7) 6SL3054-7EH00-2BA0 SINAMICS SD card 512 MB + firmware V4.7 SP6 HF1 (Multicard V4.7 SP6 HF1) 6SL3054-7TD00-2BA0 For more information on firmware V4.6: https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/67385235 For more information on firmware V4.7: SINAMICS memory card (SD card) https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/92554110 The parameter settings for an inverter can be stored on the SINAMICS SD memory card. When service is required, e.g. after the inverter has been replaced and the data have been downloaded from the memory card the drive system is immediately ready for use again. • Parameter settings can be written from the memory card to the inverter or saved from the inverter to the memory card. • Up to 100 parameter sets can be stored. • The memory card supports standard commissioning without the use of an operator panel such as the IOP, BOP-2 or the STARTER and SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tools. • If firmware is stored on the memory card and a frequency inverter is installed, the firmware can be upgraded/downgraded during inverter startup 1). For more information on firmware V4.7 SP6 HF1: Note: The memory card is not required for operation and does not have to remain inserted. 1) You can find more information about firmware upgrades/downgrades on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/67364620 4/30 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/109482094 Note: SINAMICS G120C compact inverters, frame size FSAA, can be operated from firmware V4.7 SP3. © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp) Supplementary system components > PC inverter connection kit 2 ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data Description Article No. PC inverter connection kit 2 6SL3255-0AA00-2CA0 USB cable (3 m/9.84 ft long) for • SINAMICS G120C • SINAMICS G120 Control Units • SINAMICS G110M Control Units • SINAMICS G120D Control Units - CU230P-2 - CU240B-2 4 - CU240E-2 - CU250S-2 • SINAMICS G110M Control Units - CU240M • SINAMICS G120D Control Units - CU240D-2 - CU250D-2 PC inverter connection kit 2 For controlling and commissioning an inverter directly from a PC if the STARTER 1) commissioning tool or SINAMICS Startdrive has been installed on the PC. With this, the inverter can be • parameterized (commissioned, optimized), • monitored (diagnostics) • controlled (master control via the STARTER or SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool for test purposes) A USB cable (3 m/9.84 ft) is included in the scope of delivery. 1) The STARTER commissioning tool is available on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/13437/dl Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 4/31 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120C compact inverters 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW (0.75 hp to 25 hp) Spare parts ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data The following spare parts are available for SINAMICS G120C for service and maintenance work. Description SINAMICS G120C shield plates • Frame size FSAA 6SL3266-1ER00-0KA0 A set of shield plates is included in the scope of delivery for the motor and signal cables corresponding to the frame size of the SINAMICS G120C compact inverter, and can also be ordered as spare parts. • Frame size FSA 6SL3266-1EA00-0KA0 • Frame size FSB 6SL3266-1EB00-0KA0 • Frame size FSC 6SL3266-1EC00-0KA0 SINAMICS G120C Spare Parts Kit 6SL3200-0SK41-0AA0 SINAMICS G120C Spare Parts Kit 4 Article No. SINAMICS G120C shield plate SINAMICS G120C connectors This kit comprises 4 sets of I/O terminals, 1 RS485 terminal, 2 sets of Control Unit doors (1 × PN and 1 × other communication versions) and 1 blanking cover. • Frame size FSA 6SL3200-0ST05-0AA0 • Frame size FSB 6SL3200-0ST06-0AA0 SINAMICS G120C connectors • Frame size FSC 6SL3200-0ST07-0AA0 SINAMICS G120C roof-mounted fan A set of connectors for the line feeder cable, braking resistor and motor cable can be ordered corresponding to the frame size of the SINAMICS G120C compact inverter. • Frame size FSAA 6SL3200-0SF38-0AA0 • Frame size FSA 6SL3200-0SF40-0AA0 SINAMICS G120C roof-mounted fan • Frame size FSB 6SL3200-0SF41-0AA0 A roof-mounted fan (at the top of the device) comprising a preassembled unit with holder and fan can be ordered corresponding to the frame size of the SINAMICS G120C compact inverter. • Frame size FSC 6SL3200-0SF42-0AA0 SINAMICS G120C frame size FSB, with integrated roof-mounted fan SINAMICS G120C fan unit A replacement fan (at the rear of the device; heat sink) comprising a pre-assembled unit with holder and fan can be ordered corresponding to the frame size of the SINAMICS G120C compact inverter. SINAMICS G120C frame size FSB, with fan unit (rear view of rotated inverter) 4/32 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 SINAMICS G120C fan unit • Frame size FSA 6SL3200-0SF12-0AA0 • Frame size FSB 6SL3200-0SF13-0AA0 • Frame size FSC 6SL3200-0SF14-0AA0 5 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) 5/2 5/2 5/2 Introduction Application More information 5/3 5/3 5/5 5/5 5/14 5/15 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters Overview Benefits Design Configuration Technical specifications 5/18 5/18 5/21 5/26 5/28 5/33 5/35 Control Units Overview Design Function Integration Selection and ordering data Technical specifications 5/38 5/38 5/42 5/48 5/52 5/75 5/81 Power Modules Overview Integration Selection and ordering data Technical specifications Characteristic curves Dimensional drawings 5/84 5/84 5/89 5/92 Line-side components Line filters Line reactors Recommended line-side power components 5/96 5/96 5/102 DC link components Braking resistors Braking Modules 5/104 5/104 5/112 Load-side power components Output reactors Sine-wave filters 5/116 5/116 5/117 Supplementary system components Operator panels Intelligent Operator Panel IOP and IOP Handheld Basic Operator Panel BOP-2 Push-through mounting frame for PM230 and PM240-2 Power Modules Memory cards Brake Relay Safe Brake Relay CM240NE chemical industry module PC inverter connection kit 2 Shield connection kits for Control Units Shield connection kits and shield plates for Power Modules 5/120 5/122 5/122 5/123 5/124 5/125 5/127 5/128 5/128 5/129 5/129 5/129 5/129 5/130 5/130 5/130 5/130 5/132 5/134 Spare parts Spare Parts Kit for Control Units Shield connection kits for PM240-2 Power Modules Shield plate for PM230 Power Modules Mounting set for PM230 and PM240-2 Power Modules Replacement door for PM240 Power Modules, frame size FSGX Terminal cover kits for frame sizes FSD to FSF Replacement connectors Fan units Replacement fans Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Introduction ■ Application Use Requirements for torque accuracy/speed accuracy/position accuracy/coordination of axes/functionality Continuous motion Basic High Basic Medium High Centrifugal pumps Radial / axial fans Compressors Eccentric screw pumps Hydraulic pumps Metering pumps Hydraulic pumps Metering pumps Descaling pumps Hydraulic pumps V20 G120P S120 G120 S110 S120 G110 G130/G150 G120C G180 1) Pumping, Centrifugal pumps ventilating, Radial / axial fans compressing Compressors 5 Non-continuous motion Medium G120P Moving Conveyor belts Roller conveyors Chain conveyors Conveyor belts Roller conveyors Chain conveyors Lifting/lowering devices Elevators Escalators/moving walkways Indoor cranes Marine drives Cable railways Elevators Container cranes Mining hoists Excavators for opencast mining Test bays Acceleration conveyors Storage and retrieval machines Acceleration conveyors Storage and retrieval machines Cross cutters Reel changers Storage and retrieval machines Robotics Pick & place Rotary indexing tables Cross cutters Roll feeds Engagers/ disengagers V20 G120 S120 V20 S110 S120 G110 G120D S150 G120 DCM DCM G110D G130/G150 DCM G120D G110M G180 1) G120C Processing Machining Mills Mixers Kneaders Crushers Agitators Centrifuges Mills Mixers Kneaders Crushers Agitators Centrifuges Extruders Rotary furnaces Extruders Winders/unwinders Lead/follower drives Calenders Main press drives Printing machines Tubular bagging machines Single-axis motion control such as • Position profiles • Path profiles Tubular bagging machines Single-axis motion control such as • Position profiles • Path profiles Servo presses Rolling mill drives Multi-axis motion control such as • Multi-axis positioning • Cams • Interpolations V20 G120 S120 V20 S110 S120 G120C G130/G150 S150 G120 G180 1) DCM Main drives for • Turning • Milling • Drilling Main drives for • Drilling • Sawing Main drives for • Turning • Milling • Drilling • Gear cutting • Grinding Axis drives for • Turning • Milling • Drilling Axis drives for • Drilling • Sawing Axis drives for • Turning • Milling • Drilling • Lasering • Gear cutting • Grinding • Nibbling and punching S110 S110 S120 S110 S110 S120 S120 The standard SINAMICS G120 inverter is especially well-suited • as an universal drive in all industrial and commercial applications • e.g. in the automotive, textile, process technology industries • for higher-level applications such as, for example, conveyor systems in the steel, oil, gas and offshore sectors, or in regenerative energy recovery applications. DCM S120 Practical application examples and descriptions are available on the Internet at www.siemens.com/sinamics-applications ■ More information You may also be interested in these drives: • Higher degree of protection for power ratings up to 7.5 kW (10 hp) SINAMICS G110M, SINAMICS G110D, SINAMICS G120D • With a positioning function for distributed drive solutions in IP65 degree of protection SINAMICS G120D • With positioning function in the control cabinet in IP20 degree of protection SINAMICS S110 • Special functions for pumps, fans, and compressors SINAMICS G120P (Catalog D 35) 1) Industry-specific inverters. 5/2 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) SINAMICS G120 standard inverters ■ Overview The SINAMICS G120 frequency inverter is designed to provide precise and cost-effective speed/torque control of three-phase motors. With different device versions (frame sizes FSA to FSGX) in a power range from 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp), it is suitable for a wide variety of drive solutions. 5 Example: SINAMICS G120, frame sizes FSA, FSB and FSC; each with Power Module, CU240E-2 F Control Unit and Basic Operator Panel BOP-2 Example: SINAMICS G120, frame size FSGX; with Power Module, CU240E-2 F Control Unit and Basic Operator Panel BOP-2 Operator-friendly design SINAMICS G120 is a modular inverter system that essentially comprises two function units: • Control Unit (CU) • Power Module (PM) The Control Unit controls and monitors the Power Module and the connected motor using several different closed-loop control types that can be selected. It supports communication with a local or central controller and monitoring devices. Example: SINAMICS G120, frame sizes FSD, FSE and FSF; each with Power Module, CU240E-2 F Control Unit and Intelligent Operator Panel IOP The Power Module supplies the motor in the power range 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp). It features state-of-the-art IGBT technology with pulse-width-modulated motor voltage and selectable pulse frequency. Comprehensive protection functions provide a high degree of protection for the Power Module and the motor. The Control Units can be combined with the following Power Modules: Control Units 1) Power Modules degree of protection IP20 PM230 1) PM240-2 PM240 PM250 CU230P-2 CU240B-2 CU240E-2 CU250S-2 – PM230 Power Modules with integrated filter class A or class B, degree of protection IP55/UL Type 12, 0.37 kW to 90 kW (0.5 to 125 hp) are integral components of the SINAMICS G120P for pumps, fans and compressors. The CU230P-2 is the Control Unit for SINAMICS G120P and SINAMICS G120P Cabinet for pumps, fans and compressors. More information can be found in Catalog D 35. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/3 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) SINAMICS G120 standard inverters ■ Overview Safety Integrated Efficient Infeed Technology SINAMICS G120 standard inverters are available in different versions for safety-related applications. The PM240-2 und PM250 Power Modules are already designed for Safety Integrated. PM240 Power Modules, frame size FSGX (i.e. 160 kW/250 hp and higher) are approved only for the Basic Safety functions (STO, SS1, and SBC). A drive can be combined with a Control Unit with safety functions (see overview) in order to create a Safety Integrated drive. The availability of Safety Integrated functions depends on the type of Control Unit. The innovative Efficient Infeed Technology is employed in PM250 Power Modules. This technology allows the energy produced by motors operating in generator mode connected to standard inverters to be fed back into the supply system. For control cabinets, an additional temperature rise can be avoided and the amount of space required can be reduced due to the fact that components such as braking resistors, braking choppers and line reactors can be eliminated. Further, wiring and engineering costs are significantly reduced. At the same time, energy consumption can be reduced and ongoing operating costs noticeably reduced. Control Unit 5 Basic Safety functions Extended Safety functions STO SS1 SBC 1) SLS SDI SSM CU230P-2 – – – – – – CU240B-2 – – – – – – CU240E-2 – – – – – CU240E-2 F – CU250S-2 2) 3) 3) 3) Basic Safety functions (certified according to IEC 61508 SIL 2, and EN ISO 13849-1 PL d and Category 3) • Safe Torque Off (STO) to protect against active movement of the drive • The PM240-2 Power Modules, frame sizes FSD to FSF additionally offer STO acc. to IEC 61508 SIL 3 and EN ISO 13489-1 PL e and Category 3. • Safe Stop 1 (SS1) for continuous monitoring of a safe braking ramp • Safe Brake Control (SBC) is used to safely control a holding brake. When enabled, SBC is always activated at the same time as STO. The Safe Brake Relay is used for SBC. Extended Safety functions (certified according to IEC 61508 SIL 2 and EN ISO 13849-1 PL d and Category 3) • Safely Limited Speed (SLS) for protection against dangerous movements on exceeding a speed limit • Safe Direction (SDI) This function ensures that the drive can only rotate in the selected direction. • Safe Speed Monitoring (SSM) This function signals if a drive operates below a specific speed/feed velocity. Additional information is provided in chapter Highlights, section Efficient Infeed Technology. Innovative cooling concept and varnishing of electronic modules The new cooling system and varnishing of the electronic modules significantly increases the service life or useful life of the device. • Disposal of all heat losses via an external heat sink • Consequential convection cooling of the Control Unit, electronic modules are not located in the air duct • All cooling air from the fan is directed through the heat sink Energy efficiency Integrated technologies help when optimizing the energy usage of the plant or system referred to the particular application: • Energy-efficient vector control with or without sensors • Automatic flux reduction with V/f ECO mode • Integrated energy saving computer Additional information is provided in chapter Highlights, section Energy efficiency. Basic Safety and Extended Safety functions can be activated via PROFIsafe or by means of the safety inputs. None of the safety functions require a motor encoder and they are thus cheaper and easier to implement. Existing systems in particular can be simply updated with safety technology without the need to change the motor or mechanical system. The Safe Torque Off (STO) function can be used without restriction for all applications. The SS1, SLS, SSM and SDI functions are only permissible for applications where the load can never accelerate when the inverter is switched off. They are therefore not permitted for applications involving pull-through loads such as hoisting gear and unwinders. Additional information is provided in chapter Highlights, section Safety Integrated. 5/4 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 1) The SBC function can be utilized only if a Safe Brake Relay is installed. 2) SSM possible only for CU240E-2 DP-F / CU240E-2 PN-F Control Units with PROFIsafe. 3) With license for Extended Safety functions. © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) SINAMICS G120 standard inverters ■ Benefits • Modularity ensures flexibility for a drive concept that is fit for the future - Control Unit can be hot-swapped - Pluggable terminals - The modules can be easily replaced, which makes the system extremely service friendly • The integrated safety functions significantly reduce the costs when integrating drives into safety-oriented machines or systems • Communications-capable via PROFINET or PROFIBUS with PROFIdrive Profile 4.0 - Plant-wide engineering - Easy to handle • The innovative circuit design (bidirectional input rectifier with "pared-down" DC link) allows the kinetic energy of a load to be fed back into the supply system when PM250 Power Modules are used. This feedback capability provides enormous potential for savings because generated energy no longer has to be converted into heat in a braking resistor • Integrated USB interface for simplified, local commissioning and diagnostics • Application-specific functions for pumps, fans and compressors Integrated are, e.g.: - 4 freely-programmable PID controllers - Application-specific wizards - Pt1000/LG-Ni1000 temperature sensor interface - 230 V AC relay - 3 freely-programmable digital time switches • With CU250S-2 Control Units: Integrated positioning functionality (basic positioner EPos) supports process-related implementation of positioning tasks with a high dynamic response. Positioning can be implemented with an incremental and/or absolute encoder (SSI) • With CU250S-2 Control Units: Encoder interfaces DRIVE-CLiQ, HTL/TTL/SSI (SUB-D) and resolver/HTL (terminal) • With CU250S-2 Control Units: Vector control with or without sensors • Integrated control functionality by using BICO technology • An innovative cooling concept and coated electronic modules increase robustness and service life - External heat sink - Electronic components are not located in air duct - Control Unit that is completely cooled by convection - Additional coating of the most important components • Simple unit replacement and quick copying of parameters using an optional Operator Panel or an optional memory card • Quiet motor operation as a result of the high pulse frequency • Compact, space-saving design • Software parameters for simple adaptation to 50 Hz or 60 Hz motors (IEC or NEMA motors) • 2/3-wire control for static/pulsed signals for universal control via digital inputs • Fast engineering and commissioning by using standard engineering tools such as SIZER for Siemens Drives, STARTER, SINAMICS Startdrive, and Drive ES – STARTER is integrated into STEP 7 using Drive ES Basic, with all of the benefits of central data management and totally integrated communication • Certified worldwide for compliance with CE, UL, cUL, C-Tick (RCM) and Safety Integrated according to IEC 61508 SIL 2 and EN ISO 13849-1 PL d and Category 3 • The PM240-2 Power Modules, frame sizes FSD to FSF additionally offer STO acc. to IEC 61508 SIL 3 and EN ISO 13489-1 PL e and Category 3. ■ Design Application-orientated design of SINAMICS G120 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters are modular inverters for standard drives. Selection of the SINAMICS G120 is reduced to two or three steps thanks to the modular system used. Power Module Control Unit + Operator Panel + SINAMICS G120 standard inverters = 5 G_D011_EN_00354 Selecting the Control Unit The optimum Control Unit is selected first, based on the number of I/Os and any additional functions required such as Safety Integrated or HVAC. The communication options are already integrated and do not have to be additionally ordered or plugged in. Three product series are available corresponding to the particular application. CU230P-2 Control Units The CU230P-2 Control Units have been specifically designed for pump, fan and compressor applications. The CU230P-2 is the Control Unit for the pump, fan and compressor inverters SINAMICS G120P and SINAMICS G120P Cabinet. More information can be found in Catalog D 35. CU240B-2 and CU240E-2 Control Units The CU240B-2 and CU240E-2 Control Units are suitable for a wide range of applications in general machine construction, such as conveyor belts, mixers and extruders. CU250S-2 Control Units The CU250S-2 Control Units are suitable for applications involving single drives with exacting speed control requirements such as extruders and centrifuges, and for positioning tasks such as conveyor belts, lifting/lowering devices, etc. They can also be used to implement multi-motor drives without DC coupling such as wire-drawing machines and simple material lines. Power Module Control Unit Operator Panel G_D011_XX_00355 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/5 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) SINAMICS G120 standard inverters ■ Design Description Fieldbus Profile Inputs Outputs Integrated safety technology Fail-safe digital inputs digital outputs Control Unit Article No. CU230P-2 series – the specialist for pumps, fans, compressors, water, buildings Technology functions (selection): Free function blocks (FFB), 4 × PID controller, cascade connection, hibernation mode, essential service mode, multi-zone control CU230P-2 HVAC • USS – • Modbus RTU 6 DI 4 AI – – 6SL3243-0BB30-1HA3 3 DO 2 AO • BACnet MS/TP • P1 protocol CU230P-2 DP • PROFIBUS DP • PROFIdrive 6SL3243-0BB30-1PA3 CU230P-2 PN • PROFINET • PROFIdrive 6SL3243-0BB30-1FA0 • PROFIenergy 5 • EtherNet/IP – - ODVA AC drive - SINAMICS profile CU240B-2 series – for basic applications with variable-speed drives – without encoder Technology functions (selection): Free function blocks (FFB), 1 × PID controller, motor holding brake • USS CU240B-2 – • Modbus RTU CU240B-2 DP • PROFIBUS DP • PROFIdrive 4 DI 1 AI – – 1 DO 1 AO 6SL3244-0BB00-1BA1 6SL3244-0BB00-1PA1 CU240E-2 series – standard applications in general machinery construction, such as conveyor belts, mixers and extruders – without encoder Technology functions (selection): Free function blocks (FFB), 1 × PID controller, motor holding brake • USS CU240E-2 – • Modbus RTU CU240E-2 DP • PROFIBUS DP • PROFIdrive 6 DI 2 AI STO 1 F-DI (opt. for each 2 DI) 3 DO 2 AO 6SL3244-0BB12-1BA1 6SL3244-0BB12-1PA1 • PROFIsafe CU240E-2 PN • PROFINET • PROFIdrive 6SL3244-0BB12-1FA0 • PROFIsafe • PROFIenergy • EtherNet/IP – - ODVA AC drive - SINAMICS profile • USS CU240E-2 F – STO, SS1, SLS, SDI • PROFIdrive STO, SS1, SLS, SSM 1), SDI • Modbus RTU CU240E-2 DP-F • PROFIBUS DP • PROFIsafe CU240E-2 PN-F • PROFINET 3 F-DI (opt. for each 2 DI) 6SL3244-0BB13-1BA1 6SL3244-0BB13-1PA1 • PROFIdrive 6SL3244-0BB13-1FA0 • PROFIsafe • PROFIenergy • EtherNet/IP – - ODVA AC drive - SINAMICS profile CU250S-2 series – for complex applications such as extruders and centrifuges – with and without encoder (basic positioner (EPos) optional) Technology functions (selection): Free function blocks (FFB), 1 × PID controller, motor holding brake • USS CU250S-2 – • Modbus RTU CU250S-2 DP • PROFIBUS DP • PROFIdrive CU250S-2 PN • PROFINET • PROFIdrive • PROFIsafe • PROFIsafe 11 DI 2 AI 3 DO 2 AO 4 DI/DO (DI can be used as high-speed inputs) STO, SBC, SS1 3 F-DI (opt. for each 2 DI) 6SL3246-0BA22-1BA0 1 F-DO (opt. for each 2 DO) 6SL3246-0BA22-1PA0 6SL3246-0BA22-1FA0 • PROFIenergy • EtherNet/IP – - ODVA AC drive - SINAMICS profile CU250S-2 CAN 1) • CANopen – SSM is possible only with PROFIsafe. 5/6 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 6SL3246-0BA22-1CA0 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) SINAMICS G120 standard inverters ■ Design Optional memory card with firmware V4.7 SP6 HF1 for CU230P-2, CU240B-2, CU240E-2 and CU250S-2 Control Units Description Suitable for Article No. SINAMICS SD card 512 MB + firmware V4.7 SP6 HF1 (Multicard V4.7 SP6 HF1) CU230P-2 CU240B-2 CU240E-2 CU250S-2 6SL3054-7TD00-2BA0 Optional memory cards with licenses for CU250S-2 Control Units only Description SINAMICS SD card 512 MB + licenses SINAMICS SD card 512 MB + firmware V4.7 SP6 HF1 (Multicard V4.7 SP6 HF1) + licenses Licenses (without SD card) for upgrading license of an existing SD card Article No. Article No. Article No. License Extended Functions Basic positioner (EPos) 6SL3054-4AG00-2AA0-Z E01 6SL3054-7TD00-2BA0-Z E01 6SL3074-7AA04-0AA0 License Extended Functions Safety (SLS, SSM, SDI) 6SL3054-4AG00-2AA0-Z F01 6SL3054-7TD00-2BA0-Z F01 6SL3074-0AA10-0AA0 Licenses Extended Functions Basic positioner (EPos) + Safety (SLS, SSM, SDI) 6SL3054-4AG00-2AA0-Z E01+F01 6SL3054-7TD00-2BA0-Z E01+F01 – 5 Additional information on firmware V4.7 SP6 HF1: https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/109482094 Optional memory cards with firmware V4.6 or V4.7 for existing installations when service is required Description Suitable for Article No. SINAMICS SD card 512 MB + firmware V4.6 (Multicard V4.6) CU230P-2 CU240B-2 CU240E-2 CU250S-2 6SL3054-7EG00-2BA0 SINAMICS SD card 512 MB + firmware V4.7 (Multicard V4.7) CU230P-2 CU240B-2 CU240E-2 CU250S-2 6SL3054-7EH00-2BA0 For more information on firmware V4.6: https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/67385235 For more information on firmware V4.7: https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/92554110 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/7 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) SINAMICS G120 standard inverters ■ Design Selecting the Power Module The optimum power unit can be quickly selected based on the required motor power, the supply voltage and the braking cycles to be expected. Power Modules in degree of protection IP20 are intended for installation in a control cabinet. PM230 Power Modules – degree of protection IP20 PM230 Power Modules are designed for applications involving pumps, fans and compressors with a square characteristic. They do not have an integrated braking chopper (singlequadrant applications). 5 PM230 Power Modules with integrated filter class A or class B, degree of protection IP55/UL Type 12, 0.37 kW to 90 kW (0.5 to 125 hp) are integral components of the SINAMICS G120P for pumps, fans and compressors. More information can be found in Catalog D 35. The Power Modules can be combined with the following Control Units: Control Units Power Modules degree of protection IP20 PM230 1) PM240-2/PM240 PM250 CU230P-2 CU240B-2 CU240E-2 CU250S-2 – Power Module PM240-2 and PM240 Power Modules – IP20 degree of protection PM240-2 Power Modules have an integrated braking chopper (four-quadrant applications) and are suitable for a large number of applications in general machinery construction. The same applies for PM240 Power Modules, but the PM240 Power Modules in frame size FSGX do not have an integrated braking chopper. A plug-in Braking Module is optionally available for this purpose. PM250 Power Modules – degree of protection IP20 PM250 Power Modules are suitable for the same applications as the PM240-2/PM240. Any braking energy is directly fed back into the line supply (four-quadrant applications – a braking resistor is not required). 1) PM230 Power Modules with integrated filter class A or class B, degree of protection IP55/UL Type 12, 0.37 kW to 90 kW (0.5 to 125 hp) are integral components of the SINAMICS G120P for pumps, fans and compressors. The CU230P-2 is the Control Unit for SINAMICS G120P and SINAMICS G120P Cabinet for pumps, fans and compressors. More information can be found in Catalog D 35. 5/8 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 G_D011_XX_00356 Control Unit Operator Panel © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) SINAMICS G120 standard inverters ■ Design PM230 and PM240-2 Power Modules Rated power 1) kW Rated output current Irated 2) hp PM230 Power Module Degree of protection IP20 3) PM240-2 Power Modules Degree of protection IP20 The following Control Units are supported: CU230P-2 ..., CU240B-2 ..., CU240E-2 ... All CUs pluggable A Article No. Article No. 3.2 – 6SL3210-1PB13-0■L0 200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC 0.55 0.75 0.75 1 4.2 – 6SL321■-1PB13-8■L0 1.1 1.5 6 – 6SL3210-1PB15-5■L0 1.5 2 7.4 – 6SL3210-1PB17-4■L0 2.2 3 10.4 – 6SL321■-1PB21-0■L0 3 4 13.6 – 6SL3210-1PB21-4■L0 4 5 17.5 – 6SL321■-1PB21-8■L0 5 200 ... 240 V 3 AC 5.5 7.5 22 – 6SL3210-1PC22-2■L0 7.5 10 28 – 6SL3210-1PC22-8■L0 11 15 42 – 6SL3210-1PC24-2UL0 15 20 54 – 6SL3210-1PC25-4UL0 18.5 25 68 – 6SL3210-1PC26-8UL0 22 30 80 – 6SL3210-1PC28-0UL0 30 40 104 – 6SL3210-1PC31-1UL0 37 50 130 – 6SL3210-1PC31-3UL0 45 60 154 – 6SL3210-1PC31-6UL0 55 75 178 – 6SL3210-1PC31-8UL0 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 0.37 4) 0.5 1.3 6SL3210-1NE11-3■L1 – 4) 0.55 0.75 1.7 6SL3210-1NE11-7■L1 6SL3210-1PE11-8■L1 0.75 1 2.2 6SL3210-1NE12-2■L1 6SL3210-1PE12-3■L1 1.1 1.5 3.1 6SL3210-1NE13-1■L1 6SL3210-1PE13-2■L1 1.5 2 4.1 6SL3210-1NE14-1■L1 6SL3210-1PE14-3■L1 2.2 3 5.9 6SL3210-1NE15-8■L1 6SL3210-1PE16-1■L1 3 4 7.7 6SL321■-1NE17-7■L1 6SL321■-1PE18-0■L1 4 5 10.2 6SL3210-1NE21-0■L1 6SL3210-1PE21-1■L0 Heat sink variant ↑ ↑ Standard 0 0 Push-through 1 Integrated line filter 1 ↑ ↑ Without (for IT systems) U U Class A (for TN systems) A A Data based on a duty cycle with low overload (LO). Data based on duty cycle with high overload (HO), see section Power Modules. 1) Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). Low overload (LO) generally applies for applications with low dynamic response (continuous operation), quadratic torque characteristic with low break loose torque and low speed accuracy. Examples: Centrifugal pumps, radial/axial fans, rotary piston fans, radial compressors, vacuum pumps, chain conveyors, agitators. High Overload (HO) generally applies for applications with increased dynamic response (cyclic operation) and constant torque characteristics with high break loose torque. Examples: Gear pumps, eccentric worm pumps, mills, mixers, crushers, lifting/lowering gear, centrifuges. 2) The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). These current values are applicable for 200 V, 400 V or 690 V. 3) PM230 Power Modules with integrated filter class A or class B, degree of protection IP55/UL Type 12, 0.37 kW to 90 kW (0.5 to 125 hp) are integral components of the SINAMICS G120P for pumps, fans and compressors. The CU230P-2 is the Control Unit for SINAMICS G120P and SINAMICS G120P Cabinet for pumps, fans and compressors. More information can be found in Catalog D 35. 4) The PM240-2 Power Module with Article No. 6SL3210-1PE11-8. L1 corresponds to 0.37 kW (0.5 hp) with duty cycle HO. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/9 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) SINAMICS G120 standard inverters ■ Design PM230, PM240 and PM240-2 Power Modules (continued) Rated power 1) kW Rated output current Irated2) hp PM230 Power Module Degree of protection IP20 3) PM240-2 Power Modules 4) Degree of protection IP20 The following Control Units are supported: CU230P-2 ..., CU240B-2 ..., CU240E-2 ... All CUs pluggable A Article No. Article No. 13.2 6SL3210-1NE21-3■L1 6SL3210-1PE21-4■L0 380 ... 480 V 3 AC (continued) 5.5 5 7.5 7.5 10 18 6SL321■-1NE21-8■L1 6SL321■-1PE21-8■L0 11 15 26 6SL3210-1NE22-6■L1 6SL3210-1PE22-7■L0 15 20 32 6SL3210-1NE23-2■L1 6SL321■-1PE23-3■L0 18.5 25 38 6SL321■-1NE23-8■L1 6SL3210-1PE23-8■L0 22 30 45 6SL3210-1NE24-5■L0 6SL3210-1PE24-5■L0 30 40 60 6SL3210-1NE26-0■L0 6SL3210-1PE26-0■L0 37 50 75 6SL3210-1NE27-5■L0 6SL3210-1PE27-5■L0 45 60 90 6SL3210-1NE28-8■L0 6SL3210-1PE28-8■L0 55 75 110 6SL3210-1NE31-1■L0 6SL3210-1PE31-1■L0 75 100 145 6SL3210-1NE31-5■L0 6SL3210-1PE31-5■L0 90 125 178 – 6SL3210-1PE31-8■L0 110 150 205 – 6SL3210-1PE32-1■L0 132 200 250 – 160 250 302 – 4) 6SL3224-0XE41-3UA0 200 300 370 – 4) 6SL3224-0XE41-6UA0 250 400 477 – 4) 6SL3224-0XE42-0UA0 6SL3210-1PE32-5■L0 500 ... 690 V 3 AC 11 10 14 – 6SL3210-1PH21-4■L0 15 15 19 – 6SL3210-1PH22-0■L0 18.5 20 23 – 6SL3210-1PH22-3■L0 22 25 27 – 6SL3210-1PH22-7■L0 30 30 35 – 6SL3210-1PH23-5■L0 37 40 42 – 6SL3210-1PH24-2■L0 45 50 52 – 6SL3210-1PH25-2■L0 55 60 62 – 6SL3210-1PH26-2■L0 75 75 80 – 6SL3210-1PH28-0■L0 90 100 100 – 6SL3210-1PH31-0■L0 110 100 115 – 6SL3210-1PH31-2■L0 132 125 142 – 6SL3210-1PH31-4■L0 Heat sink variant ↑ ↑ Standard 0 0 Push-through 1 Integrated line filter 1 ↑ ↑ Without (for IT systems) U U Class A (for TN systems) A A Data based on a duty cycle with low overload (LO). Data based on duty cycle with high overload (HO), see section Power Modules. 1) Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). Low overload (LO) generally applies for applications with low dynamic response (continuous operation), quadratic torque characteristic with low break loose torque and low speed accuracy. Examples: Centrifugal pumps, radial/axial fans, rotary piston fans, radial compressors, vacuum pumps, chain conveyors, agitators. High Overload (HO) generally applies for applications with increased dynamic response (cyclic operation) and constant torque characteristics with high break loose torque. Examples: Gear pumps, eccentric worm pumps, mills, mixers, crushers, lifting/lowering gear, centrifuges. 5/10 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 2) The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). These current values are applicable for 200 V, 400 V or 690 V. 3) PM230 Power Modules with integrated filter class A or class B, degree of protection IP55/UL Type 12, 0.37 kW to 90 kW (0.5 to 125 hp) are integral components of the SINAMICS G120P for pumps, fans and compressors. The CU230P-2 is the Control Unit for SINAMICS G120P and SINAMICS G120P Cabinet for pumps, fans and compressors. More information can be found in Catalog D 35. 4) 160 kW ... 250 kW (250 to 400 hp), PM240 Power Modules (frame size FSGX). © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) SINAMICS G120 standard inverters ■ Design PM250 Power Modules Rated power 1) Rated output current Irated2) Selecting optional system components PM250 Power Module Degree of protection IP20 All CUs pluggable kW hp A Article No. Intelligent Operator Panel IOP Graphic display with bar-type diagrams, e.g. for status values such as pressure or flowrate. 7.5 10 18 6SL3225-0BE25-5AA1 User-friendly commissioning, diagnostics and local operator control using a large plain text display, clear menu navigation and application wizards. 11 15 25 6SL3225-0BE27-5AA1 Intelligent Operator Panel IOP Handheld 15 20 32 6SL3225-0BE31-1AA1 18.5 25 38 6SL3225-0BE31-5■A0 22 30 45 6SL3225-0BE31-8■A0 A handheld version of the IOP can be ordered for mobile use. In addition to the IOP, this includes a housing with rechargeable batteries, charging unit and RS232 connecting cable. 30 40 60 6SL3225-0BE32-2■A0 Basic Operator Panel BOP-2 37 50 75 6SL3225-0BE33-0■A0 45 60 90 6SL3225-0BE33-7■A0 Menu navigation and 2-line display permit fast and user-friendly commissioning of the inverter. 55 75 110 6SL3225-0BE34-5■A0 75 100 145 6SL3225-0BE35-5■A0 90 125 178 6SL3225-0BE37-5■A0 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Integrated line filter ↑ Without (for IT systems) 0 Class A (for TN systems) Class B (for TN systems) 1 Integrated line filter not available, as external option only Data based on a duty cycle with low overload (LO). Data based on duty cycle with high overload (HO), see section Power Modules. Simple basic commissioning by simultaneously displaying parameter and parameter value, as well as the option of filtering parameters. Door mounting kit for IOP/BOP-2 Using the optionally available door mounting kit, the IOP/BOP-2 can be mounted in a control cabinet door with just a few manual operations (IP54/UL Type 12 degree of protection is achieved). Push-through mounting frame for push-through variants of the PM230 and PM240-2 Power Modules It is advisable to use an optionally available mounting frame to install the push-through unit in a control cabinet. This mounting frame includes the necessary seals and frame to ensure compliance with degree of protection IP54. If the Power Module is installed without use of the optional mounting frame, the user is responsible for ensuring that the requisite degree of protection is provided. The kit contains all the necessary nuts and seals. Memory card The parameter settings for an inverter can be stored on the SINAMICS SD card. When service is required, e.g. after the inverter has been replaced, the drive system is immediately ready for use again. The memory card can also be used to upgrade the firmware of the Control Unit. Brake Relay The Brake Relay allows the Power Module to be connected to an electromechanical motor brake, thereby allowing the motor brake to be driven directly by the Control Unit. Safe Brake Relay The Safe Brake Relay allows the Power Module to be safely connected to an electromechanical motor brake, allowing the brake to be directly and safely controlled from the CU250S-2 Control Unit in accordance with IEC 61508 SIL 2 and EN ISO 13849-1 PL d and Category 3. 1) Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). Low overload (LO) generally applies for applications with low dynamic response (continuous operation), quadratic torque characteristic with low break loose torque and low speed accuracy. Examples: Centrifugal pumps, radial/axial fans, rotary piston fans, radial compressors, vacuum pumps, chain conveyors, agitators. High Overload (HO) generally applies for applications with increased dynamic response (cyclic operation) and constant torque characteristics with high break loose torque. Examples: Gear pumps, eccentric worm pumps, mills, mixers, crushers, lifting/lowering gear, centrifuges. 2) The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). These current values are applicable for 400 V. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/11 5 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) SINAMICS G120 standard inverters ■ Design PC inverter connection kit 2 Description For controlling and commissioning an inverter directly from a PC if the appropriate software (STARTER commissioning tool or SINAMICS Startdrive) has been installed. Shield connection kit for Power Modules The shield connection kit makes it easier to connect the shields of supply and control cables, provides mechanical strain relief and thus ensures optimum EMC performance. The shield connection kit is included in the scope of supply of the PM230 Power Modules, frame sizes FSA to FSC, and the PM240-2 Power Modules, frame sizes FSA to FSF. Shield connection kit for Control Units 5 Control Unit • German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, Dutch, Swedish, Russian, Czech, Polish, Turkish, Finnish 6SL3255-0AA00-4JA1 • Chinese (simplified), English, German 6SL3255-0AA00-4JC1 Operator Panel IOP Handheld 6SL3255-0AA00-4HA0 Operator Panel BOP-2 6SL3255-0AA00-4CA1 Door mounting kit for IOP/BOP-2 6SL3256-0AP00-0JA0 Push-through mounting frame The shield connection kit offers optimum shield connection and strain relief for all signal and communication cables. It includes a matching shield bonding plate and all of the necessary connecting and retaining elements for mounting. Power Module Article No. Intelligent Operator Panel IOP • For PM230 and PM240-2 Power Modules, degree of protection IP20 – push-through variants Operator Panel - Frame size FSA 6SL3260-6AA00-0DA0 - Frame size FSB 6SL3260-6AB00-0DA0 - Frame size FSC 6SL3260-6AC00-0DA0 Memory card • SINAMICS SD card 1) 512 MB 6SL3054-4AG00-2AA0 Brake Relay 6SL3252-0BB00-0AA0 Safe Brake Relay 6SL3252-0BB01-0AA0 PC inverter connection kit 2 6SL3255-0AA00-2CA0 Shield plates G_D011_XX_00357 • For PM230 Power Modules in degree of protection IP20, standard and push-through variants - Frame sizes FSA to FSC Supplied with the Power Modules, available as a spare part Shield connection kits • For PM230 Power Module in degree of protection IP20 - Frame sizes FSD and FSE 6SL3262-1AD00-0DA0 - Frame size FSF 6SL3262-1AF00-0DA0 • For PM240-2 Power Modules - Frame sizes FSA to FSF Supplied with the Power Modules, available as a spare part • For PM250 Power Modules - Frame size FSC 6SL3262-1AC00-0DA0 - Frame sizes FSD and FSE 6SL3262-1AD00-0DA0 - Frame size FSF 6SL3262-1AF00-0DA0 • For Control Units 1) Approved only for CU230P-2 HVAC and CU230P-2 DP Control Units with firmware version V4.6 and higher. 2) The STARTER commissioning tool is also available on the Internet at www.siemens.com/starter 5/12 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 - For CU230P-2 HVAC and CU230P-2 DP 6SL3264-1EA00-0FA0 - For CU240B-2 and CU240E-2 6SL3264-1EA00-0HA0 - For CU230P-2 PN, CU240E-2 PN and CU240E-2 PN-F 6SL3264-1EA00-0HB0 - For CU250S-2 6SL3264-1EA00-0LA0 STARTER commissioning tool 2) on DVD-ROM 6SL3072-0AA00-0AG0 SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool 3) on DVD-ROM 6SL3072-4DA02-0XG0 3) The SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool is also available on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/68034568 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) SINAMICS G120 standard inverters ■ Design Line-side power components The following line-side power components are available for SINAMICS G120 standard inverters: Sine-wave filter (not available for PM230 and PM240-2 Power Modules) Line filters Sine-wave filters limit the rate of voltage rise (dv/dt) and the peak voltages on the motor winding. Similar to an output reactor, they enable the connection of longer motor cables. With one of the additional line filters, the Power Module reaches a higher radio interference class. Additional options Line reactors (only for PM240-2 Power Modules, frame sizes FSA to FSC, and PM240 FSGX) Line reactors smooth the current drawn by the inverter and thus reduce harmonic components in the line current. Through the reduction of the current harmonics, the thermal load on the power components in the rectifier and in the DC-link capacitors is reduced as well as the harmonic effects on the supply. The use of a line reactor increases the service life of the inverter. Note: A DC link reactor is integrated in the PM240-2 Power Modules FSD to FSF and therefore no line reactor is required. Recommended line-side power components Furthermore, this is a recommendation for additional line-side components, such as fuses and circuit breakers (line-side components must be dimensioned in accordance with IEC standards). Additional information about the line-side power components can be found in Catalogs LV 10, IC 10 and IC 10 AO as well as the Industry Mall. DC link components The following DC link components are available for the SINAMICS G120 standard inverters: Braking resistors (for PM240 and PM240-2 Power Modules only) Excess energy in the DC link is dissipated in the braking resistor. The braking resistors are designed for use with PM240 and PM240-2 Power Modules. They are equipped with an integrated braking chopper (electronic switch). There is an optional plug-in Braking Module for frame size FSGX. Braking Module (for PM240 Power Modules, frame size FSGX only) A Braking Module and the matching external braking resistor are required to bring drives with a PM240 Power Module, frame size FSGX, to a controlled standstill in the event of a power failure (e.g. emergency retraction or EMERGENCY STOP Category 1) or to limit the DC link voltage during a short period of generator operation. The Braking Module includes the power electronics and the associated control circuit. Load-side power components The following load-side power components are available for the SINAMICS G120 standard inverters. This means that during operation with output reactors or sine-wave filters, longer, shielded motor cables are possible and the motor service life can be extended: Further selected supplementary products are available from Siemens Partners. Please select “Drive Options” as the technology in the "Solution Partner Finder” : www.siemens.com/automation/partnerfinder Spare parts Spare Parts Kit for Control Units The Spare Parts Kit contains small parts for all variants of the following SINAMICS G120 Control Units: • CU230P-2 • CU240B-2 • CU240E-2 • CU240E-2 F • CU250S-2 Shield connection kits for PM240-2 Power Modules A shield connection kit is supplied as standard with PM240-2 Power Modules in frame sizes FSA to FSF. This shield connection kit is also available as a spare part. Shield plates for PM230 Power Modules PM230 Power Modules in degree of protection IP20, frame sizes FSA to FSC, are supplied with a shield plate for motor and signal cables. This shield plate is also available as a spare part. Replacement door for PM240 Power Modules, frame size FSGX A complete replacement door can be ordered for the PM240 Power Module, frame size FSGX. Terminal cover kits for frame sizes FSD to FSF The terminal cover kit includes a replacement cover for the connecting terminals. Terminal cover kits, which are suitable for the Power Modules PM230 in degree of protection IP20, standard version, PM240-2, and PM250 are available. Replacement connectors for PM240-2 Power Modules A set of connectors for the line feeder cable, braking resistor and motor cable can be ordered corresponding to the frame size of the PM240-2 Power Module. Fan units for PM230 and PM240-2 Power Modules The fans of PM230 and PM240-2 Power Modules are designed for extra long service life. For special requirements, replacement fans are available that can be exchanged quickly and easily. Replacement fans for PM240 and PM250 Power Modules The fans of PM240 and PM250 Power Modules are designed for extra long service life. Replacement fans can be ordered for special applications. Output reactors (not for PM240-2 Power Modules, frame sizes FSD to FSF, as these have an integrated DC link reactor) Output reactors reduce the rate of voltage rise (dv/dt) and the height of the current peaks, and enable longer motor cables to be connected. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/13 5 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) SINAMICS G120 standard inverters ■ Configuration The following electronic configuring aids and engineering tools are available for the SINAMICS G120 standard inverters: Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator) within the CA 01 The interactive catalog CA 01 – the offline Industry Mall of Siemens on DVD-ROM – contains over 100 000 products with approximately 5 million possible drive system product variants. The Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator) has been developed to facilitate selection of the correct motor and/or inverter from the wide spectrum of drives. It is integrated as a selection tool in Catalog CA 01. Online DT Configurator 5 In addition, the DT Configurator can be used on the Internet without requiring any installation. The DT Configurator can be found in the Siemens Industry Mall at the following address: www.siemens.com/dt-configurator SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool The SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool makes it easy to engineer the SINAMICS and MICROMASTER 4 drive families. It provides support when selecting the hardware and firmware components necessary to implement a drive task. SIZER for Siemens Drives is designed to support configuring of the entire drive system. You can find further information on the SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool in the chapter Engineering tools. The SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool is available free on the Internet at www.siemens.com/sizer STARTER commissioning tool The STARTER commissioning tool allows menu-prompted commissioning, optimization and diagnostics. Apart from the SINAMICS drives, STARTER is also suitable for MICROMASTER 4 devices. You can find further information about the STARTER commissioning tool in the chapter Engineering tools. Additional information about the STARTER commissioning tool is available on the Internet at www.siemens.com/starter SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool SINAMICS Startdrive is a tool for configuring, commissioning, and diagnosing the SINAMICS family of drives and is integrated into the TIA Portal. SINAMICS Startdrive can be used to implement drive tasks with the SINAMICS G110M, SINAMICS G120, SINAMICS G120C, SINAMICS G120D and SINAMICS G120P inverter series. The commissioning tool has been optimized with regard to user friendliness and consistent use of the TIA Portal benefits of a common working environment for PLC, HMI and drives. You can find further information on the SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool in the chapter Engineering tools. The SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool is available free on the Internet at www.siemens.com/startdrive Drive ES engineering system Drive ES is the engineering system that can be used to integrate the communication, configuration and data management functions of Siemens drive technology into the SIMATIC automation world easily, efficiently and cost-effectively. Two software packages are available for SINAMICS – Drive ES Basic and Drive ES PCS. You can find further information about the Drive ES engineering system in the chapter Engineering tools. Additional information about the Drive ES engineering system is available on the Internet at www.siemens.com/drive-es 5/14 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) SINAMICS G120 standard inverters ■ Technical specifications Unless explicitly specified otherwise, the following technical specifications are valid for all the following components of the SINAMICS G120 standard inverters. General technical specifications Mechanical ambient conditions Long-term storage acc. to EN 60721-3-1 General technical specifications Ambient conditions Protection class acc. to EN 61800-5-1 Class I (with protective conductor system) and class III (PELV) Touch protection acc. to EN 61800-5-1 For the intended purpose • Inverters and components, frame sizes FSA to FSF 1) Class 1M2 Permissible ambient and coolant temperature (air) during operation for line-side power components and Power Modules • Inverters and components, frame size FSGX 2) Class 1M2 • Low overload (LO) Transport acc. to EN 60721-3-2 - PM230 IP20 and PM240-2, frame sizes FSA ... FSC -10 ... +40 °C (14 ... 104 °F) without derating >40 ... 60 °C (>104 ... 140 °F) see derating characteristics • Inverters and components, frame sizes FSA to FSF2) Class 2M3 • Inverters and components, frame size FSGX 2) Class 2M2 - PM240-2, frame sizes FSD … FSF -20 ... +40 °C (-4 ... +104 °F) without derating >40 ... 60 °C (>104 ... 140 °F) see derating characteristics Class 3M1 - PM230, frame sizes FSD … FSF, and PM250 0 ... 40 °C (32 ... 104 °F) without derating >40 ... 60 °C (>104 ... 140 °F) see derating characteristics - PM240 frame size FSGX 0 ... 40 °C (32 ... 104 °F) without derating >40 ... 55 °C (>104 ... 131 °F) see derating characteristics Operation acc. to EN 60721-3-3 • Inverters and components, frame sizes FSA to FSF - Vibration test Test Fc (sinusoidal) according to EN 60068-2-6 Deflection: 0.075 mm at 10 ... 57 Hz Acceleration: 10 m/s2 (1 × g) at 57 ... 150 Hz 10 frequency cycles per axis - Shock test Test Ea (semi-sinusoidal) according to EN 60068-2-27 Acceleration: 49 m/s2 (5 × g) at 30 ms 3 shocks in all three axes in both directions • Inverters and components, frame size FSGX - Vibration test Test Fc according to EN 60068-2-6 Deflection: 0.075 mm at 10...58 Hz Acceleration: 10 m/s2 (1 × g) at 58 ... 200 Hz - Shock test • High overload (HO) - PM230 IP20 and PM240-2, frame sizes FSA ... FSC -10 ... +50 °C (14 ... 122 °F) without derating >50 ... 60 °C (>104 ... 140 °F) see derating characteristics - PM240-2, frame sizes FSD … FSF -20 ... +50 °C (-4 ... +122 °F) without derating >50 ... 60 °C (>104 ... 140 °F) see derating characteristics - PM230, frame sizes FSD … FSF, and PM250 0 ... 50 °C (32 ... 122 °F) without derating >50 ... 60 °C (>122 ... 140 °F) see derating characteristics - PM240 frame size FSGX 0 ... 40 °C (32 ... 104 °F) without derating >40 ... 55 °C (>104 ... 131 °F) see derating characteristics Test Ea according to EN 60068-2-27 Acceleration: 98 m/s2 (10 × g) at 20 ms 5 Permissible ambient and coolant temperature (air) during operation for Control Units and supplementary system components With CU230P-2 HVAC and CU230P-2 DP: -10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F) With CU230P-2 PN: -10 ... +55 °C (14 ... 131 °F) With CU240B-2 and CU240E-2 (without PN): -10 ... +55 °C (14 ... 131 °F) With CU240E-2 PN and CU240E-2 PN-F: -10 ... +53 °C (14 ... 127.4 °F) With CU250S-2: -10 ... +50 °C (14 ... 122 °F) With IOP/BOP-2: 0 ... 50 °C (32 ... 122 °F) Derating of 3 K/1000 m (3281 ft) applies to Control Units as of an installation altitude of 1000 m (3281 ft) above sea level. 1) In product packaging. 2) In transport packaging. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/15 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) SINAMICS G120 standard inverters ■ Technical specifications General technical specifications General technical specifications Ambient conditions EMC Directive acc. to EN 61800-3 Climatic ambient conditions Interference immunity • Storage 1) acc. to EN 60721-3-1 Class 1K4 Temperature: -25 ... +55 °C (-13 ... +131 °F) • Transport 1) acc. to EN 60721-3-2 Class 2K4 Temperature -40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) • Operation acc. to EN 60721-3-3 Better than class 3K3 with regard to • Temperature: -10 ... +40 °C (14 ... 104 °F) without derating >40 ... 60 °C (>32 ... 140 °F) see derating characteristics • Relative humidity: 5 … 95 % (no condensation) Oil mist, salt mist, ice formation, condensation, dripping water, spraying water, splashing water and water jets are not permitted 5 PM230 Power Modules, with degree of protection IP20 PM240-2 Power Modules PM240 Power Modules PM250 Power Modules The Power Modules are tested according to the interference immunity requirements for environments according to Category C3 Interference emissions PM230 Power Modules with degree of protection IP20 • Frame sizes FSA to FSF without integrated line filter 4) • Frame sizes FSA to FSF with integrated line filter class A Observance of the limit values according to Category C3 and C2 5) • Frame sizes FSA to FSF without integrated line filter with optional line filter class B Observance of the limit values - for low-frequency harmonic effects and conducted interferences according to Category C1 Environmental class/ harmful chemical substances • Storage 1) acc. to EN 60721-3-1 Class 1C2 • Transport 1) acc. to EN 60721-3-2 Class 2C2 • Operation acc. to EN 60721-3-3 Class 3C2 2) Class 3C3 for PM240-2 Power Modules, frame sizes FSD to FSF with SIPLUS Control Unit 2) Organic/biological influences • Storage 1) acc. to EN 60721-3-1 Class 1B1 • Transport 1) acc. to EN 60721-3-2 Class 2B1 • Operation acc. to EN 60721-3-3 Class 3B1 Degree of pollution acc. to EN 61800-5-1 2 Certification for fail-safe versions Applies to Control Units of the CU240E-2 and CU250S-2 series. The values include Control Unit and Power Module. Note: The Safety Integrated Function Manual contains detailed information about the safety functions: https://support.industry.siemens.com/ cs/document/109477367 The PM240-2 Power Modules, frame sizes FSD to FSF additionally offer STO acc. to IEC 61508 SIL 3 and EN ISO 13489-1 PL e and Category 3. - for field-conducted interference emissions according to Category C2 5) PM240-2 Power Modules • Frame sizes FSA to FSF without integrated line filter 4) • Frame sizes FSA to FSC with integrated line filter class A Observance of the limit values - according to Category C3 - for conducted interferences and field-conducted interference emissions according to Category C2 5) • Frame sizes FSD to FSF with integrated line filter class A Observance of the limit values according to Category C3 and C2 5) • Frame sizes FSA to FSC without integrated line filter with optional line filter class B Observance of the limit values - for conducted interferences according to Category C1 - for field-conducted interference emissions according to Category C2 5) PM240 Power Modules • According to IEC 61508 SIL 2 • According to EN ISO 13849-1 PL d and Category 3 • Frame size FSGX without integrated line filter 4) • Frame size FSGX without integrated line filter with optional line filter class A Observance of the limit values - according to Category C3 - for conducted interferences and field-conducted interference emissions according to Category C2 5) Standards Compliance with standards UL 3), cUL 3), CE, C-Tick (RCM), SEMI F47 PM250 Power Modules Additionally for PM240-2 frame sizes FSD ... FSF: • Frame size FSC with integrated line filter class A KCC, WEEE, RoHS, EAC According to Low-Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC CE marking Observance of the limit values according to Category C3 and C2 5) • Frame size FSC Observance of the limit values with integrated line filter class A and - for low-frequency harmonic optional line filter class B effects and conducted interferences according to Category C1 - for field-conducted interference emissions according to Category C2 5) 1) In transport packaging. 2) SIPLUS components for extreme requirements are available. Additional information is available on the Internet at www.siemens.de/siplus-drives 3) Applies to all PM230 Power Modules in degree of protection IP20 (cUL only for frame sizes FSA to FSC), PM240-2, PM240 and PM250 Power Modules with integrated line filter class A. 5/16 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 • Frame sizes FSD to FSF without integrated line filter 4) • Frame sizes FSD to FSF with integrated line filter class A Observance of the limit values according to Category C3 and C2 5) 4) Non-filtered devices are designed for operation on IT systems or in conjunction with an RCD. The customer must provide suitable RI suppression equipment to ensure that these devices comply with the limits defined for Category C3 or C2. 5) Max. permissible cable lengths see section Power Modules → Integration. © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) SINAMICS G120 standard inverters ■ Technical specifications Note: The EMC product standard EN 61800-3 does not apply directly to a frequency inverter but to a PDS (Power Drive System), which comprises the complete circuitry, motor and cables in addition to the inverter. The frequency inverters on their own do not generally require identification according to the EMC Directive. • Compliance with standards CE marking The SINAMICS G120 inverters meet the requirements of the Low-Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC. Low-Voltage Directive The inverters comply with the following standards listed in the official journal of the EU: • EN 60204 Safety of machinery, electrical equipment of machines • EN 61800-5-1 Electrical power drive systems with variable speed – Part 5-1: Requirements regarding safety – electrical, thermal, and energy requirements UL listing • • • Inverter devices in UL category NMMS certified to UL and cUL, in compliance with UL508C. UL list numbers E121068 and E192450. This applies to all PM230 Power Modules, degree of protection IP20 (cUL only for frame sizes FSA to FSC), PM240, PM240-2 and PM250 Power Modules with integrated line filter class A. For use in environments with pollution degree 2. • See also on the Internet at www.ul.com Machinery Directive The inverters are suitable for installation in machines. Compliance with the Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC requires a separate certificate of conformity. This must be provided by the plant construction company or the organization marketing the machine. EMC directive • EN 61800-3 Variable-speed electric drives Part 3: EMC product standard including specific test methods The following information applies to SINAMICS G120 frequency inverters from Siemens AG: • The EMC product standard EN 61800-3 does not apply directly to a frequency inverter but to a PDS (Power Drive System), which comprises the complete circuitry, motor and cables in addition to the inverter. • Frequency inverters are normally only supplied to experts for installation in machines or systems. A frequency inverter must, therefore, only be considered as a component which, on its own, is not subject to the EMC product standard EN 61800-3. The inverter's operating instructions, however, specifies the conditions regarding compliance with the product standard if • the frequency inverter is expanded to become a PDS. For a PDS, the EMC Directive in the EU is complied with by observing the product standard EN 61800-3 for variable-speed electric drive systems. The frequency inverters on their own do not generally require identification according to the EMC Directive. Different categories C1 to C4 have been defined in accordance with the environment of the PDS at the operating location: - Category C1: Drive systems for rated voltages < 1000 V for use in the first environment - Category C2: Stationary drive systems not connected by means of a plug connector for rated voltages < 1000 V. When used in the first environment, the system must be installed and commissioned by personnel familiar with EMC requirements. A warning note is required. - Category C3: Drive systems for rated voltages < 1000 V for exclusive use in the second environment. A warning note is required. - Category C4: Drive systems for rated voltages ≥ 1000 V or for rated currents ≥ 400 A or for use in complex systems in the second environment. An EMC plan must be created. The EMC product standard EN 61800-3 also defines limit values for conducted interference and radiated interference for the "second environment" (= industrial power supply systems that do not supply households). These limit values are below the limit values of filter class A acc. to EN 55011. Unfiltered inverters can be used in industrial environments as long as they are part of a system that contains line filters on the higher-level infeed side. With SINAMICS G120, Power Drive Systems (PDS) that fulfill the EMC product standard EN 61800-3 can be configured when observing the installation instructions in the product documentation. A differentiation must be made between the product standards for electrical drive systems (PDS) of the range of standards EN 61800 (of which Part 3 covers EMC topics) and the product standards for the devices/systems/machines, etc. This will probably not result in any changes in the practical use of frequency inverters. Since frequency inverters are always part of a PDS and these are part of a machine, the machine manufacturer must observe various standards depending on their type and environment (e.g. EN 61000-3-2 for line harmonics and EN 55011 for radio interference). The product standard for PDS on its own is, therefore, either insufficient or irrelevant. With respect to the compliance with limits for line supply harmonics, the EMC product standard EN 61800-3 for PDS refers to compliance with the EN 61000-3-2 and EN 61000-3-12 standards. Regardless of the configuration with SINAMICS G120 and its components, the machine construction company (OEM) can also apply other measures to ensure that the machine complies with the EU EMC Directive. The EU EMC Directive is generally fulfilled when the relevant EMC product standards are observed. If they are not available, the generic standards (e.g. DIN EN 61000-x-x) can be used instead. It is important that the conducted and emitted interference at the line supply connection point and outside the machine remain below the relevant limit values. Any suitable technical measures can be applied to ensure this. SEMI F47 SEMI F47 is an industry standard relating to the immunity to voltage dips. This includes the requirement that industrial equipment must be able to tolerate defined dips or drops of the line supply voltage. As a result, industrial equipment that fulfills this standard is more reliable and productive. In the SINAMICS G120 product family, the PM230, PM240, PM240-2 and PM250 Power Modules fulfill the latest SEMI F47-0706 standard. In the case of a voltage dip, defined in accordance with SEMI F47-0607, these drives either continue to supply a defined output current, or using an automatic restart function, continue to operate as expected. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/17 5 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Control Units ■ Overview CU230P-2 Control Units 5 CU230P-2 PN Control Unit The Control Unit performs closed-loop control functions for the inverter. The CU230P-2 Control Units are designed for drives with integrated technological functions for pump, fan and compressor applications. The I/O interface, the fieldbus interfaces and the additional software functions optimally support these applications. The integration of technological functions is a significant differentiating feature to the other Control Units of the SINAMICS G120 drive family. The CU230P-2 Control Units can be operated with the following Power Modules: • PM230 • PM240-2 • PM240 • PM250 Note: The CU230P-2 is the Control Unit for SINAMICS G120P and SINAMICS G120P Cabinet for pumps, fans and compressors. Please refer to Catalog D 35 for further information. Note: Shield plates and shield connection kits are available. These can be used in the wiring installation for the Control Units and Power Modules to ensure that it complies with EMC guidelines. For more information about shield connection kits and shield plates for Control Units and Power Modules, please refer to section "Supplementary system components". 5/18 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 Typical, integrated HVAC/HLK functions • Linear and square torque characteristic for fluid flow and positive displacement machines • ECO mode for additional energy saving in V/f control mode • 2 analog inputs (current/voltage can be selected) to directly connect pressure/level sensors • 2 additional analog inputs to connect Pt1000/LG-Ni1000 temperature sensors • Direct control of valves and flaps using two 230 V AC relays • Automatic restart • Flying restart • Skip frequencies • Hibernation mode • Load check function to monitor belts and flow • Cascade connection • 4 integrated PID controllers (e.g. for temperature, pressure, air quality, level) • Multi-zone controller • Essential service mode • Real time clock with three time generators IOP wizards for special applications • Pumps: Positive displacement (constant load torque) and centrifugal pumps (square load torque) with and without PID controller • Fans: Radial and axial fans (square load torque) with and without PID controller • Compressors: Positive displacement (constant load torque) and fluid flow machines (square load torque) with and without PID controller © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Control Units ■ Overview Safety Integrated functions CU240B-2 and CU240E-2 Control Units The safety function "Safe Torque Off" (STO) (certified according to IEC 61508 SIL 2 and EN ISO 13849-1 PL d and Category 3) is already integrated into the basic versions of the CU240E-2 series (CU240E-2, CU240E-2 DP, CU240E-2 PN). With the fail-safe variants of the CU240E-2 series (CU240E-2 F, CU240E-2 DP-F, CU240E-2 PN-F), the fail-safe SINAMICS G120 inverter provides five safety functions which are certified according to IEC 61508 SIL 2 and EN ISO 13849-1 PL d and Category 3: • Safe Torque Off (STO) to protect against active movement of the drive • Safe Stop 1 (SS1) for continuous monitoring of a safe braking ramp • Safely Limited Speed (SLS) for protection against dangerous movements when a speed limit is exceeded (the CU240E-2 DP-F Control Unit has up to 4 selectable SLS limit values) • Safe Direction (SDI) This function ensures that the drive can only rotate in the selected direction. • Safe Speed Monitor (SSM) This function signals if a drive operates below a specific speed/feed velocity (only CU240E-2 DP-F / CU240E-2 PN-F with PROFIsafe). CU240B-2 DP Control Unit These functions can be activated by means of PROFIsafe or via the safety inputs. None of the safety functions require a motor encoder and they are thus much cheaper and easier to implement. Existing systems in particular can be simply updated with safety technology without the need to change the motor or mechanical system. The Safe Torque Off (STO) function can be used without restriction for all applications. The SS1, SLS, SDI and SSM functions are only permissible for applications where the load can never accelerate when the inverter is switched off. They are therefore not permitted for applications involving pull-through loads such as hoisting gear and unwinders. Additional information is provided in chapter Highlights, section Safety Integrated. CU240E-2 DP-F Control Unit The Control Unit performs closed-loop control functions for the inverter. The CU240B-2 and CU240E-2 Control Units are designed as standard Control Units for all of the usual applications involving V/f or vector control. • CU240B-2 series with basic I/O quantity structure, ideal for a large number of applications • CU240E-2 series with standard I/O quantity structure and integrated safety technology The CU240B-2 and CU240E-2 Control Units can be combined with the following Power Modules: • PM230 degree of protection IP20 1) • PM240-2 • PM240 • PM250 Note: Shield plates and shield connection kits are available. These can be used in the wiring installation for the Control Units and Power Modules to ensure that it complies with EMC guidelines. For more information about shield connection kits and shield plates for Control Units and Power Modules, please refer to section "Supplementary system components". 1) The CU240E-2 Control Unit can also be combined with PM230 Power Modules with degree of protection IP55. More information can be found in Catalog D 35. A long-distance connector Art. No. 10055500 (ordered from and supplied by KnorrTec) is required to operate a PM230 Power Module with degree of protection IP55 in combination with a CU240E-2 Control Unit and an IOP/BOP-2. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/19 5 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Control Units ■ Overview CU250S-2 Control Units Safety Integrated functions The following Safety Integrated Basic Functions (certified according to IEC 61508 SIL 2 and EN ISO 13849-1 PL d and Category 3) are integrated as standard in the CU250S-2 series: • Safe Torque Off (STO) to protect against active movement of the drive • Safe Stop 1 (SS1) for continuous monitoring of a safe braking ramp • Safe Brake Control (SBC) is used to safely control a holding brake 5 CU250S-2 Control Unit The Control Unit performs closed-loop control functions for the inverter. The CU250S-2 Control Units are designed as standard Control Units for all of the usual applications involving V/f or vector control. CU250S-2 Control Units can be used to implement all common applications involving V/f or vector control as well as applications for drives with positioning requirements. This expansion allows them to be used in lifting, swiveling, traversing or rotating applications. The positioning functionality is comparable with SINAMICS S110 servo drives. Two points must be noted here: • Vector control (VC) and sensorless vector control (SLVC) are possible • Positioning possible via one encoder or in parallel using two encoders The CU250S-2 Control Units can be combined with the following Power Modules: • PM240-2 • PM240 • PM250 Note: Shield plates and shield connection kits are available for use in the wiring installation of Control Units and Power Modules to ensure that it complies with EMC guidelines. For further information about shield connection kits and shield plates for Control Units and Power Modules, please refer to section "Supplementary system components". 5/20 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 The following Safety Integrated Extended Functions (certified according to IEC 61508 SIL 2 and EN ISO 13849-1 PL d and Category 3) are optionally available for the CU250S-2 series: • Safely Limited Speed (SLS) for protection against dangerous movements on exceeding a speed limit • Safe Direction (SDI) This function ensures that the drive can only rotate in the selected direction. • Safe Speed Monitor (SSM) This function signals if a drive operates below a specific speed/feed velocity. These functions can be activated by means of PROFIsafe or via the safety inputs. None of the safety functions require a motor encoder and they are thus much cheaper and easier to implement. Existing systems in particular can be simply updated with safety technology without the need to change the motor or mechanical system. The Safe Torque Off (STO) function can be used without restriction for all applications. The SS1, SLS, SDI and SSM functions are only permissible for applications where the load can never accelerate when the inverter is switched off. They are therefore not permitted for applications involving pull-through loads such as hoisting gear and unwinders. Additional information is provided in chapter Highlights, section Safety Integrated. © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Control Units ■ Design CU230P-2 HVAC, CU230P-2 DP and CU230P-2 PN Control Units Terminal No. Signal Features Analog inputs (AI) 3 AI0+ 4 AI0- 10 AI1+ 11 AI1- 50 AI2+ Non-isolated input, switchable between current and temperature sensors, type Pt1000/LG-Ni1000 Value range: 0/4 ... 20 mA, Pt1000 -50 ... +250 °C; LG-Ni1000 -50 ... +150 °C 51 GND Reference potential of the AI2/ internal electronics ground 52 AI3+ Non-isolated input for temperature sensors, type Pt1000/LG-Ni1000 Value range: Pt1000: -50 ... +250 °C; LG-Ni1000: -50 ... +150 °C 53 GND Reference potential of the AI3/ internal electronics ground CU230P-2 Control Unit with open and closed terminal covers Terminal No. Signal Features Differential input, switchable between current, voltage Value range: 0 ... 10 V, -10 ... +10 V, 0/2 ... 10 V, 0/4 ... 20 mA Differential input, switchable between current, voltage Value range: 0 ... 10 V, -10 ... +10 V, 0/2 ... 10 V, 0/4 ... 20 mA Digital inputs (DI) – Standard Analog outputs (AO) 69 DI COM Reference potential for digital inputs 12 AO0+ 5 ... 8, 16.17 DI0 … DI5 Freely programmable isolated, inputs in compliance with IEC 61131-2 Non-isolated output Freely programmable Value range: 0 ... 10 V; 0/4 ... 20 mA 13 GND Reference potential of the AO0/ internal electronics ground 26 AO1+ Non-isolated output Freely programmable Value range: 0 ... 10 V; 0/4 ... 20 mA 27 GND Reference potential of the AO1/ internal electronics ground Digital outputs (DO) 18 DO0, NC Relay output 1 NC contact (5 A, 30 V DC or 2 A, 250 V AC) 1) 19 DO0, NO Relay output 1 NO contact (5 A, 30 V DC or 2 A, 250 V AC) 20 DO0, COM Relay output 1 Common contact (5 A, 30 V DC or 2 A, 250 V AC) 1) 21 DO1, NO Relay output 2 NO contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC) 22 DO1, COM Relay output 2 Common contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC) PTC/KTY interface 14 T1 MOTOR Positive input for motor temperature sensor Type: PTC, KTY, bimetal 15 T2 MOTOR Negative input for motor temperature sensor Power supply 23 DO2, NC Relay output 3 NC contact (5 A, 30 V DC or 2 A, 250 V AC) 1) 9 +24 V OUT Power supply output 24 V DC, max. 100 mA 24 DO2, NO Relay output 3 NO contact (5 A, 30 V DC or 2 A, 250 V AC) 28 GND Reference potential of the power supply/ internal electronics ground 25 DO2, COM Relay output 3 Common contact (5 A, 30 V DC or 2 A, 250 V AC) 1) 1 +10 V OUT Power supply output 10 V DC ±0.5 V, max. 10 mA 2 GND Reference potential of the power supply/ internal electronics ground 31 +24 V IN Power supply input 20.4 ... 28.8 V DC, max. 1500 mA 32 GND IN Reference potential of the power supply input 35 +10 V OUT Power supply output 10 V DC ±0.5 V, max. 10 mA 36 GND Reference potential of the power supply/ internal electronics ground 1) The following applies to systems complying with UL: A maximum of 3 A, 30 V DC or 2 A, 250 V AC may be connected via terminals 18 / 20 (DO0 NC) and 23 / 25 (DO2 NC). Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/21 5 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Control Units ■ Design CU240B-2 and CU240B-2 DP Control Units Terminal No. Signal Features Analog input (AI) 3 AI0+ 4 AI0- Differential input, switchable between current, voltage Value range: 0 ... 10 V, -10 ... +10 V, 0/2 ... 10 V, 0/4 ... 20 mA Analog output (AO) 12 AO0+ Non-isolated output Freely programmable Value range: 0 ... 10 V; 0/4 ... 20 mA 13 GND Reference potential of the AO0/ internal electronics ground PTC/KTY interface 5 14 T1 MOTOR Positive input for motor temperature sensor Type: PTC, KTY, bimetal 15 T2 MOTOR Negative input for motor temperature sensor Power supply 9 +24 V OUT Power supply output 24 V DC, max. 100 mA 28 GND Reference potential of the power supply/ internal electronics ground 1 +10 V OUT Power supply output 10 V DC ±0.5 V, max. 10 mA CU240B-2 Control Unit with open and closed terminal covers 2 GND Reference potential of the power supply/ internal electronics ground Terminal No. 31 +24 V IN Power supply input 20.4 ... 28.8 V DC, max. 1500 mA 32 GND IN Reference potential of the power supply input Signal Features Digital inputs (DI) 5 ... 8 DI0 ... DI3 Freely programmable (isolated) 5.5 mA/24 V 69 DI COM Reference potential for digital inputs Digital output (DO) 18 DO0, NC Relay output DO0 NC contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC) 19 DO0, NO Relay output DO0 NO contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC) 20 DO0, COM Relay output DO0 Common contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC) 5/22 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Control Units ■ Design CU240E-2, CU240E-2 DP, CU240E-2 PN, CU240E-2 F, CU240E-2 DP-F and CU240E-2 PN-F Control Units Terminal No. Signal Features Analog inputs (AI) 3 AI0+ 4 AI0- 10 AI1+ 11 AI1- Differential input, switchable between current, voltage Value range: 0 ... 10 V, -10 ... +10 V, 0/2 ... 10 V, 0/4 ... 20 mA Differential input, switchable between current, voltage Value range: 0 ... 10 V, -10 ... +10 V, 0/2 ... 10 V, 0/4 ... 20 mA Analog outputs (AO) 12 AO0+ Non-isolated output Freely programmable Value range: 0 ... 10 V; 0/4 ... 20 mA 13 GND Reference potential of the AO0/ internal electronics ground 26 AO1+ Non-isolated output Freely programmable Value range: 0 ... 10 V; 0/4 ... 20 mA 27 GND Reference potential of the AO1/ internal electronics ground 5 PTC/KTY interface CU240E-2 Control Unit with open and closed terminal covers Terminal No. Signal Features Digital inputs (DI) – Standard 14 T1 MOTOR Positive input for motor temperature sensor Type: PTC, KTY, bimetal 15 T2 MOTOR Negative input for motor temperature sensor Power supply 9 +24 V OUT Power supply output 24 V DC, max. 100 mA 28 GND Reference potential of the power supply/ internal electronics ground 5 ... 8, 16.17 DI0 ... DI5 Freely programmable (isolated) 5.5 mA/24 V 1 +10 V OUT Power supply output 10 V DC ±0.5 V, max. 10 mA 69 DI COM1 Reference potential for digital inputs 0, 2, 4, 6 2 GND Reference potential of the power supply/ internal electronics ground 34 DI COM2 Reference potential for digital inputs 1, 3, 5, 7 31 +24 V IN Power supply input 20.4 ... 28.8 V DC, max. 1500 mA 32 GND IN Reference potential of the power supply input Digital inputs (DI) – Fail-safe (formed from two standard inputs using the appropriate parameter setting) 16, 17 F-DI0 Fail-safe digital inputs, 2 channels (redundant), freely programmable (isolated) 5.5 mA/24 V The following are only available for CU240E-2 F, CU240E-2 DP-F and CU240E-2 PN-F 5, 6 F-DI0 Fail-safe digital inputs, 2 channels (redundant), freely programmable (isolated) 5.5 mA/24 V 7, 8 F-DI1 Fail-safe digital inputs, 2 channels (redundant), freely programmable (isolated) 5.5 mA/24 V 16, 17 F-DI2 Fail-safe digital inputs, 2 channels (redundant), freely programmable (isolated) 5.5 mA/24 V Digital outputs (DO) 18 DO0, NC Relay output DO0 NC contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC) 19 DO0, NO Relay output DO0 NO contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC) 20 DO0, COM Relay output DO0 Common contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC) 21 DO1+ Transistor output DO1 Positive (0.5 A, 30 V DC) 22 DO1- Transistor output DO1 Negative (0.5 A, 30 V DC) 23 DO2, NC Relay output DO2 NC contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC) 24 DO2, NO Relay output DO2 NO contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC) 25 DO2, COM Relay output DO2 Common contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC) Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/23 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Control Units ■ Design CU250S-2, CU250S-2 DP, CU250S-2 PN, CU250S-2 CAN Control Units Terminal No. Signal Features Switchable digital inputs or outputs (digital inputs DI24 to DI27 can also be used as a pulse input with a maximum frequency of 32 kHz) 51 DI24/DO24 Freely programmable (non-floating), DI: 5.5 mA/24 V, DO: 100 mA/24 V 53 DI25/DO25 Freely programmable (non-floating), DI: 5.5 mA/24 V, DO: 100 mA/24 V 53 DI26/DO26 Freely programmable (non-floating), DI: 5.5 mA/24 V, DO: 100 mA/24 V 54 DI27/DO27 Freely programmable (non-floating), DI: 5.5 mA/24 V, DO: 100 mA/24 V 50 GND Reference potential Digital outputs (DO) – Fail-safe 5 CU250S-2 Control Unit with open and closed terminal covers Terminal No. Signal 18 DO0, NC Relay output DO0 NC contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC) 19 DO0, NO Relay output DO0 NO contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC) 20 DO0, COM Relay output DO0 Common contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC) 21 DO1 NO Transistor output DO1 Positive (0.5 A, 30 V DC) 22 DO1 COM Transistor output DO1 Negative (0.5 A, 30 V DC) 23 DO2, NC Relay output DO2 NC contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC) 24 DO2, NO Relay output DO2 NO contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC) 25 DO2, COM Relay output DO2 Common contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC) Features Digital inputs (DI) 5 DI0 Digital inputs, floating, 5.5 mA/24 V 6 DI1+ Digital inputs, floating, 5.5 mA/24 V 64 DI1- Digital inputs, floating, 5.5 mA/24 V 7 DI2 Digital inputs, floating, 5.5 mA/24 V 8 DI3+ Digital inputs, floating, 5.5 mA/24 V 65 DI3- Digital inputs, floating, 5.5 mA/24 V 16 DI4 Digital inputs, floating, 5.5 mA/24 V 17 DI5+ Digital inputs, floating, 5.5 mA/24 V 66 DI5- Digital inputs, floating, 5.5 mA/24 V 67 DI6 Digital inputs, floating, 5.5 mA/24 V 69 DI COM1 Reference potential for digital inputs DI0, DI2, DI4, DI6 Digital inputs (DI) 41 ... 44 DI16 ... DI19 Freely programmable (isolated) 5.5 mA/24 V 40 DI COM3 Reference potential for digital inputs DI16 ... DI19 Digital inputs (DI) – Fail-safe (formed from two standard inputs using the appropriate parameter setting) 5, 6 F-DI0 Fail-safe digital inputs, 2 channels (redundant), freely programmable (isolated) 5.5 mA/24 V 7, 8 F-DI1 Fail-safe digital inputs, 2 channels (redundant), freely programmable (isolated) 5.5 mA/24 V 16, 17 F-DI2 Fail-safe digital inputs, 2 channels (redundant), freely programmable (isolated) 5.5 mA/24 V 69 DI COM1 Reference potential for digital inputs F-DI0, F-DI1, F-DI2 5/24 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 Analog inputs (AI) 3 AI0+ 4 AI0- Differential input, switchable between current, voltage Value range: 0 ... 10 V, -10 ... +10 V, 0/2 ... 10 V, 0/4 ... 20 mA 10 AI1+ 11 AI1- Differential input, switchable between current, voltage Value range: 0 ... 10 V, -10 ... +10 V, 0/2 ... 10 V, 0/4 ... 20 mA 13 GND Reference potential of AI Analog outputs (AO) 12 AO0+ Non-isolated output Freely programmable Value range: 0 ... 10 V; 0/4 ... 20 mA 26 AO1+ Non-isolated output Freely programmable Value range: 0 ... 10 V; 0/4 ... 20 mA 27 GND Reference potential of AO © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Control Units ■ Design CU250S-2, CU250S-2 DP, CU250S-2 PN, CU250S-2 CAN Control Units (continued) Terminal No. Terminal No. HTL encoder/resolver interface via terminal Signal Features PTC/KTY interface 14 15 T1 MOTOR T2 MOTOR Positive input for motor temperature sensor Type: PTC, KTY, bimetal Negative input for motor temperature sensor Power supply Signal Features 33 ENC+ HTL encoder power supply 79 GND Reference potential 70 AP/S2 HTL track A+ / resolver signal A (sin+) 71 AN/S4 HTL track A- / inverted resolver signal A (sin-) 72 BP/S1 HTL track B+ / resolver signal S1 73 BN/S3 HTL track B- / inverted resolver signal B (cos-) 74 ZP HTL zero signal+ 9 +24 V OUT Power supply output 24 V DC, max. 200 mA 28 GND Reference potential of the power supply/ internal electronics ground 75 ZN HTL zero signal- 76 R1 Resolver excitation+ Power supply output 10 V DC ±0.5 V, max. 10 mA 77 R2 Resolver excitation- 1 +10 V OUT 2 GND Reference potential of the power supply/ internal electronics ground 31 +24 V IN Power supply input 20.4 ... 28.8 V DC, max. 1500 mA 32 GND IN Reference potential of the power supply input 5 DRIVE-CLiQ 1 Transmit data + 2 Transmit data - 3 Receive data + 4 – 5 – 6 Receive data - 7 – 8 – A +24 V power supply B M, reference for power supply HTL, TTL, SSI, temperature via SUB-D interface Terminal No. Signal HTL TTL SSI (RS422 standard) KTY84, PTC, bimetal 1 Motor temperature sensing + – – – Temp + 2 SSI clock – – Clock + – 3 Inverse SSI clock – – Clock - – 4 5 V/24 V encoder supply P encoder P encoder P encoder – 5 5 V/24 V encoder supply P encoder P encoder P encoder – 6 Sense input, encoder supply – P sense – – 7 0 V, reference for encoder supply M encoder M encoder M encoder – 8 Motor temperature sensing - – – – Temp- 9 0 V, reference for sense input – M sense – – 10 Referencing signal R+ R+ – – 11 Inverted referencing signal R- R- – – 12 Inverted incremental signal B B- B- – – 13 Incremental signal B B+ B+ – – 14 Inverted incremental signal A / SSI data A- A- Data - – 15 Incremental signal A / SSI data A+ A+ Data + – Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/25 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Control Units ■ Function Basic positioner (EPos) 5 Overview • Absolute and relative positioning • Linear and rotary axis • Motor encoder or direct measuring system • 4 referencing modes • 16 traversing blocks • Direct setpoint input (MDI) • Jog mode • Backlash on reversal compensation • Following error monitoring • Cam signals The positioning functions are only available in the CU250S-2 Control Unit and are functionally identical to the positioning functionality of SINAMICS S110. Due to its flexibility and adaptability, the basic positioner can be used for a wide range of positioning tasks. The functions are easy to handle both during commissioning and during operation. Furthermore, they are characterized by their comprehensive monitoring functions. Many applications can be carried out without external position controllers. The EPos basic positioner is available as an additional function module that can be activated, and is used for the absolute/ relative positioning of linear and rotary axes (modulo) with both rotary and linear motor encoders (indirect measuring system). User-friendly configuring and commissioning including control panel (operation using PC) and diagnostics with the STARTER commissioning tool V4.3 or higher. 5/26 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 In addition to extremely flexible positioning functions, EPos offers a high degree of user-friendliness and reliability thanks to integral monitoring and compensation functions. Different operating modes and their functionality increase flexibility and plant productivity, for example, by means of "on-the-fly" and bumpless correction of the motion control. Preconfigured PROFIdrive positioning frames are available which, when selected, automatically establish the internal "connection" to the basic positioner. © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Control Units ■ Function Functionality of the EPos basic positioner Lower-level closed-loop position control with the following essential components • Actual position value processing (including the lower-level measuring input evaluation and reference mark search) • Position controller (including limits, adaptation and pre-control calculation) • Position control cycle 8 ms (speed control cycle 2 ms) • Monitoring functions (standstill, positioning and dynamic following error monitoring, cam signals) Mechanical system • Backlash on reversal compensation Limitations • Speed/acceleration/delay/jerk limitation • Software limit switches (traversing range limitation by means of position setpoint evaluation) • Stop cams (traversing range limitation using hardware limit switch evaluation) Referencing or adjustment • Set reference point (for an axis at standstill that has reached its target position) • Search for reference (separate mode including reversing cam functionality, automatic reversal of direction, referencing to "output cam and encoder zero mark" or only "encoder zero mark" or "external zero mark (BERO)") • Flying referencing (seamless subordinate referencing is possible during "normal" traversing with the aid of measuring input evaluation, generally evaluation, e.g. of a proximity sensor). Subordinate function for the modes "jog", "direct setpoint input/MDI" and "traversing blocks") • Absolute encoder alignment Traversing blocks mode (16 traversing blocks) • Positioning using traversing blocks that can be stored in the drive unit including block change enable conditions and specific tasks for an axis that was previously referenced • Traversing block editor using STARTER • A traversing block contains the following information: - Job number and job (e.g. positioning, waiting, GOTO set jump, setting of binary outputs, travel to fixed stop) - Motion parameters (target position, override speed for acceleration and deceleration) - Mode (e.g.: hide block, continuation conditions such as "Continue_with_stop", "Continue_flying" and "Continue_externally using high-speed probe inputs") - Job parameters (e.g. wait time, block step conditions) Direct setpoint input (MDI) mode • Positioning (absolute, relative) and setting-up (endless closed-loop position control) using direct setpoint inputs (e.g. via the PLC using process data) • It is always possible to influence the motion parameters during traversing (on-the-fly setpoint acceptance) as well as for onthe-fly changes between the setup and positioning modes. • The direct setpoint specification operating mode (MDI) can also be used in the relative positioning or setup mode if the axis is not referenced. This means that on-the-fly synchronization and re-referencing can be carried out using "flying referencing". Jog mode • Closed-loop position controlled traversing of the axis with "endless position controlled" or "jog incremental" modes (traverse through a "step width"), which can be toggled between Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/27 5 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Control Units ■ Integration Memory card A BOP-2/IOP interface 10 AI1+ 11 AI1- DI4 DI5 7 8 6 DI1 7 DI2 8 DI3 16 DI4 16 OFF 0 to 10 V DIP switch fieldbus address (not for PROFINET variant) 17 DI5 17 + 9 24 V ON +24V OUT 28 GND 69 DI COM 69 PC inverter connection kit 2 (1) (2) (4) (8) (16) (32) (64) Bit 6 DI3 6 0 to 20 mA ON Bit 5 DI2 DI0 AI0 DI1 5 DIP switch analog inputs D Digital inputs 5 5 ESC USB interface for PC tools A DI0 BOP-2 D Bit 4 AI0- Bit 3 AI0+ 4 AI1 3 IOP Bit 2 GND Bit 1 +10 V OUT 2 Bit 0 ≥ 4.7 kΩ 1 OFF 14 T1 MOTOR A PTC/KTY 15 T2 MOTOR D 12 AO0+ A 0 to 20 mA max. 500 Ω 13 GND D Control Unit CU230P-2 26 AO1+ A 0 to 20 mA max. 500 Ω 27 GND DIP switch Analog input 0 to 20 mA D 20 COM DO0 19 NO AI2 18 NC 22 COM DO1 21 NO TEMP PM-IF interface 25 COM DO2 Power Module 24 NO 23 NC 31 +24 V IN 32 GND IN Temperature sensor Pt1000/LG-Ni1000 AI2+ GND AI3+ GND 50 A 51 Communication interface A 53 35 Voltage output 10 V D 52 36 D +10 V OUT GND Connection diagram for the CU230P-2 Control Unit series More information about the interfaces of the Control Unit is available on the Internet at: https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/109477360 5/28 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 G_D011_EN_00362e Temperature sensor Pt1000/LG-Ni1000 or current 0/4 ... 20 mA from external source OK © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Control Units ■ Integration Memory card ≥ 4.7 kΩ 1 +10 V OUT 2 GND 3 AI0+ 4 AI0- IOP A BOP-2 BOP-2/IOP interface ESC D OK USB interface for PC tools DIP switch Analog inputs 0 to 20 mA 6 7 8 DI1 7 DI2 8 DI3 5 PC inverter connection kit 2 AI1 DI0 AI0 5 6 OFF 0 to 10 V 28 GND 69 69 DI COM (1) (2) (4) (8) (16) (32) (64) Bit 6 ON +24V OUT Bit 5 9 24 V Bit 4 + Bit 3 DIP switch for fieldbus address Bit 2 DI2 DI3 5 Bit 1 DI1 Bit 0 DI0 Digital inputs ON OFF 14 T1 MOTOR A PTC/KTY 15 T2 MOTOR D 12 AO0+ A 0 to 20 mA max. 500 Ω 13 GND D Control Unit CU240B-2 20 COM DO0 19 NO 18 NC Power Module PM-IF interface 31 +24 V IN 32 GND IN From external source G_D011_EN_00363b Communication interface Connection diagram for the CU240B-2 Control Unit series More information about the interfaces of the Control Unit is available on the Internet at: https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/109477361 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/29 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Control Units ■ Integration Memory card A BOP-2/IOP interface 10 AI1+ USB interface for PC tools A 11 AI1- DI2 F-DI1 *) F-DI2 *) or F-DI0 **) DI3 DI4 DI5 6 7 8 6 DI1 7 DI2 8 DI3 16 DI4 16 0 to 20 mA ON OFF 0 to 10 V DIP switch for fieldbus address (not for PROFINET version) 17 DI5 17 + 9 24 V ON +24V OUT 28 GND 69 DI COM1 69/34 PC inverter connection kit 2 (1) (2) (4) (8) (16) (32) (64) Bit 6 DI1 DI0 Bit 5 F-DI0 *) 5 AI0 OFF 34 DI COM2 14 T1 MOTOR PTC/KTY Control Unit CU240E-2 A 15 T2 MOTOR D 12 AO0+ 0 to 20 mA max. 500 Ω A 13 GND D 26 AO1+ 0 to 20 mA max. 500 Ω Power Module PM-IF interface A 27 GND D 20 COM DO0 19 NO 18 NC 22 DO1- DO1 21 DO1+ 25 COM DO2 24 NO 23 NC 31 +24 V IN 32 GND IN From external source Communication interface G_D011_EN_00361d 5 5 DIP switch Analog inputs D Digital inputs DI0 BOP-2 ESC D Bit 4 AI0- Bit 3 AI0+ 4 AI1 3 IOP Bit 2 GND Bit 1 +10 V OUT 2 Bit 0 ≥ 4.7 kΩ 1 *) Only for CU240E-2 F and CU240E-2 DP-F **) For CU240E-2, CU240E-2 DP and CU240E-2 PN. Connection diagram for the CU240E-2 Control Unit series More information about the interfaces of the Control Unit is available on the Internet at: https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/109477361 5/30 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 OK © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Control Units ■ Integration X100 X2100 24 V input, optional voltage supply 32 GND IN Reference potential for term. 31 AI 0- Analog input (-10 V ... 10 V, 0/4 mA ... 20 mA) 11 AI 1- Analog input (-10 V ... 10 V, 0/4 mA ... 20 mA) 0V 13 GND Reference potential + 14 T1 MOTOR Temperature sensor 15 T2 MOTOR (PTC, KTY84, bimetal) (2) (4) (8) (16) (32) (64) Bit 6 AI 0+ 4 (1) Bit 5 3 ON Bit 4 2 10 V output, referred +10 V OUT to GND, max. 10 mA GND Reference potential Bit 3 Reference potential -10/0 to 10 V DIP switch for fieldbus address (not for PROFINET version) Bit 2 27 GND OFF Bit 1 26 AO 1 Analog outputs (0 V ... 10 V, 0 mA ... 20 mA) PC inverter connection kit 2 AI1 AI0 Reference potential 12 AO 0 10 AI 1+ 5 0/4 to 20 mA OFF Control Unit CU250S-2 Power Module +10 V DIP switch Analog inputs ON 50 GND 1 OK USB interface for PC tools Switchable digital inputs or digital outputs not isolated 54 DI 27 DO 27 > 4,7 kΩ BOP-2 ESC Bit 0 53 DI 26 DO 26 IOP BOP-2/IOP- interface 51 DI 24 DO 24 52 DI 25 DO 25 Encoder interface 31 +24 V IN DRIVE-CLiQ socket Memory card PM-IF-interface 5 6 64 7 8 65 16 17 66 67 69 DI 0 DI 1+ DI 1DI 2 DI 3+ DI 3DI 4 DI 5+ DI 5DI 6 DI COM 1 9 28 40 41 42 43 44 +24 V OUT Voltage supply output GND Reference potential DI COM3 DI 16 Digital inputs DI 17 isolated, DI 18 current sourcing or DI 19 current sinking 21 22 18 19 20 23 24 25 DO 1 NO DO 1 COM DO 0 NC DO 0 NO DO 0 COM DO 2 NC DO 2 NO DO 2 COM HTL voltage supply ENC+ 33 Reference potential GND 79 HTL track A+ AP 70 Resolver signal A (sin+) Digital inputs isolated HTL track AInverse resolver signal A (sin-) Digital output max. 0.5 A 30 V S4 HTL track B+ BP 72 Resolver signal S1 HTL track B- S1 BN 73 Inverse resolver signal B (cos-) Digital output max. 0.5 A 30 V S2 AN 71 S3 HTL zero signal + ZP 74 HTL zero signal - ZN 75 Resolver excitation + R1 76 Resolver excitation - R2 77 HTL encoder Resolver Communication interface Digital output max. 0.5 A 30 V G_D011_EN_00393a Connection diagram for the CU250S-2 Control Unit series More information about the interfaces of the Control Unit is available on the Internet at: https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/99730303 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/31 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Control Units ■ Integration DIP switch bus termination ON 1 RX+ OFF PROFINET interface RJ45 connector socket 2 RX- RS485 plug-in terminal 1 0V 2 RS485P 3 RS485N 4 Shield 3 TX+ 4 * 5* 6 TX7 * 8 * 5* 5 G_D011_EN_00358a * = not connected Communication interface USS, Modbus RTU, BACnet MS/TP, FLN P1 protocol (BACnet MS/TP and FLN P1 protocol only for CU230P-2 HVAC) G_D011_EN_00385 * = not connected Communication interface PROFINET, EtherNet/IP DIP switch bus termination ON 1 * 1 Shield/PE * = not connected PROFIBUS DP communication interface 5/32 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 OFF 3 DPB 2 CAN_L CANopen interface SUB-D connector PROFIBUS interface Sub D socket 2 * 4 RTS 5 0V 6 5V 7 * 3 CAN_GND 4 * 5 (CAN_SHLD) (optional shield) 6 (GND) 8 DPA 8 * 9 * 9 * G_D011_EN_00359a * = not connected (optional CAN ground) 7 CAN_H G_D011_EN_00360a CANopen communication interface (only for CU250S-2) © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Control Units ■ Selection and ordering data Description Fieldbus Profile Inputs Outputs Integrated safety technology Fail-safe digital inputs digital outputs Control Unit Article No. CU230P-2 series - the specialist for pumps, fans, compressors, water, buildings Technology functions (selection): Free function blocks (FFB), 4 × PID controller, cascade connection, hibernation mode, essential service mode, multi-zone control CU230P-2 HVAC • USS – • Modbus RTU 6 DI 4 AI – 6SL3243-0BB30-1HA3 – 3 DO 2 AO • BACnet MS/TP • P1 protocol CU230P-2 DP • PROFIBUS DP • PROFIdrive 6SL3243-0BB30-1PA3 CU230P-2 PN • PROFINET • PROFIdrive 6SL3243-0BB30-1FA0 • PROFIenergy • EtherNet/IP 5 – - ODVA AC drive - SINAMICS profile CU240B-2 series – for basic applications with variable-speed drives – without encoder Technology functions (selection): Free function blocks (FFB), 1 × PID controller, motor holding brake CU240B-2 • USS – • Modbus RTU CU240B-2 DP • PROFIBUS DP • PROFIdrive 4 DI 1 AI – – 6SL3244-0BB00-1BA1 1 DO 1 AO 6SL3244-0BB00-1PA1 CU240E-2 series – for standard applications in general machinery construction, such as conveyor belts, mixers and extruders – without encoder Technology functions (selection): Free function blocks (FFB), 1 × PID controller, motor holding brake CU240E-2 • USS – • Modbus RTU CU240E-2 DP • PROFIBUS DP • PROFIdrive 6 DI 2 AI STO 1 F-DI (opt. for each 2 DI) 3 DO 2 AO 6SL3244-0BB12-1BA1 6SL3244-0BB12-1PA1 • PROFIsafe CU240E-2 PN • PROFINET • PROFIdrive 6SL3244-0BB12-1FA0 • PROFIsafe • PROFIenergy • EtherNet/IP – - ODVA AC drive - SINAMICS profile CU240E-2 F • USS – STO, SS1, SLS, SDI • PROFIdrive STO, SS1, SLS, SSM 1), SDI • Modbus RTU CU240E-2 DP-F • PROFIBUS DP • PROFIsafe CU240E-2 PN-F • PROFINET 3 F-DI (opt. for each 2 DI) 6SL3244-0BB13-1BA1 6SL3244-0BB13-1PA1 • PROFIdrive 6SL3244-0BB13-1FA0 • PROFIsafe • PROFIenergy • EtherNet/IP – - ODVA AC drive - SINAMICS profile CU250S-2 series – for complex applications such as extruders and centrifuges – with and without encoder (basic positioner (EPos) optional) Technology functions (selection): Free function blocks (FFB), 1 × PID controller, motor holding brake CU250S-2 • USS – • Modbus RTU CU250S-2 DP • PROFIBUS DP • PROFIdrive CU250S-2 PN • PROFINET • PROFIdrive • PROFIsafe • PROFIsafe 11 DI 2 AI 3 DO 2 AO 4 DI/DO (DI can be used as highspeed inputs) STO, SBC, SS1 3 F-DI (opt. for each 2 DI) 6SL3246-0BA22-1BA0 1 F-DO (opt. for each 2 DO) 6SL3246-0BA22-1PA0 6SL3246-0BA22-1FA0 • PROFIenergy • EtherNet/IP – - ODVA AC drive - SINAMICS profile CU250S-2 CAN 1) • CANopen – 6SL3246-0BA22-1CA0 SSM is possible only with PROFIsafe. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/33 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Control Units ■ Selection and ordering data Optional memory card with firmware V4.7 SP6 HF1 for CU230P-2, CU240B-2, CU240E-2 and CU250S-2 Control Units Description Suitable for Article No. SINAMICS SD card 512 MB + firmware V4.7 SP6 HF1 (Multicard V4.7 SP6 HF1) CU230P-2 CU240B-2 CU240E-2 CU250S-2 6SL3054-7TD00-2BA0 Optional memory cards with licenses for CU250S-2 Control Units only Description 5 SINAMICS SD card 512 MB + licenses SINAMICS SD card 512 MB + firmware V4.7 SP6 HF1 (Multicard V4.7 SP6 HF1) + licenses Licenses (without SD card) for upgrading license of an existing SD card Article No. Article No. Article No. License Extended Functions Basic positioner (EPos) 6SL3054-4AG00-2AA0-Z E01 6SL3054-7TD00-2BA0-Z E01 6SL3074-7AA04-0AA0 License Extended Functions Safety (SLS, SSM, SDI) 6SL3054-4AG00-2AA0-Z F01 6SL3054-7TD00-2BA0-Z F01 6SL3074-0AA10-0AA0 Licenses Extended Functions Basic positioner (EPos) + Safety (SLS, SSM, SDI) 6SL3054-4AG00-2AA0-Z E01+F01 6SL3054-7TD00-2BA0-Z E01+F01 – Additional information on firmware V4.7 SP6 HF1: https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/109482094 Optional memory cards with firmware V4.6 or V4.7 for existing installations when service is required Description Suitable for Article No. SINAMICS SD card 512 MB + firmware V4.6 (Multicard V4.6) CU230P-2 CU240B-2 CU240E-2 CU250S-2 6SL3054-7EG00-2BA0 SINAMICS SD card 512 MB + firmware V4.7 (Multicard V4.7) CU230P-2 CU240B-2 CU240E-2 CU250S-2 6SL3054-7EH00-2BA0 For more information on firmware V4.6: https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/67385235 For more information on firmware V4.7: https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/92554110 5/34 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Control Units ■ Technical specifications Control Unit CU230P-2 series 6SL3243-0BB30-1 . A3 6SL3243-0BB30-1FA0 CU240B-2 series 6SL3244-0BB00-1 . A1 CU240E-2 series 6SL3244-0BB1 . -1 . A1 6SL3244-0BB1 . -1FA0 CU250S-2 series 6SL3246-0BA22-1 . A0 Electrical specifications Operating voltage 24 V DC via the Power Module or by connecting to an external 20.4 ... 28.8 V DC power supply Current consumption, max. 0.5 A Protective insulation PELV according to EN 50178 Protective separation from the line supply using double/reinforced insulation Power loss, max. 5W 5W 5W 12 W 6 floating inputs 4 floating inputs 6 floating inputs 11 floating inputs 0.5 A 0.5 A 2A Interfaces Digital inputs – Standard +4 switchable DI/DO, non-floating (DI can be used as high-speed inputs) Optically isolated, free reference potential (own potential group), max. input current 5.5 mA 5 NPN/PNP logic can be selected using the wiring Switching level: 0 → 1: 11 V Switching level: 1 → 0: 5 V Digital inputs – Fail-safe Digital outputs – – 2 relay changeover contacts 1 relay changeover contact 250 V AC, 2 A (inductive load), 30 V DC, 0.5 A (ohmic load) 30 V DC, 5 A (ohmic load) The following applies to systems complying with UL: A maximum of 3 A, 30 V DC or 2 A, 250 V AC may be connected via terminals 18 / 20 (DO0 NC) and 23 / 25 (DO2 NC) 1 (use of 2 × DI standard) 1 (use of 2 × DI standard) Max. 3 (use of 6 × DI Standard) for CU240E-2 F, CU240E-2 PN-F and CU240E-2 DP-F Max. 3 (use of 6 × DI standard) 1 transistor 30 V DC, 0.5 A (ohmic load) 3 relay changeover contact 30 V DC, 0.5 A (ohmic load) 2 relay changeover contact 30 V DC, 0.5 A (ohmic load) 1 relay NO contact 30 V DC, 0.5 A (ohmic load) Analog inputs – Standard 2 differential inputs 1 differential input 2 differential inputs 2 differential inputs Switchable using DIP switch between voltage and current: -10 ... +10 V, 0/4 ... 20 mA, 12-bit resolution (with CU250S-2: 13-bit resolution) The differential analog inputs can be configured as additional digital inputs. Switching thresholds: 0 → 1: Rated voltage 4 V 1 → 0: Rated voltage 1.6 V Analog inputs – switchable: Temperature sensor/current 1 non-isolated input, switch- – able using DIP switch between current 0/4 ... 20 mA and temperature sensor, type Pt1000/LG-Ni1000, 12-bit resolution – – Analog inputs – temperature sensor 1 non-isolated input, temperature sensor, type Pt1000/LG-Ni1000, 12-bit resolution – – – Analog outputs 2 non-isolated outputs 1 non-isolated output 2 non-isolated outputs 2 non-isolated outputs Switchable between voltage and current using parameter setting: 0 ... 10 V, 0/4 ... 20 mA Voltage mode: 10 V, min. burden 10 kΩ Current mode: 20 mA, max. burden 500 Ω The analog outputs have short circuit protection PTC/KTY interface 1 motor temperature sensor input, sensors that can be connected PTC, KTY and bimetal, accuracy ±5 °C 1 motor temperature sensor input, sensors that can be connected PTC, KTY and bimetal, accuracy ±5 °C 1 motor temperature sensor input, sensors that can be connected PTC, KTY and bimetal, accuracy ±5 °C 2 motor temperature sensor inputs, sensors that can be connected PTC, KTY and bimetal, accuracy ±5 °C 1 input via terminal 14/15 1 input via SUB-D encoder interface X2100 Removable terminal connector for I/O interface – Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/35 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Control Units ■ Technical specifications Control Unit CU230P-2 series 6SL3243-0BB30-1 . A3 6SL3243-0BB30-1FA0 CU240B-2 series 6SL3244-0BB00-1 . A1 CU240E-2 series 6SL3244-0BB1 . -1 . A1 6SL3244-0BB1 . -1FA0 CU250S-2 series 6SL3246-0BA22-1 . A0 CU230P-2 HVAC 6SL3243-0BB30-1HA3 CU240B-2 6SL3244-0BB00-1BA1 CU240E-2 6SL3244-0BB12-1BA1 CU250S-2 6SL3246-0BA22-1BA0 Integrated bus interface USS, Modbus RTU RS485 connected at a terminal, isolated, bus terminating resistor can be switched in, slave address can be set using DIP switches CU240E-2 F 6SL3244-0BB13-1BA1 USS: max. 187.5 kBaud Modbus RTU:19.2 kBaud BACnet MS/TP, FLN P1 protocol RS485 connected to a terminal, isolated, bus terminating resistor can be switched in 5 CU230P-2 HVAC 6SL3243-0BB30-1HA3 – – – CU230P-2 DP 6SL3243-0BB30-1PA3 CU240B-2 DP 6SL3244-0BB00-1PA1 CU240E-2 DP 6SL3244-0BB12-1PA1 incl. PROFIsafe CU250S-2 DP 6SL3246-0BA22-1PA0 incl. PROFIsafe Max. 187.5 kBaud PROFIBUS DP - PROFIdrive profile 9-pin SUB-D socket, isolated, PROFIdrive profile V4.1, slave address can be set using DIP switches CU240E-2 DP-F 6SL3244-0BB13-1PA1 incl. PROFIsafe Max. 12 Mbit/s PROFINET - PROFIdrive profile - PROFIenergy profile CU230P-2 PN 6SL3243-0BB30-1FA0 – CU240E-2 PN 6SL3244-0BB12-1FA0 incl. PROFIsafe CU250S-2 PN 6SL3246-0BA22-1FA0 incl. PROFIsafe CU240E-2 PN-F 6SL3244-0BB13-1FA0 incl. PROFIsafe 2 × RJ45, PROFIdrive profile V4.1, device name can be stored on the device Max. 100 Mbit/s (full duplex) EtherNet/IP - ODVA AC drive - - SINAMICS profile CU230P-2 PN 6SL3243-0BB30-1FA0 – CU240E-2 PN 6SL3244-0BB12-1FA0 CU240E-2 PN-F 6SL3244-0BB13-1FA0 CU250S-2 PN 6SL3246-0BA22-1FA0 CANopen – – – CU250S-2 CAN 6SL3246-0BA22-1CA0 9-pin SUB-D connector, isolated, slave address can be set using DIP switches, bus terminating resistor can be switched in Max. 1 Mbit/s Tool interfaces Memory card SINAMICS SD card Operator panels • IOP supported connection options between Control Unit and IOP: Can be directly plugged on, door mounting or handheld • BOP-2 Supported connection options between Control Unit and BOP-2: can be directly plugged on or door-mounted USB (connection via PC inverter connection kit 2) PC interface Open-loop/closed-loop control techniques V/f linear/square/parameterizable V/f with flux current control (FCC) V/f ECO; linear/square-law Vector control, sensorless Vector control, with sensor – Torque control, sensorless Torque control, with sensor – Software functions Application macro Setpoint input, can be parameterized Fixed frequencies 16, parameterizable JOG Digital motorized potentiometer (MOP) Ramp smoothing Extended ramp-function generator (with ramp smoothing OFF3) Slip compensation 5/36 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 – – – – © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Control Units ■ Technical specifications Control Unit CU230P-2 series 6SL3243-0BB30-1 . A3 6SL3243-0BB30-1FA0 CU240B-2 series 6SL3244-0BB00-1 . A1 CU240E-2 series 6SL3244-0BB1 . -1 . A1 6SL3244-0BB1 . -1FA0 CU250S-2 series 6SL3246-0BA22-1 . A0 Software functions (continued) Signal interconnection with BICO technology Trace Energy saving display Switchable drive data sets (DDS) (4) Switchable command data sets (CDS) (4) Free function blocks (FFB) for logical and arithmetic operations Technology controller (internal PID) 3 additional, free PID controllers – – – 2-zone controller – – – Flying restart Automatic restart after line supply failure or operating fault (AR) Hibernation mode with internal/ external PID controller – – – Belt monitoring with and without sensor (load torque monitoring) – – Dry-running/overload protection monitoring (load torque monitoring) – – – Thermal motor protection (I2t, sensor: PTC/KTY/bimetal) Thermal inverter protection Motor identification Motor holding brake – Auto-ramping (Vdcmax controller) Kinetic buffering (Vdcmin controller) 5 Braking functions for PM230 • DC braking – • Compound braking – – – – • Dynamic braking – – – – Braking functions for PM240/PM240-2 • DC braking • Compound braking • Dynamic braking with integrated braking chopper and external braking resistor Braking functions for PM250 Regenerative feedback Mechanical specifications and ambient conditions Degree of protection IP20 Signal cable cross-section • Min. 0.15 mm2 (AWG28) 2 0.2 mm2 (AWG24) 2 0.2 mm2 (AWG24) 0.2 mm2 (AWG24) • Max. 1.5 mm (AWG16) 1.5 mm (AWG16) 1.5 mm (AWG16) 1.5 mm2 (AWG16) Operating temperature -10 ... 60 °C (14 ... 140 °F) -10 ... 55 °C (14 ... 131 °F) -10 ... 55 °C (14 ... 131 °F) -10 ... 50 °C (14 ... 122 °F) Derating of 3 K/1000 m (3281 ft) applies to Control Units as of an installation altitude of 1000 m (3281 ft) above sea level. For CU230P-2 PN: -10 ... 55 °C (14 ... 131 °F) With IOP/BOP-2: 0 ... 50 °C (32 ... 122 °F) For CU240E-2 PN and CU240E-2 PN-F: -10 ... 53 °C (14 ... 127.4 °F) With IOP/BOP-2: 0 ... 50 °C (32 ... 122 °F) Storage temperature -40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) Relative humidity < 95 % RH, condensation not permissible With IOP/BOP-2: 0 ... 50 °C (32 ... 122 °F) 2 With IOP/BOP-2: 0 ... 50 °C (32 ... 122 °F) Dimensions • Width 73 mm (2.87 in) 73 mm (2.87 in) 73 mm (2.87 in) 73 mm (2.87 in) • Height 199 mm (7.83 in) 199 mm (7.83 in) 199 mm (7.83 in) 199 mm (7.83 in) • Depth 65.5 mm (2.58 in) 46 mm (1.81 in) 46 mm (1.81 in) 67 mm (2.64 in) Weight, approx. 0.61 kg (1.35 lb) 0.49 kg (1.08 lb) 0.49 kg (1.08 lb) 0.67 kg (1.48 lb) Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/37 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Overview PM230 Power Modules – 0.37 kW to 75 kW (0.5 hp to 100 hp), IP20 degree of protection Frame sizes FSA to FSF of the PM230 Power Module in degree of protection IP20 standard variant are available with integrated line filter class A for installations according to Category C2 and in accordance with EN 61800-3 or without an integrated line filter. Frame sizes FSA to FSC of the PM230 Power Module in degree of protection IP20 push-through variant are available with integrated line filter class A for installations according to Category C2 and in accordance with EN 618003, or without an integrated line filter. In order to maintain EMC categories C2 (line filter A) or C1 table 14 (line filter B, conducted), the permissible shielded cable lengths between the inverter and motor are limited (for maximum permissible cable lengths, see Integration). 5 PM230 Power Modules, degree of protection IP20, standard variant, frame sizes FSA to FSF (with Control Unit and Operator Panel) The permissible cable lengths between inverter and motor are limited (for max. permissible cable lengths, see Integration). Longer cables can be used if output reactors are connected for PM230 (see section Load-side power components). The line system configurations that are supported are symmetrical systems with grounded neutral point. PM230 Power Modules do not support Control Units with Safety Integrated. Safety functions can be implemented by means of external switching devices. PM230 Power Modules with integrated filter class A or class B, degree of protection IP55/UL Type 12, 0.37 kW to 90 kW (0.5 hp to 125 hp) are integral components of the SINAMICS G120P for pumps, fans and compressors. Detailed information can be found in Catalog D 35. Note: Shield plates and shield connection kits are available. These can be used in the wiring installation for the Control Units and Power Modules to ensure that it complies with EMC guidelines. For further information, see Shield connection kits and Shield plates for Control Units and Power Modules in section Supplementary system components. PM230 Power Modules, degree of protection IP20, push-through variant, frame sizes FSA to FSC (with Control Unit and operator panel) PM230 Power Modules are designed for applications involving pumps, fans and compressors with a square characteristic. They do not have an integrated braking chopper (singlequadrant applications). The PM230 Power Module only generates low line harmonics and apparent power losses. In addition to the energy-related advantages, environmental stressing is also reduced. • Line harmonics are reduced significantly. - The limit values of EN 61000-3-2, EN 61000-3-4 and IEC 61000-3-12 are maintained for RSCE > 250. RSCE is the short-circuit power SK_line/Sinverter according to EN 61000-3-2, EN 61000-3-12 and EN 61000-3-4 and for three phase devices is identical to RSC according to IEC 60146-1-1. - Additional components such as line reactors are not required and it is not permissible to use them. As a consequence, low envelope dimensions are obtained for space-saving designs. • The active power component is very high, i.e. the devices consume less current from the supply for the same drive power. As a consequence, smaller supply cables can be used. 5/38 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Overview PM240-2 Power Modules – 0.55 kW to 132 kW (0.75 hp to 200 hp), IP20 degree of protection The new PM240-2 Power Modules are based on a new hardware platform. This permits an increase in power density as well as the application of innovative cooling concepts (push-through technology) with especially high requirements in terms of control cabinet cooling. Furthermore, the PM240-2 Power Module is also suitable for use in safety-oriented applications. In conjunction with a fail-safe Control Unit, the drive can be transformed into a Safety Integrated Drive (see section Control Units). The PM240-2 Power Modules frame sizes FSA to FSC are available both with and without an integrated line filter class A of compact design for 200 V and 400 V line voltages. PM240-2 Power Modules, frame sizes FSA to FSF (with Control Unit and Operator Panel) The PM240-2 Power Modules with integrated line filter class A are suitable for connection to TN supply systems. Power Modules without integrated line filter can be connected to grounded TN/TT systems and non-grounded IT systems. The permissible cable lengths between inverter and motor are limited (for max. permissible cable lengths, see Integration). Longer cables can be used if output reactors are connected (see section Load-side power components). Push-through variant The push-through variant allows the cooling fins of the Power Module to be pushed through the rear panel of the control cabinet. Push-through variants should be used in applications in which the amount of waste heat generated inside the control cabinet itself must be minimized. Shield plates and shield connection kits are available. These can be used in the wiring installation for the Control Units and Power Modules to ensure that it complies with EMC guidelines. For further information, see Shield connection kits and Shield plates for Control Units and Power Modules in section Supplementary system components. PM240-2 Power Modules, degree of protection IP20, push-through variant, frame sizes FSA to FSC (with Control Unit and Operator Panel) Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/39 5 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Overview PM240 Power Modules – 160 kW to 250 kW (250 hp to 400 hp), IP20 degree of protection PM240 Power Modules frame size FSGX optionally have a braking chopper (four-quadrant applications) and are suitable for a large number of applications in general machinery construction. For Power Modules frame size FSGX, an optional plug-in Braking Module can be ordered (see section DC link components). The permissible cable lengths between inverter and motor are limited (for max. permissible cable lengths, see Integration). Longer cables can be used if output reactors are connected (see section Load-side power components). Line reactors are available to minimize line harmonics as well as voltage and current peaks (see section Line-side power components). The PM240 Power Module is suitable for safety-oriented applications. In conjunction with a fail-safe Control Unit, the drive can be transformed into a Safety Integrated Drive (see section Control Units). 5 PM240 Power Modules, frame size FSGX (i.e. 160 kW/250 hp and higher) are approved only for the Basic Safety functions (STO, SS1, and SBC). Power Modules without integrated line filter can be connected to grounded TN/TT systems and non-grounded IT systems. Note: Shield plates and shield connection kits are available. These can be used in the wiring installation for the Control Units and Power Modules to ensure that it complies with EMC guidelines. For further information, see Shield connection kits and Shield plates for Control Units and Power Modules in section Supplementary system components. PM240 Power Modules, frame size FSGX 5/40 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Overview PM250 Power Modules – 7.5 kW to 90 kW (10 hp to 125 hp), IP20 degree of protection 5 PM250 Power Modules, frame sizes FSC to FSF PM250 Power Modules are suitable for a large number of applications in general mechanical engineering. Any braking energy is directly fed back into the line supply (four-quadrant applications – a braking chopper is not required). The PM250 Power Module features an absolutely unique technology – Efficient Infeed Technology. This feature provides the ability to feed energy back into the supply system in the generator mode (electronic braking) so that the energy is not wasted in a braking resistor. This saves space in the control cabinet. The time-consuming process of dimensioning the braking resistor and the expense of the extra wiring are eliminated. Furthermore, heat losses in the control cabinet are reduced. Additional information is provided in chapter Highlights, section Efficient Infeed Technology. Further, the innovative circuit design reduces the line harmonics. There is no need to use an optional line reactor at the supply infeed. This saves space and costs for engineering and procurement. The permissible cable lengths between inverter and motor are limited (for max. permissible cable lengths, see Integration). Longer cables can be used if output reactors are connected (see section Load-side power components). Frame sizes FSD to FSF of the PM250 Power Modules are available both with as well as without integrated line filter class A. For frame size FSC of the PM250 Power Module with an integrated line filter class A, an additional base filter of class B is available for achieving class B (see section Line-side power components). The PM250 Power Module is also designed for safety-oriented applications. In conjunction with a fail-safe Control Unit, the drive can be transformed into a Safety Integrated Drive (see section Control Units). The PM250 Power Modules with integrated line filter class A are suitable for connection to TN supply systems. Power Modules without integrated line filter can be connected to grounded TN/TT systems and non-grounded IT systems. Note: Shield plates and shield connection kits are available. These can be used in the wiring installation for the Control Units and Power Modules to ensure that it complies with EMC guidelines. For further information, see Shield connection kits and Shield plates for Control Units and Power Modules in section Supplementary system components. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/41 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Integration All Power Modules have the following connections and interfaces: • PM-IF interface to connect the Power Module to the Control Unit. The Power Module also supplies power to the Control Unit using an integrated power supply • Motor connection using screw terminals or screw studs • 2 PE/protective conductor connections • Shield connection plate U1 V1 W1 L1 L2 L3 PE 5 Power Module PM230 Line filter 3~ = PM-IF interface = 3~ PE G_D011_EN_00317b Control Unit U2 V2 W2 M 3~ Connection diagram for PM230 Power Module with or without integrated line filter Power Module PM240-2 U1 V1 W1 L1 L2 L3 PE Line filter N L PE Power Module PM240-2 Line fil 3~ = DCP BrakR2 ing DCN resistor PM-IF interface = 3~ A B PE Brake Relay Motor brake U2 V2 W2 M 3~ Connection diagram for PM240-2 Power Modules, frame sizes FSA to FSC, with or without integrated line filter 5/42 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 Control Unit Line filter 3~ = 0 OFF DCP DCN Braking resistor PM-IF interface G_D011_EN_00428 Control Unit STO(A) STO(B) DIP switch STO 1 ON U1 V1 W1 L1 L2 L3 G_D011_EN_00451a PE = 3~ A B PE Brake Relay Motor brake U2 V2 W2 M 3~ Connection diagram for PM240-2 Power Modules, frame sizes FSD to FSF, with or without integrated line filter © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Integration PE U1 V1 W1 L1 L2 L3 Power Module PM240 Line filter 1) Braking Module 1) 3~ = R2 Braking resistor PM-IF interface = G_D011_EN_00452 Control Unit R1 3~ 1) Optional A B PE 5 U2 V2 W2 Brake Relay M 3~ Motor brake Connection diagram for PM240 Power Modules, frame size FSGX PE Power Module PM250 U1 V1 W1 L1 L2 L3 Line filter 3~ = PM-IF interface = 3~ A B PE Brake Relay Motor brake G_D011_EN_00115b Control Unit U2 V2 W2 M 3~ Connection diagram for PM250 Power Module with or without integrated line filter Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/43 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Integration Power and DC link components that are optionally available depending on the Power Module used The following line-side power components, DC link components and load-side power components are optionally available in the appropriate frames sizes for the Power Modules: Frame size FSA FSB FSC FSD FSE FSF FSGX – Line filter class A F F F F F F – Line filter class B U 1) U 1) U 1) S S S – Line reactor 2) – 2) – 2) – 2) – 2) – 2) – 2) – Output reactor S S S S S S – Sine-wave filter – – – S S S – PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20 Available frame sizes Line-side power components Load-side power components 5 PM240-2 Power Module with integrated braking chopper Available frame sizes • 200 V versions 3) 3) 3) – • 400 V versions – • 690 V versions – – – – I 3) I 3) I 3) – – – – – Line-side power components Line filter class A I I 1) I 1) 1) Line filter class B (only for 400 V versions) U Line reactors (only for 3 AC versions) S S S I I I – Braking resistor S S S S S S – Braking Module – – – – – – – Output reactor S S S – – – – Sine-wave filter – – – – – – – U U DC link components Load-side power components PM240 Power Module without integrated braking chopper Available frame sizes – – – – – – Line-side power components Line filter class A – – – – – – S 4) Line filter class B – – – – – – – Line reactor – – – – – – S Braking resistor – – – – – – S Braking Module – – – – – – I (option) Output reactor – – – – – – S Sine-wave filter – – – – – – S DC link components Load-side power components PM250 Power Module with line-commutated energy recovery – – – Line filter class A – – I F F F – Line filter class B – – U – – – – Line reactor 2) – – – 2) – 2) – 2) – 2) – – – – 5) – 5) – 5) – 5) – Output reactor – – U S S S – Sine-wave filter – – U S S S – Available frame sizes Line-side power components DC link components Braking resistor 5) Load-side power components U S I F – = = = = = Base component Lateral mounting Integrated Power Modules available with and without integrated class A filter Not possible 1) Lateral mounting is the only possible option for push-through variants. 2) A line reactor is not required and must not be used in conjunction with a PM230 or PM250 Power Module. 5/44 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 3) PM240-2 200 V versions, frame sizes FSD to FSF are only available without integrated line filter. 4) PM240 Power Modules, frame size FSGX, are available only without an integrated filter class A. An optional line filter class A for lateral mounting is available instead. 5) A PM250 Power Module is capable of line-commutated energy feedback. A braking resistor cannot be connected and is not necessary. © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Integration General design information Standard inverters Base components SINAMICS G120 e. g. Filter PM G_D011_EN_00187a CU Mounting surface or cabinet wall • If at all possible, the line filter should be mounted directly below the inverter 1). • With lateral mounting, the line-side components have to be mounted on the left side of the inverter, and the load-side components on the right side. • Braking resistors have to be mounted directly on the control cabinet wall due to heating issues. 5 Inverter comprising a Power Module (PM), a Control Unit (CU), and base components (side view) Recommended installation combinations of the inverter and optional power and DC link components Power Module Base Frame size Lateral mounting To the left of the inverter (for line-side power components) To the right of the inverter (for load-side power components and DC link components) FSA and FSB Line filter Line reactor Output reactor and/or braking resistor FSC Line filter 1) Line reactor Output reactor and/or braking resistor FSD and FSE – Line filter Output reactor or sine-wave filter and/or braking resistor FSF – Line filter Output reactor or sine-wave filter and/or braking resistor FSGX – Line filter and/or line reactor Output reactor or sine-wave filter and/or braking resistor 1) With the PM250 Power Module, frame size FSC, the output reactor and sine-wave filter cannot be installed as base components. The output reactor or sine-wave filter should be mounted under the line filter. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/45 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Integration Maximum permissible cable lengths from the motor to the inverter when using output reactors or filters depending on the voltage range and the Power Module being used The following load-side power components in the appropriate frame sizes are optionally available for the Power Modules and result in the following maximum cable lengths: Maximum permissible motor cable lengths (shielded/unshielded) in m (ft) Frame size FSA FSB FSC FSD FSE FSF FSGX – • At 380 ... 415 V 3 AC 150/225 (492/738) 150/225 (492/738) 150/225 (492/738) – – – – • At 440 ... 480 V 3 AC 100/150 (328/492) 100/150 (328/492) 100/150 (328/492) – – – – • At 380 ... 480 V 3 AC – – – 200/300 (656/984) 200/300 (656/984) 200/300 (656/984) – – – – 200/300 (656/984) 200/300 (656/984) 200/300 (656/984) – 50/- (164/-) 50/- (164/-) 50/- (164/-) 50/- (164/-) 50/- (164/-) 50/- (164/-) – 50/- (164/-) 50/- (164/-) 50/- (164/-) 50/- (164/-) 50/- (164/-) 50/- (164/-) – • At 380 ... 415 V 3 AC 150/- (492/-) 150/- (492/-) 150/- (492/-) – – – – • At 440 ... 480 V 3 AC 100/- (328/-) 100/- (328/-) 100/- (328/-) – – – – PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20 Available frame sizes With optional output reactor 5 With optional sine-wave filter • At 380 ... 480 V 3 AC With integrated line filter class A (for compliance with EMC category C3) • At 380 ... 480 V 3 AC With optional external line filter class B (for compliance with EMC category C1 1), with unfiltered Power Module, maintains the limit values acc. to EN 61800-3) • At 380 ... 480 V 3 AC With optional external line filter class B and output reactor (for compliance with EMC category C2 1), with unfiltered Power Module, maintains the limit values acc. to EN 61800-3) PM240-2 Power Module with integrated braking chopper Available frame sizes • 200 V versions – • 400 V versions – • 690 V versions – – – – • At 200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC 150/225 (492/738) 150/225 (492/738) 150/225 (492/738) – – – – • At 380 ... 415 V 3 AC 150/225 (492/738) 150/225 (492/738) 150/225 (492/738) – – – – • At 440 ... 480 V 3 AC 100/150 (328/492) 100/150 (328/492) 100/150 (328/492) – – – – With optional output reactor 1) Further information is available on the Internet at www.siemens.com/sinamics-g120/documentation 5/46 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Integration Maximum permissible motor cable lengths (shielded/unshielded) in m (ft) Frame size FSA FSB FSC FSD FSE FSF FSGX 50/- (164/-) PM240-2 Power Module with integrated braking chopper (continued) With integrated line filter class A (EMC category C2) • At 200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC 50/- (164/–) 50/- (164/-) – – – – • At 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 50/- (164/-) 100/– (328/-)2) 150/– (492/-) 150/- (492/-) 150/- (492/-) 150/- (492/-) – • At 500 ... 690 V 3 AC – – – 100/- (328/-) 100/- (328/-) 150/- (492/-) (category C3) – 50/- (164/-) 50/- (164/-) 50/- (164/-) – – – – • At 380 ... 415 V 3 AC 150/- (492/-) 150/- (492/-) 150/- (492/-) – – – – • At 440 ... 480 V 3 AC 100/- (328/-) 100/- (328/-) 100/- (328/-) – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 300/450 (984/1476) – – – – – – 300/450 (984/1476) 2) With optional external line filter class B (for compliance with EMC category C1 1), with unfiltered Power Module, maintains the limit values acc. to EN 61800-3) • At 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 5 With optional external line filter class B and output reactor (for compliance with EMC category C2 1), with unfiltered Power Module, maintains the limit values acc. to EN 61800-3) PM240 Power Module without integrated braking chopper Available frame sizes With optional output reactor • At 380 ... 480 V 3 AC With optional sine-wave filter • At 380 ... 480 V 3 AC PM250 Power Module with line-commutated energy recovery – – – • At 380 ... 400 V 3 AC – – 150/225 (492/738) 200/300 (656/984) 200/300 (656/984) 200/300 (656/984) – • At 401 ... 480 V 3 AC – – 100/150 (328/492) 200/300 (656/984) 200/300 (656/984) 200/300 (656/984) – – – 200/300 (656/984) 200/300 (656/984) 200/300 (656/984) 200/300 (656/984) – Available frame sizes With optional output reactor With optional sine-wave filter • At 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 1) Further information is available on the Internet at www.siemens.com/sinamics-g120/documentation 2) The values apply with low-capacitance CY cables - the max. permissible motor cable length is 50 m (164 ft) (shielded) as standard. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/47 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Selection and ordering data To ensure that a suitable Power Module is selected, the following currents should be used for applications: • Rated output current for applications with low overload (LO) • Base-load current for applications with high overload (HO) With reference to the rated output current, the modules support at least 2-pole to 6-pole low-voltage motors, e.g. the SIMOTICS 1LE1 motor series. The rated power is merely a guide value. For a description of the overload performance, please refer to the general technical specifications of the Power Modules. PM230 Power Modules degree of protection IP20 standard variant Rated power 1) Rated output current Irated 2) Power based on the base-load current 3) Base-load Frame size current IH 3) PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20 standard variant without integrated line filter PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20 standard variant with integrated line filter class A kW A kW hp A Article No. Article No. hp 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 5 0.37 0.5 1.3 0.25 0.33 0.9 FSA 6SL3210-1NE11-3UL1 6SL3210-1NE11-3AL1 0.55 0.75 1.7 0.37 0.5 1.3 FSA 6SL3210-1NE11-7UL1 6SL3210-1NE11-7AL1 0.75 1 2.2 0.55 0.75 1.7 FSA 6SL3210-1NE12-2UL1 6SL3210-1NE12-2AL1 1.1 1.5 3.1 0.75 1 2.2 FSA 6SL3210-1NE13-1UL1 6SL3210-1NE13-1AL1 1.5 2 4.1 1.1 1.5 3.1 FSA 6SL3210-1NE14-1UL1 6SL3210-1NE14-1AL1 2.2 3 5.9 1.5 2 4.1 FSA 6SL3210-1NE15-8UL1 6SL3210-1NE15-8AL1 3 4 7.7 2.2 3 5.9 FSA 6SL3210-1NE17-7UL1 6SL3210-1NE17-7AL1 4 5 10.2 3 4 7.7 FSB 6SL3210-1NE21-0UL1 6SL3210-1NE21-0AL1 5.5 7.5 13.2 4 5 10.2 FSB 6SL3210-1NE21-3UL1 6SL3210-1NE21-3AL1 7.5 10 18 5.5 7.5 13.2 FSB 6SL3210-1NE21-8UL1 6SL3210-1NE21-8AL1 11 15 26 7.5 10 18 FSC 6SL3210-1NE22-6UL1 6SL3210-1NE22-6AL1 15 20 32 11 15 26 FSC 6SL3210-1NE23-2UL1 6SL3210-1NE23-2AL1 18.5 25 38 15 20 32 FSC 6SL3210-1NE23-8UL1 6SL3210-1NE23-8AL1 22 30 45 18.5 25 38 FSD 6SL3210-1NE24-5UL0 6SL3210-1NE24-5AL0 30 40 60 22 30 45 FSD 6SL3210-1NE26-0UL0 6SL3210-1NE26-0AL0 37 50 75 30 40 60 FSE 6SL3210-1NE27-5UL0 6SL3210-1NE27-5AL0 45 60 90 37 50 75 FSE 6SL3210-1NE28-8UL0 6SL3210-1NE28-8AL0 55 75 110 45 60 90 FSF 6SL3210-1NE31-1UL0 6SL3210-1NE31-1AL0 75 100 145 55 75 110 FSF 6SL3210-1NE31-5UL0 6SL3210-1NE31-5AL0 PM230 Power Modules degree of protection IP20 push-through variant Rated power 1) Rated output current Irated 2) Power based on the base-load current 3) Base-load Frame size current IH 3) PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20 push-through variant without integrated line filter PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20 push-through variant with integrated line filter class A kW A kW hp A Article No. Article No. hp 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 3 4 7.7 2.2 3 5.9 FSA 6SL3211-1NE17-7UL1 6SL3211-1NE17-7AL1 7.5 10 18 5.5 7.5 13.2 FSB 6SL3211-1NE21-8UL1 6SL3211-1NE21-8AL1 18.5 25 38 15 20 32 FSC 6SL3211-1NE23-8UL1 6SL3211-1NE23-8AL1 Note: PM230 Power Modules with integrated filter class A or class B, degree of protection IP55/UL Type 12, 0.37 kW to 90 kW (0.5 to 125 hp) are integral components of the SINAMICS G120P for pumps, fans and compressors. Detailed information can be found in Catalog D 35. 1) Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). 2) The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). These current values are valid for 400 V and are specified on the rating plate of the Power Module. 5/48 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 3) The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO). © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Selection and ordering data PM240-2 Power Modules standard variant Rated power 1) Rated output current Irated 2) kW hp A 200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC 0.55 0.75 3.2 0.75 1 4.2 1.1 1.5 6 1.5 2 7.4 2.2 3 10.4 3 4 13.6 4 5 17.5 200 ... 240 V 3 AC 5.5 7.5 22 7.5 10 28 11 15 42 15 20 54 18.5 25 68 22 30 80 30 40 104 37 50 130 45 60 154 55 75 178 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 4) 0.55 0.75 1.7 0.75 1 2.2 1.1 1.5 3.1 1.5 2 4.1 2.2 3 5.9 3 4 7.7 4 5 10.2 5.5 7.5 13.2 7.5 10 18 11 15 26 15 20 32 18.5 25 38 22 30 45 30 40 60 37 50 75 45 60 90 55 75 110 75 100 145 90 125 178 110 150 205 132 200 250 500 ... 690 V 3 AC 11 10 14 15 15 19 18.5 20 23 22 25 27 30 30 35 37 40 42 45 50 52 55 60 62 75 75 80 90 100 100 110 100 115 132 125 142 Power based on the base-load current 3) Base-load Frame size current IH 3) PM240-2 Power Module standard variant without integrated line filter kW hp A Article No. PM240-2 Power Module standard variant with integrated line filter class A Article No. 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 0.5 0.75 1 1.5 2 3 4 2.3 3.2 4.2 6 7.4 10.4 13.6 FSA FSA FSB FSB FSB FSC FSC 6SL3210-1PB13-0UL0 6SL3210-1PB13-8UL0 6SL3210-1PB15-5UL0 6SL3210-1PB17-4UL0 6SL3210-1PB21-0UL0 6SL3210-1PB21-4UL0 6SL3210-1PB21-8UL0 6SL3210-1PB13-0AL0 6SL3210-1PB13-8AL0 6SL3210-1PB15-5AL0 6SL3210-1PB17-4AL0 6SL3210-1PB21-0AL0 6SL3210-1PB21-4AL0 6SL3210-1PB21-8AL0 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 17.5 22 35 42 54 68 80 104 130 154 FSC FSC FSD FSD FSD FSE FSE FSF FSF FSF 6SL3210-1PC22-2UL0 6SL3210-1PC22-8UL0 6SL3210-1PC24-2UL0 6SL3210-1PC25-4UL0 6SL3210-1PC26-8UL0 6SL3210-1PC28-0UL0 6SL3210-1PC31-1UL0 6SL3210-1PC31-3UL0 6SL3210-1PC31-6UL0 6SL3210-1PC31-8UL0 6SL3210-1PC22-2AL0 6SL3210-1PC22-8AL0 – – – – – – – – 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 0.5 0.75 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 1.3 1.7 2.2 3.1 4.1 5.9 7.7 10.2 13.2 18 26 32 38 45 60 75 90 110 145 178 205 FSA FSA FSA FSA FSA FSA FSB FSB FSB FSC FSC FSD FSD FSD FSD FSE FSE FSF FSF FSF FSF 6SL3210-1PE11-8UL1 6SL3210-1PE12-3UL1 6SL3210-1PE13-2UL1 6SL3210-1PE14-3UL1 6SL3210-1PE16-1UL1 6SL3210-1PE18-0UL1 6SL3210-1PE21-1UL0 6SL3210-1PE21-4UL0 6SL3210-1PE21-8UL0 6SL3210-1PE22-7UL0 6SL3210-1PE23-3UL0 6SL3210-1PE23-8UL0 6SL3210-1PE24-5UL0 6SL3210-1PE26-0UL0 6SL3210-1PE27-5UL0 6SL3210-1PE28-8UL0 6SL3210-1PE31-1UL0 6SL3210-1PE31-5UL0 6SL3210-1PE31-8UL0 6SL3210-1PE32-1UL0 6SL3210-1PE32-5UL0 6SL3210-1PE11-8AL1 6SL3210-1PE12-3AL1 6SL3210-1PE13-2AL1 6SL3210-1PE14-3AL1 6SL3210-1PE16-1AL1 6SL3210-1PE18-0AL1 6SL3210-1PE21-1AL0 6SL3210-1PE21-4AL0 6SL3210-1PE21-8AL0 6SL3210-1PE22-7AL0 6SL3210-1PE23-3AL0 6SL3210-1PE23-8AL0 6SL3210-1PE24-5AL0 6SL3210-1PE26-0AL0 6SL3210-1PE27-5AL0 6SL3210-1PE28-8AL0 6SL3210-1PE31-1AL0 6SL3210-1PE31-5AL0 6SL3210-1PE31-8AL0 6SL3210-1PE32-1AL0 6SL3210-1PE32-5AL0 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 100 11 14 19 23 27 35 42 52 62 80 100 115 FSD FSD FSD FSD FSD FSD FSE FSE FSF FSF FSF FSF 6SL3210-1PH21-4UL0 6SL3210-1PH22-0UL0 6SL3210-1PH22-3UL0 6SL3210-1PH22-7UL0 6SL3210-1PH23-5UL0 6SL3210-1PH24-2UL0 6SL3210-1PH25-2UL0 6SL3210-1PH26-2UL0 6SL3210-1PH28-0UL0 6SL3210-1PH31-0UL0 6SL3210-1PH31-2UL0 6SL3210-1PH31-4UL0 6SL3210-1PH21-4AL0 6SL3210-1PH22-0AL0 6SL3210-1PH22-3AL0 6SL3210-1PH22-7AL0 6SL3210-1PH23-5AL0 6SL3210-1PH24-2AL0 6SL3210-1PH25-2AL0 6SL3210-1PH26-2AL0 6SL3210-1PH28-0AL0 6SL3210-1PH31-0AL0 6SL3210-1PH31-2AL0 6SL3210-1PH31-4AL0 5 1) Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). 3) The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO). 2) The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). These current values are valid for 200 V, 400 V or 690 V and are specified on the rating plate of the Power Module. 4) SIPLUS components for extreme requirements are available. Additional information is available on the Internet at www.siemens.de/siplus-drives Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/49 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Selection and ordering data PM240-2 Power Modules push-through variant Rated power 1) Rated output current Irated 2) Power based on the base-load current 3) Base-load Frame size current IH 3) PM240-2 Power Module push-through variant without integrated line filter PM240-2 Power Module push-through variant with integrated line filter class A kW A kW hp A Article No. Article No. hp 200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC 0.75 1 4.2 0.55 0.75 3.2 FSA 6SL3211-1PB13-8UL0 6SL3211-1PB13-8AL0 2.2 3 10.4 1.5 2 7.4 FSB 6SL3211-1PB21-0UL0 6SL3211-1PB21-0AL0 4 5 17.5 3 4 13.6 FSC 6SL3211-1PB21-8UL0 6SL3211-1PB21-8AL0 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 5 3 4 7.7 2.2 7.5 5.9 FSA 6SL3211-1PE18-0UL1 6SL3211-1PE18-0AL1 7.5 10 18 5.5 7.5 13.2 FSB 6SL3211-1PE21-8UL0 6SL3211-1PE21-8AL0 15 20 32 11 15 26 FSC 6SL3211-1PE23-3UL0 6SL3211-1PE23-3AL0 1) Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). 2) The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). These current values are valid for 200 V or 400 V and are specified on the rating plate of the Power Module. 5/50 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 3) The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO). © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Selection and ordering data PM240 Power Modules Rated power 1) Rated output current Irated 2) Power based on the base-load current 3) Base-load Frame size current IH 3) PM240 Power Module without integrated line filter PM240 Power Module with integrated line filter class A kW A kW hp A Article No. Article No. hp 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 160 250 302 132 200 250 FSGX 6SL3224-0XE41-3UA0 – 200 300 370 160 250 302 FSGX 6SL3224-0XE41-6UA0 – 250 400 477 200 300 370 FSGX 6SL3224-0XE42-0UA0 – PM250 Power Modules Rated power 1) Rated output current Irated 2) Power based on the base-load current 3) Base-load Frame size current IH 3) PM250 Power Module without integrated line filter PM250 Power Module with integrated line filter class A kW A kW hp A Article No. Article No. hp 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 7.5 10 18 5.5 7.5 13.2 FSC – 6SL3225-0BE25-5AA1 11 15 25 7.5 10 19 FSC – 6SL3225-0BE27-5AA1 15 20 32 11 15 26 FSC – 6SL3225-0BE31-1AA1 18.5 25 38 15 20 32 FSD 6SL3225-0BE31-5UA0 6SL3225-0BE31-5AA0 22 30 45 18.5 25 38 FSD 6SL3225-0BE31-8UA0 6SL3225-0BE31-8AA0 30 40 60 22 30 45 FSD 6SL3225-0BE32-2UA0 6SL3225-0BE32-2AA0 37 50 75 30 40 60 FSE 6SL3225-0BE33-0UA0 6SL3225-0BE33-0AA0 45 60 90 37 50 75 FSE 6SL3225-0BE33-7UA0 6SL3225-0BE33-7AA0 55 75 110 45 60 90 FSF 6SL3225-0BE34-5UA0 6SL3225-0BE34-5AA0 75 100 145 55 75 110 FSF 6SL3225-0BE35-5UA0 6SL3225-0BE35-5AA0 90 125 178 75 100 145 FSF 6SL3225-0BE37-5UA0 6SL3225-0BE37-5AA0 1) Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). 2) The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). These current values are valid for 400 V and are specified on the rating plate of the Power Module. 3) The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO). Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/51 5 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Technical specifications General technical specifications Power Modules PM230 System operating voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC ±10 % FSA to FSC: 380 ... 480 V 3 AC ±10 % 380 ... 480 V 3 AC ±10 % 200 … 240 V 1 AC/3 AC ±10 % 380 … 480 V 3 AC ±10 % PM240-2 PM240 PM250 FSD to FSF: 200 ... 240 V 3 AC -20 % ... +10 % 380 ... 480 V 3 AC -20 % ... +10 % 500 ... 690 V 3 AC -20 % .... +10 % Grid requirement Short-circuit power RSC >100 >25 >25 >100 200 V: With RSC >50 it is A line reactor is advisable for FSA to FSC recommended with to install a line reactor, or RSC >100 alternatively, to select a Power Module with the next-higher power rating. 5 400 V: With RSC >100 it is advisable to install a line reactor, or alternatively, to select a Power Module with the next-higher power rating. Input frequency 47 ... 63 Hz Output frequency • Control mode V/f 0 ... 550 Hz • Control type Vector 0 ... 240 Hz Pulse frequency 4 kHz 200 V: 4 kHz 2 kHz 4 kHz For higher pulse frequencies, see derating data 400 V: 2 kHz For higher pulse frequencies, see derating data For higher pulse frequencies, see derating data 0.9 0.7 0.7 ... 0.85 0.9 0.95 0.95 capacitive Power factor λ 690 V: 2 kHz For higher pulse frequencies, see derating data FSD to FSF: - 200 V and 400 V: 0.95 - 690 V: 0.9 Offset factor cos ϕ 0.95 FSA to FSC: 0.95 FSD to FSF: 0.99 Inverter efficiency 86 ... 98 % 92 ... 95 % 95 ... 98 % 95 ... 97 % Output voltage, max. In % of input voltage 95 % 95 % 95 % 87 % FSA to FSC: 1.5 × base-load current IL (i.e. 150 % overload) for 3 s plus 1.1 × base-load current IL (i.e. 110 % overload) for 57 s within a cycle time of 300 s 1.5 × base-load current IL (i.e. 150 % overload) for 3 s plus 1.1 × base-load current IL (i.e. 110 % overload) for 57 s within a cycle time of 300 s Up to 90 kW (LO): 1.5 × base-load current IL (i. e. 150 % overload) for 3 s plus 1.1 × base-load current IL (i. e. 110 % overload) for 57 s within a cycle time of 300 s 1.5 × base-load current IL (i.e. 150 % overload) for 3 s plus 1.1 × base-load current IL (i.e. 110 % overload) for 57 s within a cycle time of 300 s Overload capability • Low overload (LO) Note: When the overload capability is used, the base-load current IL is not reduced. FSD to FSF: 1.1 × base-load current IL (i.e. 110 % overload) for 60 s within a cycle time of 300 s • High overload (HO) Note: When the overload capability is used, the base-load current IH is not reduced. FSA to FSC: 2 × base-load current IH (i.e. 200 % overload) for 3 s plus 1.5 × base-load current IH (i.e. 150 % overload) for 57 s within a cycle time of 300 s FSD to FSF: 1.5 × base-load current IH (i.e. 150 % overload) for 60 s within a cycle time of 300 s 5/52 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 110 kW and higher (LO): 1.5 × base-load current IL (i. e. 150 % overload) for 1 s plus 1.1 × base-load current IL (i. e. 110 % overload) for 59 s within a cycle time of 300 s 2 × base-load current IH (i.e. 200 % overload) for 3 s plus 1.5 × base-load current IH (i.e. 150 % overload) for 57 s within a cycle time of 300 s Up to 75 kW (HO): 2 × base-load current IH (i. e. 200 % overload) for 3 s plus 1.5 × base-load current IH (i. e. 150 % overload) for 57 s within a cycle time of 300 s 90 kW and higher (HO): 1.6 × base-load current IH (i.e. 160 % overload) for 3 s plus 1.36 × base-load current IH (i.e. 136 % overload) for 57 s within a cycle time of 300 s 2 × base-load current IH (i.e. 200 % overload) for 3 s plus 1.5 × base-load current IH (i.e. 150 % overload) for 57 s within a cycle time of 300 s © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Technical specifications Power Modules PM230 PM240-2 PM240 PM250 Possible braking methods DC braking DC braking DC braking Compound braking Compound braking Compound braking Regenerative feedback in generator mode Dynamic braking with integrated braking chopper Dynamic braking with integrated braking chopper (optional for frame size FSGX) IP20 (standard or push-through) IP20 (standard or push-through) IP20 IP20 Frame sizes FSA to FSC: -10 ... +40 °C (14 ... 104 °F) without derating >40 ... 60 °C (>104 ... 140 °F) see derating characteristics Frame sizes FSA to FSC: -10 ... +40 °C (14 ... 104 °F) without derating >40 ... 60 °C (>104 ... 140 °F) see derating characteristics Frame sizes FSD to FSF: 0 ... 40 °C (32 … 104 °F) without derating >40 ... 60 °C (>104 ... 140 °F) see derating characteristics 0 ... 40 °C (32 ... 104 °F) without derating >40 ... 60 °C (>104 ... 140 °F) see derating characteristics Frame sizes FSD to FSF: 0 ... 40 °C (32 … 104 °F) without derating >40 ... 60 °C (>104 ... 140 °F) see derating characteristics Frame sizes FSD to FSF: -20 ... +40 °C (-4 ... +104 °F) without derating >40 ... 60 °C (>104 ... 140 °F) see derating characteristics Frame size FSGX: 0 ... 40 °C (32 ... 104 °F) without derating >40 ... 55 °C (>104 ... 131 °F) see derating characteristics Frame sizes FSA to FSC: -10 ... +50 °C (14 ... 122 °F) without derating >50 ... 60 °C (>122 ... 140 °F) see derating characteristics Frame sizes FSA to FSC: -10 ... +50 °C (14 ... 122 °F) without derating >50 ... 60 °C (>122 ... 140 °F) see derating characteristics Frame sizes FSD to FSF: 0 ... 50 °C (32 ... 122 °F) without derating >50 ... 60 °C (>122 ... 140 °F) see derating characteristics Frame sizes FSD to FSF: 0 ... 50 °C (32 ... 122 °F) without derating >50 ... 60 °C (>122 ... 140 °F) see derating characteristics Frame sizes FSD to FSF: -20 ... +50 °C (-4 ... +122 °F) without derating >50 ... 60 °C (>122 ... 140 °F) see derating characteristics Frame size FSGX: 0 ... 40 °C (32 ... 104 °F) without derating >40 ... 55 °C (>104 ... 131 °F) see derating characteristics Degree of protection Operating temperature • Low overload (LO) • High overload (HO) Storage temperature -40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) Relative humidity <95 % RH, condensation not permissible Cooling Power units with increased air cooling using integrated fans Installation altitude Up to 1000 m (3281 ft.) above sea level without derating, > 1000 m (3281 ft.) see derating characteristics Protection functions • Undervoltage 5 0 ... 50 °C (32 ... 122 °F) without derating >50 ... 60 °C (>122 ... 140 °F) see derating characteristics Internal air cooling, power Internal air cooling, power Internal air cooling, power units with increased air units with increased air units with increased air cooling by built-in fans cooling by built-in fans cooling by built-in fans • Overvoltage • Overload • Ground fault • Short-circuit • Stall protection • Motor blocking protection • Motor overtemperature • Inverter overtemperature • Parameter locking Short-Circuit Current Rating SCCR according to UL (Short Circuit Current Rating) 1) IP20 degree of protection: 200 V: 65 kA 65 kA 400 V: 65 kA Compliance with standards UL, cUL 2), CE, C-Tick (RCM), SEMI F47 65 kA FSC: 40 kA FSD to FSF: 42 kA 690 V: 65 kA FSA ... FSC: UL, cUL, CE, UL, cUL, CE, C-Tick (RCM), SEMI F47 C-Tick (RCM), SEMI F47 UL 3), cUL 3), CE, C-Tick (RCM), SEMI F47 FSD … FSF: UL, cUL, CE, C-Tick (RCM), SEMI F47, KCC, WEEE, RoHS, EAC CE marking 1) According to Low-Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC, EMC Directive 2004/108/EC Applies to industrial control panel installations to NEC article 409 or UL 508A. 2) 3) Applies to PM230 Power Modules, frame sizes FSA to FSC. Applies to all PM250 Power Modules with integrated line filter class A. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/53 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Technical specifications PM230 Power Modules degree of protection IP20 standard variant Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC PM230 Power Modules degree of protection IP20 standard variant Without integrated line filter 6SL32101NE11-3UL1 6SL32101NE11-7UL1 6SL32101NE12-2UL1 6SL32101NE13-1UL1 6SL32101NE14-1UL1 With integrated line filter class A 6SL32101NE11-3AL1 6SL32101NE11-7AL1 6SL32101NE12-2AL1 6SL32101NE13-1AL1 6SL32101NE14-1AL1 Output current at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC 5 • Rated current Irated 1) A 1.3 1.7 2.2 3.1 4.1 • Base-load current IL1) A 1.3 1.7 2.2 3.1 4.1 • Base-load current IH2) A 0.9 1.3 1.7 2.2 3.1 • Maximum current Imax A 2 2.6 3.4 4.7 6.2 • Based on IL kW (hp) 0.37 (0.5) 0.55 (0.75) 0.75 (1) 1.1 (1.5) 1.5 (2) • Based on IH kW (hp) 0.25 (0.34) 0.37 (0.5) 0.55 (0.75) 0.75 (1) 1.1 (1.5) Rated pulse frequency kHz 4 4 4 4 4 0.89 0.93 0.93 0.94 0.95 0.031 0.034 0.041 0.049 0.06 Rated power Efficiency η Power loss 3) At rated current kW Cooling air requirement m3/s (ft3/s) 0.002 (0.07) 0.002 (0.07) 0.005 (0.18) 0.005 (0.18) 0.005 (0.18) Sound pressure level LpA (1 m) dB <50 <50 <50 <50 <50 24 V DC power supply for Control Unit A 1 1 1 1 1 • Rated current A 1.3 1.8 2.3 3.2 4.2 • Based on IH A 0.9 1.3 1.8 2.3 3.2 Screw terminals, plug-in Screw terminals, plug-in Screw terminals, plug-in Screw terminals, plug-in Screw terminals, plug-in 1 ... 2.5 1 ... 2.5 1 ... 2.5 1 ... 2.5 1 ... 2.5 Screw terminals, plug-in Screw terminals, plug-in Screw terminals, plug-in Screw terminals, plug-in Screw terminals, plug-in mm2 1 ... 2.5 1 ... 2.5 1 ... 2.5 1 ... 2.5 1 ... 2.5 • Shielded m (ft) 25 (82) 25 (82) 25 (82) 25 (82) 25 (82) • Unshielded m (ft) 100 (328) 100 (328) 100 (328) 100 (328) 100 (328) IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 Input current 4) Line supply connection U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3 • Conductor cross-section mm2 Motor connection U2, V2, W2 • Conductor cross-section Motor cable length, max. 5) Degree of protection Dimensions • Width mm (in) 73 (2.87) 73 (2.87) 73 (2.87) 73 (2.87) 73 (2.87) • Height mm (in) 196 (7.72) 196 (7.72) 196 (7.72) 196 (7.72) 196 (7.72) - Without operator panel mm (in) 165 (6.50) 165 (6.50) 165 (6.50) 165 (6.50) 165 (6.50) - With operator panel, max. mm (in) 245 (9.65) 245 (9.65) 245 (9.65) 245 (9.65) 245 (9.65) FSA FSA FSA FSA FSA • Depth Frame size Weight, approx. • Without integrated line filter kg (lb) 1.4 (3.09) 1.4 (3.09) 1.4 (3.09) 1.4 (3.09) 1.4 (3.09) • With integrated line filter kg (lb) 1.6 (3.53) 1.6 (3.53) 1.6 (3.53) 1.6 (3.53) 1.6 (3.53) 1) The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). 2) The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO). 3) Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311 5/54 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 4) The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance and applies for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The rated input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) – these current values are specified on the rating plate. 5) Max. motor cable length 25 m (82 ft) (shielded) for PM230 Power Modules with integrated line filter to maintain the limit values acc. to EN 61800-3 Category C2. With unshielded cables, Category C2 is not achieved. © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC PM230 Power Modules degree of protection IP20 standard variant Without integrated line filter 6SL32101NE15-8UL1 6SL32101NE17-7UL1 6SL32101NE21-0UL1 6SL32101NE21-3UL1 6SL32101NE21-8UL1 With integrated line filter class A 6SL32101NE15-8AL1 6SL32101NE17-7AL1 6SL32101NE21-0AL1 6SL32101NE21-3AL1 6SL32101NE21-8AL1 Output current at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC • Rated current Irated 1) A 5.9 7.7 10.2 13.2 18 • Base-load current IL1) A 5.9 7.7 10.2 13.2 18 • Base-load current IH2) A 4.1 5.9 7.7 10.2 13.2 • Maximum current Imax A 8.9 11.8 15.4 20.4 27 • Based on IL kW (hp) 2.2 (3) 3 (4) 4 (5) 5.5 (7.5) 7.5 (10) • Based on IH kW (hp) 1.5 (2) 2.2 (3) 3 (4) 4 (5) 5.5 (7.5) Rated pulse frequency kHz 4 4 4 4 4 0.96 0.96 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.078 0.102 0.13 0.165 0.224 Rated power Efficiency η 5 Power loss 3) At rated current kW Cooling air requirement m3/s (ft3/s) 0.005 (0.18) 0.005 (0.18) 0.009 (0.32) 0.009 (0.32) 0.009 (0.32) Sound pressure level LpA (1 m) dB <50 <50 <62 <62 <62 24 V DC power supply for Control Unit A 1 1 1 1 1 • Rated current A 6.1 8 11 14 19 • Based on IH A 4.2 6.1 8 11 14 Screw terminals, plug-in Screw terminals, plug-in Screw terminals, plug-in Screw terminals, plug-in Screw terminals, plug-in 1.5 ... 2.5 1.5 ... 2.5 1.5 ... 6 1.5 ... 6 1.5 ... 6 Screw terminals, plug-in Screw terminals, plug-in Screw terminals, plug-in Screw terminals, plug-in Screw terminals, plug-in mm2 1.5 ... 2.5 1.5 ... 2.5 1.5 ... 6 1.5 ... 6 1.5 ... 6 • Shielded m (ft) 25 (82) 25 (82) 25 (82) 25 (82) 25 (82) • Unshielded m (ft) 100 (328) 100 (328) 100 (328) 100 (328) 100 (328) IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 Input current 4) Line supply connection U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3 mm2 • Conductor cross-section Motor connection U2, V2, W2 • Conductor cross-section Motor cable length, max. 5) Degree of protection Dimensions • Width mm (in) 73 (2.87) 73 (2.87) 100 (3.94) 100 (3.94) 100 (3.94) • Height mm (in) 196 (7.72) 196 (7.72) 292 (11.5) 292 (11.5) 292 (11.5) - Without operator panel mm (in) 165 (6.50) 165 (6.50) 165 (6.50) 165 (6.50) 165 (6.50) - With operator panel, max. mm (in) 245 (9.65) 245 (9.65) 245 (9.65) 245 (9.65) 245 (9.65) FSA FSA FSB FSB FSB • Depth Frame size Weight, approx. • Without integrated line filter kg (lb) 1.4 (3.09) 1.4 (3.09) 2.8 (6.17) 2.8 (6.17) 2.8 (6.17) • With integrated line filter kg (lb) 1.6 (3.53) 1.6 (3.53) 3.0 (6.62) 3.0 (6.62) 3.0 (6.62) 1) The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). 2) The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO). 3) Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311 4) The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance and applies for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The rated input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) – these current values are specified on the rating plate. 5) Max. motor cable length 25 m (82 ft) (shielded) for PM230 Power Modules with integrated line filter to maintain the limit values acc. to EN 61800-3 Category C2. With unshielded cables, Category C2 is not achieved. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/55 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC PM230 Power Modules degree of protection IP20 standard variant Without integrated line filter 6SL32101NE22-6UL1 6SL32101NE23-2UL1 6SL32101NE23-8UL1 6SL32101NE24-5UL0 6SL32101NE26-0UL0 With integrated line filter class A 6SL32101NE22-6AL1 6SL32101NE23-2AL1 6SL32101NE23-8AL1 6SL32101NE24-5AL0 6SL32101NE26-0AL0 Output current at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC • Rated current Irated 1) A 26 32 38 45 60 • Base-load current IL1) A 26 32 38 45 60 • Base-load current IH2) A 18 26 32 38 45 • Maximum current Imax A 39 52 64 57 67 • Based on IL kW (hp) 11 (15) 15 (20) 18.5 (25) 22 (30) 30 (40) • Based on IH kW (hp) 7.5 (10) 11 (15) 15 (20) 18.5 (25) 22 (30) Rated pulse frequency kHz 4 4 4 4 4 0.97 0.97 0.98 0.98 0.97 0.291 0.355 0.423 0.539 0.726 Rated power 5 Efficiency η Power loss 3) At rated current kW Cooling air requirement m3/s (ft3/s) 0.019 (0.7) 0.019 (0.7) 0.019 (0.7) 0.08 (2.8) 0.08 (2.8) Sound pressure level LpA (1 m) dB <65 <65 <65 <60 <60 24 V DC power supply for Control Unit A 1 1 1 1 1 • Rated current A 27 33 39 42 56 • Based on IH A 19 27 33 36 42 Screw terminals, plug-in Screw terminals, plug-in Screw terminals, plug-in M6 screw stud M6 screw stud 6 ... 16 6 ... 16 6 ... 16 16 ... 35 16 ... 35 Screw terminals, plug-in Screw terminals, plug-in Screw terminals, plug-in M6 screw stud M6 screw stud mm2 6 ... 16 6 ... 16 6 ... 16 16 ... 35 16 ... 35 • Shielded m (ft) 25 (82) 25 (82) 25 (82) 25 (82) 25 (82) • Unshielded m (ft) 100 (328) 100 (328) 100 (328) 100 (328) 100 (328) IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 mm (in) 140 (5.51) 140 (5.51) 140 (5.51) 275 (10.83) 275 (10.83) - Without integrated line filter mm (in) 355 (13.98) 355 (13.98) 355 (13.98) 419 (16.50) 419 (16.50) - With integrated line filter mm (in) 355 (13.98) 355 (13.98) 355 (13.98) 512 (20.16) 512 (20.16) - Without operator panel mm (in) 165 (6.50) 165 (6.50) 165 (6.50) 204 (8.03) 204 (8.03) - With operator panel, max. mm (in) 245 (9.65) 245 (9.65) 245 (9.65) 275 (10.83) 275 (10.83) FSC FSC FSC FSD FSD Input current 4) Line supply connection U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3 mm2 • Conductor cross-section Motor connection U2, V2, W2 • Conductor cross-section Motor cable length, max. 5) Degree of protection Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth Frame size Weight, approx. • Without integrated line filter kg (lb) 4.5 (9.92) 4.5 (9.92) 4.5 (9.92) 11 (24.3) 11 (24.3) • With integrated line filter kg (lb) 5.1 (11.3) 5.1 (11.3) 5.1 (11.3) 14 (30.9) 14 (30.9) 1) The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). 2) The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO). 3) Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311 5/56 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 4) The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance and applies for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The rated input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) – these current values are specified on the rating plate. 5) Max. motor cable length 25 m (82 ft) (shielded) for PM230 Power Modules with integrated line filter to maintain the limit values acc. to EN 61800-3 Category C2. With unshielded cables, Category C2 is not achieved. © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC PM230 Power Modules degree of protection IP20 standard variant Without integrated line filter 6SL3210-1NE27-5UL0 6SL3210-1NE28-8UL0 6SL3210-1NE31-1UL0 6SL3210-1NE31-5UL0 With integrated line filter class A 6SL3210-1NE27-5AL0 6SL3210-1NE28-8AL0 6SL3210-1NE31-1AL0 6SL3210-1NE31-5AL0 Output current at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC • Rated current Irated 1) A 75 90 110 145 • Base-load current IL1) A 75 90 110 145 • Base-load current IH2) A 60 75 90 110 • Maximum current Imax A 90 112 135 165 Rated power • Based on IL kW (hp) 37 (50) 45 (60) 55 (75) 75 (100) • Based on IH kW (hp) 30 (40) 37 (50) 45 (60) 55 (75) Rated pulse frequency kHz 4 4 4 4 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.791 0.976 1.237 1.69 Efficiency η 3) Power loss At rated current kW Cooling air requirement m3/s (ft3/s) 0.08 (2.8) 0.08 (2.8) 0.15 (5.3) 0.15 (5.3) Sound pressure level LpA (1 m) dB <60 <60 <60 <60 24 V DC power supply for Control Unit A 1 1 1 1 • Rated current A 70 84 102 135 • Based on IH A 56 70 84 102 M6 screw studs M6 screw studs M8 screw studs M8 screw studs 25 ... 50 25 ... 50 35 ... 120 35 ... 120 M6 screw studs M6 screw studs M8 screw studs M8 screw studs mm2 25 ... 50 25 ... 50 35 ... 120 35 ... 120 • Shielded m (ft) 25 (82) 25 (82) 25 (82) 25 (82) • Unshielded m (ft) 100 (328) 100 (328) 100 (328) 100 (328) IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 mm (in) 275 (10.83) 275 (10.83) 350 (13.78) 350 (13.78) - Without integrated line filter mm (in) 499 (19.65) 499 (19.65) 634 (24.96) 634 (24.96) - With integrated line filter mm (in) 635 (25.0) 635 (25.0) 934 (36.77) 934 (36.77) - Without operator panel mm (in) 204 (8.03) 204 (8.03) 316 (12.44) 316 (12.44) - With operator panel, max. mm (in) 275 (10.83) 275 (10.83) 387 (15.24) 387 (15.24) FSE FSE FSF FSF 5 Input current 4) Line supply connection U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3 mm2 • Conductor cross-section Motor connection U2, V2, W2 • Conductor cross-section Motor cable length, max. 5) Degree of protection Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth Frame size Weight, approx. • Without integrated line filter kg (lb) 15 (33.1) 15 (33.1) 34 (75) 34 (75) • With integrated line filter kg (lb) 22 (48.5) 22 (48.5) 46 (101) 46 (101) 1) The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). 2) The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO). 3) Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311 4) The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance and applies for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The rated input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) – these current values are specified on the rating plate. 5) Max. motor cable length 25 m (82 ft) (shielded) for PM230 Power Modules with integrated line filter to maintain the limit values acc. to EN 61800-3 Category C2. With unshielded cables, Category C2 is not achieved. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/57 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Technical specifications PM230 Power Modules degree of protection IP20 push-through variant Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC PM230 Power Modules degree of protection IP20 push-through variant Without integrated line filter 6SL3211-1NE17-7UL1 6SL3211-1NE21-8UL1 6SL3211-1NE23-8UL1 With integrated line filter class A 6SL3211-1NE17-7AL1 6SL3211-1NE21-8AL1 6SL3211-1NE23-8AL1 Output current at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC • Rated current Irated 1) A 7.7 18 38 • Base-load current IL1) A 7.7 18 38 • Base-load current IH2) A 5.9 13.2 32 • Maximum current Imax A 11.8 27 64 Rated power 5 • Based on IL kW (hp) 3 (4) 7.5 (10) 18.5 (25) • Based on IH kW (hp) 2.2 (3) 5.5 (7.5) 15 (20) Rated pulse frequency kHz 4 4 4 0.96 0.97 0.98 0.102 0.224 0.423 Efficiency η Power loss 3) At rated current kW Cooling air requirement m3/s (ft3/s) 0.005 (0.18) 0.009 (0.32) 0.019 (0.7) Sound pressure level LpA (1 m) dB <56 <62 <65 24 V DC power supply for Control Unit A 1 1 1 • Rated current A 8 19 39 • Based on IH A 6.1 14 33 Screw terminals, plug-in Screw terminals, plug-in Screw terminals, plug-in 1.5 ... 2.5 4 ... 6 6 ... 16 Screw terminals, plug-in Screw terminals, plug-in Screw terminals, plug-in mm2 1 ... 2.5 4 ... 6 10 ... 16 • Shielded m (ft) 25 (82) 25 (82) 25 (82) • Unshielded m (ft) 100 (328) 100 (328) 100 (328) IP20 IP20 IP20 Input current 4) Line supply connection U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3 mm2 • Conductor cross-section Motor connection U2, V2, W2 • Conductor cross-section Motor cable length, max. 5) Degree of protection Dimensions • Width mm (in) 126 (4.96) 154 (6.06) 200 (7.87) • Height mm (in) 238 (9.37) 345 (13.58) 411 (16.18) - Without operator panel mm (in) 171 (6.73) 171 (6.73) 171 (6.73) - With operator panel, max. mm (in) 251 (9.88) 251 (9.88) 251 (9.88) FSA FSB FSC • Depth Frame size Weight, approx. With integrated line filter • Without integrated line filter kg (lb) 1.7 (3.75) 3.4 (7.50) 5.4 (11.9) • With integrated line filter kg (lb) 1.9 (4.19) 3.6 (7.94) 6 (13.2) 1) The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). 2) The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO). 3) Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311 5/58 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 4) The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance and applies for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The rated input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) – these current values are specified on the rating plate. 5) Max. motor cable length 25 m (82 ft) (shielded) for PM230 Power Modules with integrated line filter to maintain the limit values acc. to EN 61800-3 Category C2. With unshielded cables, Category C2 is not achieved. © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Technical specifications PM240-2 Power Modules standard variant Line voltage 200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC PM240-2 Power Modules standard variant Without integrated line filter 6SL32101PB13-0UL0 6SL32101PB13-8UL0 6SL32101PB15-5UL0 6SL32101PB17-4UL0 6SL32101PB21-0UL0 With integrated line filter class A 6SL32101PB13-0AL0 6SL32101PB13-8AL0 6SL32101PB15-5AL0 6SL32101PB17-4AL0 6SL32101PB21-0AL0 Output current at 50 Hz 230 V 1 AC • Rated current Irated 1) A 3.2 4.2 6 7.4 10.4 • Base-load current IL1) A 3.2 4.2 6 7.4 10.4 • Base-load current IH2) A 2.3 3.2 4.2 6 7.4 • Maximum current Imax A 4.8 6.4 9 12 15.6 • Based on IL kW (hp) 0.55 (0.75) 0.75 (1) 1.1 (1.5) 1.5 (2) 2.2 (3) • Based on IH kW (hp) 0.37 (0.5) 0.55 (0.75) 0.75 (1) 1.1 (1.5) 1.5 (2) Rated pulse frequency kHz 4 4 4 4 4 >96 >96 >96 >96 >96 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.07 0.12 Rated power Efficiency η 5 Power loss 3) At rated current kW Cooling air requirement m3/s (ft3/s) 0.005 (0.18) 0.005 (0.18) 0.0092 (0.325) 0.0092 (0.325) 0.0092 (0.325) Sound pressure level LpA (1 m) dB <50 <50 <62 <62 <62 24 V DC power supply for Control Unit A 1 1 1 1 1 • Rated current 1 AC/3 AC A 7.5/4.3 9.6/5.5 13.5/7.8 18.1/10.5 24/13.9 • Based on IH 1 AC/3 AC A 6.6/3.8 8.4/4.8 11.8/6.8 15.8/9.1 20.9/12.1 Terminal connector Terminal connector Terminal connector Terminal connector Terminal connector 1.5 ... 2.5 1.5 ... 2.5 1.5 ... 6 1.5 ... 6 1.5 ... 6 Terminal connector Terminal connector Terminal connector Terminal connector Terminal connector 1.5 ... 2.5 1.5 ... 2.5 1.5 ... 6 1.5 ... 6 1.5 ... 6 Included in terminal connector Included in terminal connector Included in terminal connector Included in terminal connector Included in terminal connector Input current 4) Line supply connection U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3 • Conductor cross-section mm2 Motor connection U2, V2, W2 • Conductor cross-section mm2 PE connection Motor cable length, max. • Shielded m (ft) 50 (164) 50 (164) 50 (164) 50 (164) 50 (164) • Unshielded m (ft) 100 (328) 100 (328) 100 (328) 100 (328) 100 (328) IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 Degree of protection Dimensions • Width mm (in) 73 (2.87) 73 (2.87) 100 (3.94) 100 (3.94) 100 (3.94) • Height mm (in) 196 (7.72) 196 (7.72) 291 (11.46) 291 (11.46) 291 (11.46) - Without operator panel mm (in) 165 (6.50) 165 (6.50) 165 (6.50) 165 (6.50) 165 (6.50) - With operator panel, max. mm (in) 248 (9.76) 248 (9.76) 248 (9.76) 248 (9.76) 248 (9.76) FSA FSA FSB FSB FSB • Depth Frame size Weight, approx. • Without integrated line filter kg (lb) 1.4 (3.09) 1.4 (3.09) 2.9 (6.39) 2.9 (6.39) 2.9 (6.39) • With integrated line filter kg (lb) 1.6 (3.53) 1.6 (3.53) 3.1 (6.84) 3.1 (6.84) 3.1 (6.84) 1) The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). 2) The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO). 3) Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311 4) The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance. The input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The current values are specified on the rating plate of the Power Module. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/59 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC PM240-2 Power Modules standard variant Without integrated line filter 6SL3210-1PB21-4UL0 6SL3210-1PB21-8UL0 With integrated line filter class A 6SL3210-1PB21-4AL0 6SL3210-1PB21-8AL0 Output current at 50 Hz 230 V 1 AC • Rated current Irated 1) A 13.6 17.5 • Base-load current IL1) A 13.6 17.5 • Base-load current IH2) A 10.4 13.6 • Maximum current Imax A 20.8 27.2 Rated power 5 • Based on IL kW (hp) 3 (4) 4 (5) • Based on IH kW (hp) 2.2 (3) 3 (4) Rated pulse frequency kHz 4 4 >96 >96 0.14 0.18 Efficiency η Power loss 3) At rated current kW Cooling air requirement m3/s (ft3/s) 0.0185 (0.65) 0.0185 (0.65) Sound pressure level LpA (1 m) dB <65 <65 24 V DC power supply for Control Unit A 1 1 • Rated current 1 AC/3 AC A 35.9/20.7 43/24.8 • Based on IH 1 AC/3 AC A 31.3/18.1 37.5/21.7 Terminal connector Terminal connector 6 ... 16 6 ... 16 Terminal connector Terminal connector 6 ... 16 6 ... 16 Included in terminal connector Included in terminal connector Input current 4) Line supply connection U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3 • Conductor cross-section mm2 Motor connection U2, V2, W2 • Conductor cross-section mm2 PE connection Motor cable length, max. • Shielded m (ft) 50 (164) 50 (164) • Unshielded m (ft) 100 (328) 100 (328) IP20 IP20 Degree of protection Dimensions • Width mm (in) 140 (5.51) 140 (5.51) • Height mm (in) 355 (13.98) 355 (13.98) - Without operator panel mm (in) 165 (6.50) 165 (6.50) - With operator panel, max. mm (in) 248 (9.76) 248 (9.76) FSC FSC • Depth Frame size Weight, approx. • Without integrated line filter kg (lb) 5 (11) 5 (11) • With integrated line filter kg (lb) 5.2 (11.5) 5.2 (11.5) 1) The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). 2) The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO). 3) Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311 5/60 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 4) The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance. The input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The current values are specified on the rating plate of the Power Module. © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 200 ... 240 V 3 AC PM240-2 Power Modules standard variant Without integrated line filter 6SL32101PC22-2UL0 6SL32101PC22-8UL0 6SL32101PC24-2UL0 6SL32101PC25-4UL0 6SL32101PC26-8UL0 With integrated line filter class A 6SL32101PC22-2AL0 6SL32101PC22-8AL0 – – – Output current at 50 Hz 230 V 3 AC • Rated current Irated 1) A 22 28 42 54 68 • Base-load current IL1) A 22 28 42 54 68 • Base-load current IH2) A 17.5 22 35 42 54 • Maximum current Imax A 35 44 70 84 108 • Based on IL kW (hp) 5.5 (7.5) 7.5 (10) 11 (15) 15 (20) 18.5 (25) • Based on IH kW (hp) 4 (5) 5.5 (7.5) 7.5 (10) 11 (15) 15 (20) Rated pulse frequency kHz 4 4 4 4 4 >97 >97 >97 >97 >97 0.2 0.26 0.42 0.57 0.76 Rated power Efficiency η 5 Power loss 3) At rated current kW Cooling air requirement m3/s (ft3/s) 0.0185 (0.65) 0.0185 (0.65) 0.055 (1.9) 0.055 (1.9) 0.055 (1.9) Sound pressure level LpA (1 m) dB <65 <65 45 ... 65 4) 45 ... 65 4) 45 ... 65 4) 24 V DC power supply for Control Unit A 1 1 1 1 1 • Rated current A 29 37 40 51 64 • Based on IH A 26.2 33 36 43 56 Terminal connector Terminal connector Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals 6 ... 16 6 ... 16 10 ... 35 10 ... 35 10 ... 35 Terminal connector Terminal connector Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals 6 ... 16 6 ... 16 10 ... 35 10 ... 35 10 ... 35 Included in terminal connector Included in terminal connector Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Input current 5) Line supply connection U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3 • Conductor cross-section mm2 Motor connection U2, V2, W2 • Conductor cross-section mm2 PE connection Motor cable length, max. • Shielded m (ft) 50 (164) 50 (164) 200 (656) 200 (656) 200 (656) • Unshielded m (ft) 100 (328) 100 (328) 300 (984) 300 (984) 300 (984) IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 Degree of protection Dimensions • Width mm (in) 140 (5.51) 140 (5.51) 200 (7.87) 200 (7.87) 200 (7.87) • Height mm (in) 355 (13.98) 355 (13.98) 472 (18.58) 472 (18.58) 472 (18.58) - Without operator panel mm (in) 165 (6.50) 165 (6.50) 237 (9.33) 237 (9.33) 237 (9.33) - With operator panel, max. mm (in) 248 (9.76) 248 (9.76) 278 (10.94) 278 (10.94) 278 (10.94) FSC FSC FSD FSD FSD • Depth Frame size Weight, approx. • Without integrated line filter kg (lb) 5 (11) 5 (11) 17 (37.5) 17 (37.5) 17 (37.5) • With integrated line filter kg (lb) 5.2 (11.5) 5.2 (11.5) – – – 1) The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). 2) The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO). 3) Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311 4) Values dependent on ambient temperature and utilization. 5) The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance. The input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The current values are specified on the rating plate of the Power Module. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/61 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 200 ... 240 V 3 AC PM240-2 Power Modules standard variant Without integrated line filter 6SL32101PC28-0UL0 6SL32101PC31-1UL0 6SL32101PC31-3UL0 6SL32101PC31-6UL0 6SL32101PC31-8UL0 With integrated line filter class A – – – – – Output current at 50 Hz 230 V 3 AC • Rated current Irated 1) A 80 104 130 154 178 • Base-load current IL1) A 80 104 130 154 178 • Base-load current IH2) A 68 80 104 130 154 • Maximum current Imax A 136 160 208 260 308 • Based on IL kW (hp) 22 (30) 30 (40) 37 (50) 45 (60) 55 (75) • Based on IH kW (hp) 18.5 (25) 22 (30) 30 (40) 37 (50) 45 (60) Rated pulse frequency kHz 4 4 4 4 4 >97 >97 >97 >97 >97 0.85 1.2 1.3 1.63 1.98 Rated power 5 Efficiency η Power loss 3) At rated current kW Cooling air requirement m3/s (ft3/s) 0.083 (2.9) 0.083 (2.9) 0.153 (5.4) 0.153 (5.4) 0.153 (5.4) Sound pressure level LpA (1 m) dB 44 ... 62 4) 44 ... 62 4) 56 ... 68 4) 56 ... 68 4) 56 ... 68 4) 24 V DC power supply for Control Unit A 1 1 1 1 1 • Rated current A 76 98 126 149 172 • Based on IH A 71 83 110 138 164 Screw terminals Screw terminals M10 screw stud M10 screw stud M10 screw stud 25 ... 70 25 ... 70 35 ... 2 × 120 35 ... 2 × 120 35 ... 2 × 120 Screw terminals Screw terminals M10 screw stud M10 screw stud M10 screw stud 25 ... 70 25 ... 70 35 ... 2 × 120 35 ... 2 × 120 35 ... 2 × 120 Screw terminals Screw terminals M10 screw stud M10 screw stud M10 screw stud Input current 5) Line supply connection U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3 • Conductor cross-section mm2 Motor connection U2, V2, W2 • Conductor cross-section mm2 PE connection Motor cable length, max. • Shielded m (ft) 200 (656) 200 (656) 300 (984) 300 (984) 300 (984) • Unshielded m (ft) 300 (984) 300 (984) 450 (1476) 450 (1476) 450 (1476) IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 Degree of protection Dimensions • Width mm (in) 275 (10.83) 275 (10.83) 305 (12.01) 305 (12.01) 305 (12.01) • Height mm (in) 551 (21.69) 551 (21.69) 708 (27.87) 708 (27.87) 708 (27.87) - Without operator panel mm (in) 237 (9.33) 237 (9.33) 357 (14.06) 357 (14.06) 357 (14.06) - With operator panel, max. mm (in) 278 (10.94) 278 (10.94) 398 (15.67) 398 (15.67) 398 (15.67) FSE FSE FSF FSF FSF • Depth Frame size Weight, approx. • Without integrated line filter kg (lb) 26 (57.3) 26 (57.3) 57 (126) 57 (126) 57 (126) • With integrated line filter kg (lb) – – – – – 1) The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). 2) The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO). 3) Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311 5/62 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 4) Values dependent on ambient temperature and utilization. 5) The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance. The input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The current values are specified on the rating plate of the Power Module. © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC PM240-2 Power Modules standard variant Without integrated line filter 6SL32101PE11-8UL1 6SL32101PE12-3UL1 6SL32101PE13-2UL1 6SL32101PE14-3UL1 6SL32101PE16-1UL1 6SL32101PE18-0UL1 With integrated line filter class A 6SL32101PE11-8AL1 6SL32101PE12-3AL1 6SL32101PE13-2AL1 6SL32101PE14-3AL1 6SL32101PE16-1AL1 6SL32101PE18-0AL1 Output current at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC • Rated current Irated 1) A 1.7 2.2 3.1 4.1 5.9 7.7 • Base-load current IL1) A 1.7 2.2 3.1 4.1 5.9 7.7 • Base-load current IH2) A 1.3 1.7 2.2 3.1 4.1 5.9 • Maximum current Imax A 2.6 3.4 4.7 6.2 8.9 11.8 • Based on IL kW (hp) 0.55 (0.75) 0.75 (1) 1.1 (1.5) 1.5 (2) 2.2 (3) 3 (4) • Based on IH kW (hp) 0.37 (0.5) 0.55 (0.75) 0.75 (1) 1.1 (1.5) 1.5 (2) 2.2 (3) Rated pulse frequency kHz 4 4 4 4 4 4 >0.96 >0.96 >0.96 >0.96 >0.96 >0.96 0.033 0.038 0.048 0.061 0.085 0.113 Rated power Efficiency η 5 Power loss 3) At rated current kW Cooling air requirement m3/s (ft3/s) 0.005 (0.18) 0.005 (0.18) 0.005 (0.18) 0.005 (0.18) 0.005 (0.18) 0.005 (0.18) Sound pressure level LpA (1 m) dB <50 <50 <50 <50 <50 <50 24 V DC power supply for Control Unit A 1 1 1 1 1 1 • Rated current A 2.3 2.9 4.1 5.5 7.7 10.1 • Based on IH A 2 2.6 3.3 4.7 6.1 8.8 Terminal connector Terminal connector Terminal connector Terminal connector Terminal connector Terminal connector 1 ... 2.5 1 ... 2.5 1 ... 2.5 1 ... 2.5 1 ... 2.5 1 ... 2.5 Terminal connector Terminal connector Terminal connector Terminal connector Terminal connector Terminal connector 1 ... 2.5 1 ... 2.5 1 ... 2.5 1 ... 2.5 1 ... 2.5 1 ... 2.5 Included in terminal connector Included in terminal connector Included in terminal connector Included in terminal connector Included in terminal connector Included in terminal connector Input current 4) Line supply connection U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3 • Conductor cross-section mm2 Motor connection U2, V2, W2 • Conductor cross-section mm2 PE connection Motor cable length, max. • Without filter, shielded/unshielded m (ft) 150/150 (492/492) 150/150 (492/492) 150/150 (492/492) 150/150 (492/492) 150/150 (492/492) 150/150 (492/492) • With integrated filter class A, shielded/unshielded m (ft) 50/100 (164/328) 50/100 (164/328) 50/100 (164/328) 50/100 (164/328) 50/100 (164/328) 50/100 (164/328) IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 Degree of protection Dimensions • Width mm (in) 73 (2.87) 73 (2.87) 73 (2.87) 73 (2.87) 73 (2.87) 73 (2.87) • Height mm (in) 196 (7.72) 196 (7.72) 196 (7.72) 196 (7.72) 196 (7.72) 196 (7.72) 165 (6.50) 165 (6.50) 165 (6.50) 165 (6.50) 165 (6.50) 165 (6.50) • Depth - Without operator panel mm (in) 165 (6.50) 165 (6.50) 165 (6.50) 165 (6.50) 165 (6.50) 165 (6.50) - With operator panel, max. mm (in) 248 (9.76) 248 (9.76) 248 (9.76) 248 (9.76) 248 (9.76) 248 (9.76) FSA FSA FSA FSA FSA FSA Frame size Weight, approx. • Without integrated line filter kg (lb) 1.4 (3.09) 1.4 (3.09) 1.4 (3.09) 1.4 (3.09) 1.4 (3.09) 1.4 (3.09) • With integrated line filter kg (lb) 1.5 (3.31) 1.5 (3.31) 1.5 (3.31) 1.5 (3.31) 1.5 (3.31) 1.5 (3.31) 1) The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). 2) The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO). 3) Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311 4) The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance. The input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The current values are specified on the rating plate of the Power Module. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/63 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC PM240-2 Power Modules standard variant Without integrated line filter 6SL32101PE21-1UL0 6SL32101PE21-4UL0 6SL32101PE21-8UL0 6SL32101PE22-7UL0 6SL32101PE23-3UL0 With integrated line filter class A 6SL32101PE21-1AL0 6SL32101PE21-4AL0 6SL32101PE21-8AL0 6SL32101PE22-7AL0 6SL32101PE23-3AL0 Output current at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC • Rated current Irated 1) A 10.2 13.2 18 26 32 • Base-load current IL1) A 10.2 13.2 18 26 32 • Base-load current IH2) A 7.7 10.2 13.2 18 26 • Maximum current Imax A 15.4 20.4 27 39 52 • Based on IL kW (hp) 4 (5) 5.5 (7.5) 7.5 (10) 11 (15) 15 (20) • Based on IH kW (hp) 3 (4) 4 (5) 5.5 (7.5) 7.5 (10) 11 (15) Rated pulse frequency kHz 4 4 4 4 4 >97 >97 >97 >97 >97 0.14 0.184 0.239 0.333 0.385 Rated power 5 Efficiency η Power loss 3) At rated current kW Cooling air requirement m3/s (ft3/s) 0.0092 (0.325) 0.0092 (0.325) 0.0092 (0.325) 0.0185 (0.65) 0.0185 (0.65) Sound pressure level LpA (1 m) dB <62 <62 <62 <65 <65 24 V DC power supply for Control Unit A 1 1 1 1 1 • Rated current A 13.3 17.2 22.2 32.6 39.9 • Based on IH A 11.6 15.3 19.8 27 36 Terminal connector Terminal connector Terminal connector Terminal connector Terminal connector 1.5 ... 6 1.5 ... 6 1.5 ... 6 6 ... 16 6 ... 16 Terminal connector Terminal connector Terminal connector Terminal connector Terminal connector 1.5 ... 6 1.5 ... 6 1.5 ... 6 6 ... 16 6 ... 16 Included in terminal connector Included in terminal connector Included in terminal connector Included in terminal connector Included in terminal connector 150/150 (492/492) 150/150 (492/492) 150/150 (492/492) 150/150 (492/492) Input current 4) Line supply connection U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3 • Conductor cross-section mm2 Motor connection U2, V2, W2 • Conductor cross-section mm2 PE connection Motor cable length, max. • Without filter, shielded/unshielded m (ft) 150/150 (492/492) • With integrated filter class A, shielded/unshielded m (ft) 100/100 (328/328) 5) 100/100 (328/328) 5) 100/100 (328/328) 5) 150/150 (492/492) 5) 150/150 (492/492) 5) Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 Dimensions • Width mm (in) 100 (3.94) 100 (3.94) 100 (3.94) 140 (5.51) 140 (5.51) • Height mm (in) 291 (11.46) 291 (11.46) 291 (11.46) 355 (13.98) 355 (13.98) - Without operator panel mm (in) 165 (6.50) 165 (6.50) 165 (6.50) 165 (6.50) 165 (6.50) - With operator panel, max. mm (in) 248 (9.76) 248 (9.76) 248 (9.76) 248 (9.76) 248 (9.76) FSB FSB FSB FSC FSC • Depth Frame size Weight, approx. • Without integrated line filter kg (lb) 2.9 (6.39) 2.9 (6.39) 3 (6.62) 4.7 (10.4) 4.8 (10.6) • With integrated line filter kg (lb) 3.1 (6.84) 3.1 (6.84) 3.2 (7.06) 5.3 (11.7) 5.4 (11.9) 1) The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). 2) The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO). 3) Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311 5/64 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 4) The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance. The input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The current values are specified on the rating plate of the Power Module. 5) The values apply with low-capacitance CY cables - the max. permissible motor cable length is 50 m (164 ft) (shielded) as standard. © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC PM240-2 Power Modules standard variant Without integrated line filter 6SL32101PE23-8UL0 6SL32101PE24-5UL0 6SL32101PE26-0UL0 6SL32101PE27-5UL0 6SL32101PE28-8UL0 6SL32101PE31-1UL0 With integrated line filter class A 6SL32101PE23-8AL0 6SL32101PE24-5AL0 6SL32101PE26-0AL0 6SL32101PE27-5AL0 6SL32101PE28-8AL0 6SL32101PE31-1AL0 Output current at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC • Rated current Irated 1) A 38 45 60 75 90 110 • Base-load current IL1) A 38 45 60 75 90 110 • Base-load current IH2) A 32 38 45 60 75 90 • Maximum current Imax A 64 76 90 120 150 180 • Based on IL kW (hp) 18.5 (25) 22 (30) 30 (40) 37 (50) 45 (60) 55 (75) • Based on IH kW (hp) 15 (20) 18.5 (25) 22 (30) 30 (40) 37 (50) 45 (60) Rated pulse frequency kHz 4 4 4 4 4 4 >97 >97 >97 >97 >97 >97 0.55 0.68 0.76 1.01 1.19 1.54 Rated power Efficiency η 5 Power loss 3) At rated current kW Cooling air requirement m3/s (ft3/s) 0.055 (1.9) 0.055 (1.9) 0.055 (1.9) 0.055 (1.9) 0.083 (2.9) 0.083 (2.9) Sound pressure level LpA (1 m) dB 45 ... 65 4) 45 ... 65 4) 45 ... 65 4) 45 ... 65 4) 44 ... 62 4) 44 ... 62 4) 24 V DC power supply for Control Unit A 1 1 1 1 1 1 • Rated current A 36 42 57 70 86 104 • Based on IH A 33 38 47 62 78 94 Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals 10 ... 35 10 ... 35 10 ... 35 10 ... 35 25 ... 70 25 ... 70 Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals 10 ... 35 10 ... 35 10 ... 35 10 ... 35 25 ... 70 25 ... 70 Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Input current 5) Line supply connection U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3 • Conductor cross-section mm2 Motor connection U2, V2, W2 • Conductor cross-section mm2 PE connection Motor cable length, max. • Shielded m (ft) 200 (656) 200 (656) 200 (656) 200 (656) 200 (656) 200 (656) • Unshielded m (ft) 300 (984) 300 (984) 300 (984) 300 (984) 300 (984) 300 (984) IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 Degree of protection Dimensions • Width mm (in) 200 (7.87) 200 (7.87) 200 (7.87) 200 (7.87) 275 (10.83) 275 (10.83) • Height mm (in) 472 (18.58) 472 (18.58) 472 (18.58) 472 (18.58) 551 (21.69) 551 (21.69) - Without operator panel mm (in) 237 (9.33) 237 (9.33) 237 (9.33) 237 (9.33) 237 (9.33) 237 (9.33) - With operator panel, max. mm (in) 320 (12.60) 320 (12.60) 320 (12.60) 320 (12.60) 320 (12.60) 320 (12.60) FSD FSD FSD FSD FSE FSE • Depth Frame size Weight, approx. • Without integrated line filter kg (lb) 16 (35.3) 16 (35.3) 17 (37.5) 17 (37.5) 26 (57.3) 26 (57.3) • With integrated line filter kg (lb) 17.5 (38.6) 17.5 (38.6) 18.5 (40.8) 18.5 (40.8) 28 (61.7) 28 (61.7) 1) The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). 2) The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO). 3) Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311 4) Values dependent on ambient temperature and utilization. 5) The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance. The input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The current values are specified on the rating plate of the Power Module. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/65 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC PM240-2 Power Modules standard variant Without integrated line filter 6SL3210-1PE31-5UL0 6SL3210-1PE31-8UL0 6SL3210-1PE32-1UL0 6SL3210-1PE32-5UL0 With integrated line filter class A 6SL3210-1PE31-5AL0 6SL3210-1PE31-8AL0 6SL3210-1PE32-1AL0 6SL3210-1PE32-5AL0 Output current at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC • Rated current Irated 1) A 145 178 205 250 • Base-load current IL1) A 145 178 205 250 • Base-load current IH2) A 110 145 178 205 • Maximum current Imax A 220 290 356 410 Rated power 5 • Based on IL kW (hp) 75 (100) 90 (125) 110 (150) 132 (177) • Based on IH kW (hp) 55 (75) 75 (100) 90 (125) 110 (150) Rated pulse frequency kHz 4 4 2 2 >97 >97 >97 >97 1.78 2.31 2.14 2.81 Efficiency η Power loss 3) At rated current kW Cooling air requirement m3/s (ft3/s) 0.153 (5.4) 0.153 (5.4) 0.153 (5.4) 0.153 (5.4) Sound pressure level LpA (1 m) dB 56 ... 68 4) 56 ... 68 4) 56 ... 68 4) 56 ... 68 4) 24 V DC power supply for Control Unit A 1 1 1 1 • Rated current A 140 172 198 242 • Based on IH A 117 154 189 218 M10 screw stud M10 screw stud M10 screw stud M10 screw stud 35 ... 2 × 120 35 ... 2 × 120 35 ... 2 × 120 35 ... 2 × 120 M10 screw stud M10 screw stud M10 screw stud M10 screw stud 35 ... 2 × 120 35 ... 2 × 120 35 ... 2 × 120 35 ... 2 × 120 M10 screw stud M10 screw stud M10 screw stud M10 screw stud Input current 5) Line supply connection U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3 • Conductor cross-section mm2 Motor connection U2, V2, W2 • Conductor cross-section mm2 PE connection Motor cable length, max. • Shielded m (ft) 300 (984) 300 (984) 300 (984) 300 (984) • Unshielded m (ft) 450 (1476) 450 (1476) 450 (1476) 450 (1476) IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 Degree of protection Dimensions • Width mm (in) 305 (12.01) 305 (12.01) 305 (12.01) 305 (12.01) • Height mm (in) 708 (27.87) 708 (27.87) 708 (27.87) 708 (27.87) - Without operator panel mm (in) 357 (14.06) 357 (14.06) 357 (14.06) 357 (14.06) - With operator panel, max. mm (in) 440 (17.32) 440 (17.32) 440 (17.32) 440 (17.32) FSF FSF FSF FSF • Depth Frame size Weight, approx. • Without integrated line filter kg (lb) 57 (126) 57 (126) 61 (135) 61 (135) • With integrated line filter kg (lb) 63 (139) 63 (139) 65 (143) 65 (143) 1) The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). 2) The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO). 3) Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311 5/66 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 4) Values dependent on ambient temperature and utilization. 5) The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance. The input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The current values are specified on the rating plate of the Power Module. © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 500 ... 690 V 3 AC PM240-2 Power Modules standard variant Without integrated line filter 6SL32101PH21-4UL0 6SL32101PH22-0UL0 6SL32101PH22-3UL0 6SL32101PH22-7UL0 6SL32101PH23-5UL0 6SL32101PH24-2UL0 With integrated line filter class A 6SL32101PH21-4AL0 6SL32101PH22-0AL0 6SL32101PH22-3AL0 6SL32101PH22-7AL0 6SL32101PH23-5AL0 6SL32101PH24-2AL0 Output current at 50 Hz 690 V 3 AC • Rated current Irated 1) A 14 19 23 27 35 42 • Base-load current IL1) A 14 19 23 27 35 42 • Base-load current IH2) A 11 14 19 23 27 35 • Maximum current Imax A 22 29 38 46 54 70 • Based on IL kW (hp) 11 (10) 15 (15) 18.5 (20) 22 (25) 30 (30) 37 (40) • Based on IH kW (hp) 7.5 (7.5) 11 (10) 15 (15) 18.5 (20) 22 (25) 30 (30) Rated pulse frequency kHz 4 4 4 4 4 4 >98 >98 >98 >98 >98 >98 0.32 0.41 0.48 0.56 0.72 0.88 Rated power Efficiency η 5 Power loss 3) At rated current kW Cooling air requirement m3/s (ft3/s) 0.055 (1.9) 0.055 (1.9) 0.055 (1.9) 0.055 (1.9) 0.055 (1.9) 0.055 (1.9) Sound pressure level LpA (1 m) dB 45 ... 65 4) 45 ... 65 4) 45 ... 65 4) 45 ... 65 4) 45 ... 65 4) 45 ... 65 4) 24 V DC power supply for Control Unit A 1 1 1 1 1 1 • Rated current A 14 18 22 25 33 40 • Based on IH A 11 14 20 24 28 36 Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals 10 ... 35 10 ... 35 10 ... 35 10 ... 35 10 ... 35 10 ... 35 Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals 10 ... 35 10 ... 35 10 ... 35 10 ... 35 10 ... 35 10 ... 35 Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Input current 5) Line supply connection U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3 • Conductor cross-section mm2 Motor connection U2, V2, W2 • Conductor cross-section mm2 PE connection Motor cable length, max. • Shielded m (ft) 200 (656) 200 (656) 200 (656) 200 (656) 200 (656) 200 (656) • Unshielded m (ft) 300 (984) 300 (984) 300 (984) 300 (984) 300 (984) 300 (984) IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 Degree of protection Dimensions • Width mm (in) 200 (7.87) 200 (7.87) 200 (7.87) 200 (7.87) 200 (7.87) 200 (7.87) • Height mm (in) 472 (18.58) 472 (18.58) 472 (18.58) 472 (18.58) 472 (18.58) 472 (18.58) - Without operator panel mm (in) 237 (9.33) 237 (9.33) 237 (9.33) 237 (9.33) 237 (9.33) 237 (9.33) - With operator panel, max. mm (in) 320 (12.60) 320 (12.60) 320 (12.60) 320 (12.60) 320 (12.60) 320 (12.60) FSD FSD FSD FSD FSD FSD • Depth Frame size Weight, approx. • Without integrated line filter kg (lb) 17 (37.5) 17 (37.5) 17 (37.5) 17 (37.5) 17 (37.5) 17 (37.5) • With integrated line filter kg (lb) 18.5 (40.8) 18.5 (40.8) 18.5 (40.8) 18.5 (40.8) 18.5 (40.8) 18.5 (40.8) 1) The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). 2) The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO). 3) Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311 4) Values dependent on ambient temperature and utilization. 5) The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance. The input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The current values are specified on the rating plate of the Power Module. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/67 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 500 ... 690 V 3 AC PM240-2 Power Modules standard variant Without integrated line filter 6SL32101PH25-2UL0 6SL32101PH26-2UL0 6SL32101PH28-0UL0 6SL32101PH31-0UL0 6SL32101PH31-2UL0 6SL32101PH31-4UL0 With integrated line filter class A 6SL32101PH25-2AL0 6SL32101PH26-2AL0 6SL32101PH28-0AL0 6SL32101PH31-0AL0 6SL32101PH31-2AL0 6SL32101PH31-4AL0 Output current at 50 Hz 690 V 3 AC • Rated current Irated 1) A 52 62 80 100 115 142 • Base-load current IL1) A 52 62 80 100 115 142 • Base-load current IH2) A 42 52 62 80 100 115 • Maximum current Imax A 84 104 124 160 200 230 • Based on IL kW (hp) 45 (50) 55 (60) 75 (75) 90 (100) 110 (100) 132 (125) • Based on IH kW (hp) 37 (40) 45 (50) 55 (60) 75 (75) 90 (100) 110 (100) Rated pulse frequency kHz 4 4 4 4 2 2 >98 >98 >98 >98 >98 >98 1 1.21 1.22 1.55 1.82 2.33 Rated power 5 Efficiency η Power loss 3) At rated current kW Cooling air requirement m3/s (ft3/s) 0.083 (2.9) 0.083 (2.9) 0.153 (5.4) 0.153 (5.4) 0.153 (5.4) 0.153 (5.4) Sound pressure level LpA (1 m) dB 44 ... 62 4) 44 ... 62 4) 56 ... 68 4) 56 ... 68 4) 56 ... 68 4) 56 ... 68 4) 24 V DC power supply for Control Unit A 1 1 1 1 1 1 • Rated current A 50 59 78 97 111 137 • Based on IH A 44 54 66 85 106 122 Screw terminals Screw terminals M10 screw stud M10 screw stud M10 screw stud M10 screw stud 25 ... 70 25 ... 70 35 ... 2 × 120 35 ... 2 × 120 35 ... 2 × 120 35 ... 2 × 120 Screw terminals Screw terminals M10 screw stud M10 screw stud M10 screw stud M10 screw stud 25 ... 70 25 ... 70 35 ... 2 × 120 35 ... 2 × 120 35 ... 2 × 120 35 ... 2 × 120 Screw terminals Screw terminals M10 screw stud M10 screw stud M10 screw stud M10 screw stud Input current 5) Line supply connection U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3 • Conductor cross-section mm2 Motor connection U2, V2, W2 • Conductor cross-section mm2 PE connection Motor cable length, max. • Shielded m (ft) 200 (656) 200 (656) 300 (984) 300 (984) 300 (984) 300 (984) • Unshielded m (ft) 300 (984) 300 (984) 450 (1476) 450 (1476) 450 (1476) 450 (1476) IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 Degree of protection Dimensions • Width mm (in) 275 (10.83) 275 (10.83) 305 (12.01) 305 (12.01) 305 (12.01) 305 (12.01) • Height mm (in) 551 (21.69) 551 (21.69) 708 (27.87) 708 (27.87) 708 (27.87) 708 (27.87) - Without operator panel mm (in) 237 (9.33) 237 (9.33) 357 (14.06) 357 (14.06) 357 (14.06) 357 (14.06) - With operator panel, max. mm (in) 320 (12.60) 320 (12.60) 440 (17.32) 440 (17.32) 440 (17.32) 440 (17.32) FSE FSE FSF FSF FSF FSF • Depth Frame size Weight, approx. • Without integrated line filter kg (lb) 26 (57.3) 26 (57.3) 60 (132.3) 60 (132.3) 60 (132.3) 60 (132.3) • With integrated line filter kg (lb) 28 (61.7) 28 (61.7) 64 (141) 64 (141) 64 (141) 64 (141) 1) The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). 2) The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO). 3) Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311 5/68 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 4) Values dependent on ambient temperature and utilization. 5) The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance. The input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The current values are specified on the rating plate of the Power Module. © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Technical specifications PM240-2 Power Modules push-through variant Line voltage 200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC PM240-2 Power Modules push-through variant Without integrated line filter 6SL3211-1PB13-8UL0 6SL3211-1PB21-0UL0 6SL3211-1PB21-8UL0 With integrated line filter class A 6SL3211-1PB13-8AL0 6SL3211-1PB21-0AL0 6SL3211-1PB21-8AL0 Output current At 50 Hz 230 V 1 AC/3 AC • Rated current Irated 1) A 4.2 10.4 17.5 • Base-load current IL1) A 4.2 10.4 17.5 • Base-load current IH2) A 3.2 7.4 13.6 • Maximum current Imax A 6.4 15.6 27.2 Rated power • Based on IL kW (hp) 0.75 (1) 2.2 (3) 4 (5) • Based on IH kW (hp) 0.55 (0.75) 1.5 (2) 3 (4) Rated pulse frequency kHz 4 4 4 >96 >96 >96 0.04 0.12 0.18 Efficiency η Power loss 3) At rated current kW Cooling air requirement m3/s (ft3/s) 0.005 (0.18) 0.0092 (0.325) 0.0185 (0.65) Sound pressure level LpA (1 m) dB <56 <62 <65 24 V DC power supply for Control Unit A 1 1 1 • Rated current 1 AC/3 AC A 9.6/5.5 24/13.9 43/24.8 • Based on IH 1 AC/3 AC A 8.4/4.8 20.9/12.1 37.5/21.7 Screw terminals, plug-in Screw terminals, plug-in Screw terminals, plug-in 1.5 ... 2.5 1.5 ... 6 6 ... 16 Screw terminals, plug-in Screw terminals, plug-in Screw terminals, plug-in mm2 1.5 ... 2.5 1.5 ... 6 6 ... 16 • Shielded m (ft) 150 (492) 150 (492) 150 (492) • Unshielded m (ft) 150 (492) 150 (492) 150 (492) IP20 IP20 IP20 5 Input current 4) Line supply connection U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3 • Conductor cross-section mm2 Motor connection U2, V2, W2 • Conductor cross-section Motor cable length, max. Degree of protection Dimensions • Width mm (in) 126 (4.96) 154 (6.06) 200 (7.87) • Height mm (in) 238 (9.37) 345 (13.58) 411 (16.18) - Without operator panel mm (in) 171 (6.73) 171 (6.73) 171 (6.73) - With operator panel, max. mm (in) 254 (10.00) 254 (10.00) 254 (10.00) FSA FSB FSC • Depth Frame size Weight, approx. With integrated line filter • Without integrated line filter kg (lb) 1.8 (3.97) 3.4 (7.50) 5.8 (12.8) • With integrated line filter kg (lb) 2 (4.41) 3.7 (8.16) 6.3 (13.9) 1) The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). 2) The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO). 3) Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311 4) The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance and applies for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The rated input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) – these current values are specified on the rating plate. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/69 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC PM240-2 Power Modules push-through variant Without integrated line filter 6SL3211-1PE18-0UL1 6SL3211-1PE21-8UL0 6SL3211-1PE23-3UL0 With integrated line filter class A 6SL3211-1PE18-0AL1 6SL3211-1PE21-8AL0 6SL3211-1PE23-3AL0 Output current at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC • Rated current Irated 1) A 7.7 18 32 • Base-load current IL1) A 7.7 18 32 • Base-load current IH2) A 5.9 13.2 26 • Maximum current Imax A 11.8 27 52 Rated power 5 • Based on IL kW (hp) 3 (4) 7.5 (10) 15 (20) • Based on IH kW 2.2 (3) 5.5 (7.5) 11 (15) Rated pulse frequency kHz 4 4 4 >96 >97 >97 0.113 0.239 0.385 Efficiency η Power loss 3) At rated current kW Cooling air requirement m3/s (ft3/s) 0.007 (0.2) 0.0092 (0.325) 0.0185 (0.65) Sound pressure level LpA (1 m) dB <56 <62 <65 24 V DC power supply for Control Unit A 1 1 1 • Rated current A 10.1 22.2 39.9 • Based on IH A 8.8 19.8 36 Screw terminals, plug-in Screw terminals, plug-in Screw terminals, plug-in 1.5 ... 2.5 1.5 ... 6 6 ... 16 Screw terminals, plug-in Screw terminals, plug-in Screw terminals, plug-in mm2 1.5 ... 2.5 1.5 ... 6 6 ... 16 • Without filter, shielded/unshielded m (ft) 150/150 (492/492) 150/150 (492/492) 150/150 (492/492) • With integrated filter class A, shielded/unshielded m (ft) 50/100 (164/328) 100/100 (328/328) 5) 150/150 (492/492) 5) IP20 IP20 IP20 Input current 4) Line supply connection U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3 • Conductor cross-section mm2 Motor connection U2, V2, W2 • Conductor cross-section Motor cable length, max. Degree of protection Dimensions • Width mm (in) 126 (4.96) 154 (6.06) 200 (7.87) • Height mm (in) 238 (9.37) 345 (13.58) 411 (16.18) - Without operator panel mm (in) 171 (6.73) 171 (6.73) 171 (6.73) - With operator panel, max. mm (in) 254 (10.00) 254 (10.00) 254 (10.00) FSA FSB FSC • Depth Frame size Weight, approx. With integrated line filter • Without integrated line filter kg (lb) 1.7 (3.75) 3.6 (7.94) 5.8 (12.8) • With integrated line filter kg (lb) 1.8 (3.97) 3.9 (8.60) 6.3 (13.9) 1) The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). 2) The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO). 3) Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311 5/70 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 4) The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance and applies for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The rated input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) – these current values are specified on the rating plate. 5) The values apply with low-capacitance CY cables - the max. permissible motor cable length is 50 m (164 ft) (shielded) as standard. © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Technical specifications PM240 Power Modules Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC PM240 Power Modules Without integrated line filter 6SL3224-0XE41-3UA0 6SL3224-0XE41-6UA0 6SL3224-0XE42-0UA0 Output current at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC • Rated current Irated 1) A 302 370 477 • Base-load current IL1) A 302 370 477 • Base-load current IH2) A 250 302 370 • Maximum current Imax A 400 483 592 Rated power • Based on IL kW (hp) 160 (250) 200 (300) 250 (400) • Based on IH kW (hp) 132 (200) 160 (250) 200 (300) Rated pulse frequency kHz 2 2 2 >0.98 >0.98 >0.98 4.163 4.783 5.911 Efficiency η Power loss 3) At rated current kW Cooling air requirement m3/s (ft3/s) 0.36 (12.7) 0.36 (12.7) 0.36 (12.7) Sound pressure level LpA (1 m) dB <69 <69 <69 24 V DC power supply for Control Unit A 1 1 1 5 Rated input current 4) • With line reactor A 245 297 354 • Without line reactor A 297 354 442 Length of cable to braking resistor, max. m (ft) 50 (164) 50 (164) 50 (164) M10 screw stud M10 screw stud M10 screw stud 2 × 240 2 × 240 2 × 240 M10 screw stud M10 screw stud M10 screw stud 2 × 240 2 × 240 2 × 240 On housing with M10 screw On housing with M10 screw On housing with M10 screw Line supply connection U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3 • Conductor cross-section mm2 Motor connection U2, V2, W2 • Conductor cross-section mm2 PE connection Motor cable length 5), max. • Shielded m (ft) 200 (656) 200 (656) 200 (656) • Unshielded m (ft) 300 (984) 300 (984) 300 (984) IP20 IP20 IP20 Degree of protection Dimensions • Width mm (in) 326 (12.83) 326 (12.83) 326 (12.83) • Height mm (in) 1533 (60.35) 1533 (60.35) 1533 (60.35) • Depth mm (in) 547 (21.54) 547 (21.54) 547 (21.54) FSGX FSGX FSGX 174 (384) 174 (384) 174 (384) Frame size Weight, approx. kg (lb) 1) The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). 2) The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO). 3) Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311 4) The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance. The input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. These current values without line reactor are specified on the rating plate of the Power Module. 5) Max. motor cable length 25 m (82 ft) (shielded) for PM240 Power Modules with integrated line filter to maintain the limit values acc.to EN 61800-3 Category C2. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/71 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Technical specifications PM250 Power Modules Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC PM250 Power Modules With integrated line filter 6SL3225-0BE25-5AA1 6SL3225-0BE27-5AA1 6SL3225-0BE31-1AA1 Output current at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC • Rated current Irated 1) A 18 25 32 • Base-load current IL1) A 18 25 32 • Base-load current IH2) A 13.2 19 26 • Maximum current Imax A 26.4 38 52 Rated power 5 • Based on IL kW (hp) 7.5 (10) 11 (15) 15 (20) • Based on IH kW (hp) 5.5 (7.5) 7.5 (10) 11 (15) Rated pulse frequency kHz 4 4 4 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.298 0.488 0.472 Efficiency η Power loss 3) At rated current kW Cooling air requirement m3/s (ft3/s) 0.038 (1.3) 0.038 (1.3) 0.038 (1.3) Sound pressure level LpA (1 m) dB <60 <60 <60 24 V DC power supply for Control Unit A 1 1 1 • Rated current A 18 25 32 • Based on IH A 13.2 19 26 Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals 2.5 ... 10 2.5 ... 10 2.5 ... 10 Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals 2.5 ... 10 2.5 ... 10 2.5 ... 10 On housing with M5 screw On housing with M5 screw On housing with M5 screw Input current 4) Line supply connection U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3 • Conductor cross-section mm2 Motor connection U2, V2, W2 • Conductor cross-section mm2 PE connection Motor cable length, max. • Shielded m (ft) 25 (82) 25 (82) 25 (82) • Unshielded m (ft) 100 (328) 100 (328) 100 (328) IP20 IP20 IP20 Degree of protection Dimensions • Width mm (in) 189 (7.44) 189 (7.44) 189 (7.44) • Height mm (in) 334 (13.15) 334 (13.15) 334 (13.15) - Without operator panel mm (in) 185 (7.28) 185 (7.28) 185 (7.28) - With operator panel, max. mm (in) 268 (10.55) 268 (10.55) 268 (10.55) FSC FSC FSC 7.5 (16.5) 7.5 (16.5) 7.5 (16.5) • Depth Frame size Weight, approx. kg (lb) 1) The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). 2) The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO). 3) Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311 5/72 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 4) The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance and applies for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The rated input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) – these current values are specified on the rating plate. © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC PM250 Power Modules Without integrated line filter 6SL3225-0BE31-5UA0 6SL3225-0BE31-8UA0 6SL3225-0BE32-2UA0 With integrated line filter 6SL3225-0BE31-5AA0 6SL3225-0BE31-8AA0 6SL3225-0BE32-2AA0 Output current at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC • Rated current Irated 1) A 38 45 60 • Base-load current IL1) A 38 45 60 • Base-load current IH2) A 32 38 45 • Maximum current Imax A 64 76 90 Rated power • Based on IL kW (hp) 18.5 (25) 22 (30) 30 (40) • Based on IH kW (hp) 15 (20) 18.5 (25) 22 (30) Rated pulse frequency kHz 4 4 4 >0.97 >0.97 >0.97 0.576 0.693 0.918 Efficiency η 3) Power loss At rated current kW Cooling air requirement m3/s (ft3/s) 0.022 (0.8) 0.022 (0.8) 0.039 (1.4) Sound pressure level LpA (1 m) dB <60 <60 <61 24 V DC power supply for Control Unit A 1 1 1 • Rated current A 36 42 56 • Based on IH A 30 36 42 M6 screw stud M6 screw stud M6 screw stud 10 ... 35 10 ... 35 10 ... 35 M6 screw stud M6 screw stud M6 screw stud 10 ... 35 10 ... 35 10 ... 35 On housing with M6 screw On housing with M6 screw On housing with M6 screw 5 Input current 4) Line supply connection U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3 • Conductor cross-section mm2 Motor connection U2, V2, W2 • Conductor cross-section mm2 PE connection Motor cable length 5), max. • Shielded m (ft) 50 (164) 50 (164) 50 (164) • Unshielded m (ft) 100 (328) 100 (328) 100 (328) IP20 IP20 IP20 mm (in) 275 (10.83) 275 (10.83) 275 (10.83) - Without integrated line filter mm (in) 419 (16.50) 419 (16.50) 419 (16.50) - With integrated line filter mm (in) 512 (20.16) 512 (20.16) 512 (20.16) - Without operator panel mm (in) 204 (8.03) 204 (8.03) 204 (8.03) - With operator panel, max. mm (in) 278 (10.94) 278 (10.94) 278 (10.94) FSD FSD FSD Degree of protection Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth Frame size Weight, approx. • Without integrated line filter kg (lb) 13 (28.7) 13 (28.7) 13 (28.7) • With integrated line filter kg (lb) 15 (33.1) 15 (33.1) 16 (35.3) 1) The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). 2) The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO). 3) Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311 4) The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance and applies for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The rated input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) – these current values are specified on the rating plate. 5) Max. motor cable length 25 m (82 ft) (shielded) for PM250 Power Modules with integrated line filter to maintain the limit values of EN 61800-3 Category C2. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/73 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC PM250 Power Modules Without integrated line filter 6SL32250BE33-0UA0 6SL32250BE33-7UA0 6SL32250BE34-5UA0 6SL32250BE35-5UA0 6SL32250BE37-5UA0 With integrated line filter 6SL32250BE33-0AA0 6SL32250BE33-7AA0 6SL32250BE34-5AA0 6SL32250BE35-5AA0 6SL32250BE37-5AA0 Output current at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC • Rated current Irated 1) A 75 90 110 145 178 • Base-load current IL1) A 75 90 110 145 178 • Base-load current IH2) A 60 75 90 110 145 • Maximum current Imax A 120 150 180 220 290 • Based on IL kW (hp) 37 (50) 45 (60) 55 (75) 75 (100) 90 (125) • Based on IH kW (hp) 30 (40) 37 (50) 45 (60) 55 (75) 75 (100) Rated pulse frequency kHz 4 4 4 4 4 >0.97 >0.97 >0.97 >0.97 >0.97 1.01 1.217 1.605 2.234 2.638 Rated power 5 Efficiency η Power loss 3) At rated current kW Cooling air requirement m3/s (ft3/s) 0.022 (0.8) 0.039 (1.4) 0.094 (3.3) 0.094 (3.3) 0.117 (4.1) Sound pressure level LpA (1 m) dB <60 <62 <60 <60 <65 24 V DC power supply for Control Unit A 1 1 1 1 1 • Rated current A 70 84 102 135 166 • Based on IH A 56 70 84 102 135 Line supply connection U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3 M6 screw studs M6 screw studs M8 screw studs M8 screw studs M8 screw studs • Conductor cross-section, max. mm2 10 ... 50 10 ... 50 25 ... 120 25 ... 120 25 ... 120 Motor connection U2, V2, W2 M6 screw studs M6 screw studs M8 screw studs M8 screw studs M8 screw studs • Conductor cross-section, max. mm2 10 ... 50 10 ... 50 25 ... 120 25 ... 120 25 ... 120 PE connection On housing with M6 screw On housing with M6 screw On housing with M8 screw On housing with M8 screw On housing with M8 screw Input current 4) Motor cable length 5), max. • Shielded m (ft) 50 (164) 50 (164) 50 (164) 50 (164) 50 (164) • Unshielded m (ft) 100 (328) 100 (328) 100 (328) 100 (328) 100 (328) IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 mm (in) 275 (10.83) 275 (10.83) 350 (13.78) 350 (13.78) 350 (13.78) - Without integrated line filter mm (in) 499 (19.65) 499 (19.65) 634 (24.96) 634 (24.96) 634 (24.96) - With integrated line filter mm (in) 635 (25.0) 635 (25.0) 934 (36.77) 934 (36.77) 934 (36.77) - Without operator panel mm (in) 204 (8.03) 204 (8.03) 316 (12.44) 316 (12.44) 316 (12.44) - With operator panel, max. mm (in) 278 (10.94) 278 (10.94) 390 (15.35) 390 (15.35) 390 (15.35) FSE FSE FSF FSF FSF Degree of protection Dimensions • Width • Height • Depth Frame size Weight, approx. • Without integrated line filter kg (lb) 14 (30.9) 14 (30.9) 35 (77.2) 35 (77.2) 35 (77.2) • With integrated line filter kg (lb) 21 (46.3) 21 (46.3) 51 (112.5) 51 (112.5) 51 (112.5) 1) The rated output current Irated and the base-load current IL are based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). 2) The base-load current IH is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO). 3) Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311 5/74 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 4) The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance and applies for a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. The rated input currents apply for a load at rated power (based on Irated) – these current values are specified on the rating plate. 5) Max. motor cable length 25 m (82 ft) (shielded) for PM250 Power Modules with integrated line filter to maintain the limit values of EN 61800-3 Category C2. © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Characteristic curves Derating data, PM230 Power Modules Pulse frequency Rated power 1) at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC Rated output current in A for a pulse frequency of kW hp 4 kHz 6 kHz 8 kHz 10 kHz 12 kHz 14 kHz 16 kHz 0.37 0.5 1.3 1.11 0.91 0.78 0.65 0.59 0.52 0.55 0.75 1.7 1.45 1.19 1.02 0.85 0.77 0.68 0.75 1 2.2 1.87 1.54 1.32 1.1 0.99 0.88 1.1 1.5 3.1 2.64 2.17 1.86 1.55 1.4 1.24 1.5 2 4.1 3.49 2.87 2.46 2.05 1.85 1.64 2.2 3 5.9 5.02 4.13 3.54 2.95 2.66 2.36 3 4 7.7 6.55 5.39 4.62 3.85 3.47 3.08 4 5 10.2 8.67 7.14 6.12 5.1 4.59 4.08 5.5 7.5 13.2 11.22 9.24 7.92 6.6 5.94 5.28 7.5 10 18 15.3 12.6 10.8 9 8.1 7.2 11 15 26 22.1 18.2 15.6 13 11.7 10.4 15 20 32 27.2 22.4 19.2 16 14.4 12.8 18.5 25 38 32.3 26.6 22.8 19 17.1 15.2 22 30 45 38.25 31.5 27 22.5 20.25 18 30 40 60 51 42 36 30 27 24 37 50 75 63.75 52.5 45 37.5 33.75 30 45 60 90 76.5 63 54 45 40.5 36 55 75 110 93.5 77 66 55 49.5 44 75 100 145 123.3 101.5 – – – – 1) 5 Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/75 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Characteristic curves Derating data, PM230 Power Modules (continued) Note: Ambient temperature The operating temperature ranges of the Control Units should be taken into account. The temperature ranges are specified in the section Technical specifications under Control Units. 100 Installation altitude G_D011_EN_00457 35 25 0 -10 (14) 0 (32) 10 (50) 20 (68) 30 (86) 5 40 (104) 50 °C 60 (122)(°F)(140) Ambient temperature Permissible output current as a function of ambient temperature for low overload (LO) for PM230 Power Modules, frame sizes FSA to FSC Note: The connected motors, power elements and components must be considered separately. G_D011_EN_00309 85 75 % 50 35 25 0 0 (32) 10 (50) 20 (68) 30 (86) 40 (104) 100 % 50 °C 60 (122) (°F) (140) 90 80 G_D011_EN_00104 100 70 Ambient temperature 60 0 1000 (3281) 0 -10 (14) 0 (32) 10 (50) 20 (68) 30 (86) 40 (104) 50 °C 60 (122)(°F)(140) 60 40 20 Ambient temperature 0 340 360 342 Permissible output current as a function of ambient temperature for high overload (HO) for PM230 Power Modules, frame sizes FSA to FSC 380 400 420 440 460 480 500 520 V 540 528 Line voltage 50 25 0 10 (50) 20 (68) 30 (86) 40 (104) 50 °C 60 (122) (°F) (140) Ambient temperature Permissible output current as a function of ambient temperature for high overload (HO) for PM230 Power Modules, frame sizes FSD to FSF Permissible rated power Permissible output current as a function of the line voltage for PM230 Power Modules, frame sizes FSA to FSF 100 % 75 G_D011_EN_00308 Permissible output current 100 % 80 G_D011_EN_00324 25 Permissible output current System operating voltage 50 0 (32) 2000 3000 m 4000 (6562) (9843) (ft) (13124) Installation altitude above sea level Permissible output current as a function of the installation altitude for PM230 Power Modules, frame sizes FSA to FSF 100 % 75 G_D011_EN_00458 Permissible output current Permissible output current as a function of ambient temperature for low overload (LO) for PM230 Power Modules, frame sizes FSD to FSF 100 % 80 60 G_D011_EN_00325 Permissible output current Permissible line supplies depending on the installation altitude • Installation altitude up to 2000 m (6562 ft) above sea level - Connection to every supply system permitted for the inverter • Installation altitudes between 2000 m and 4000 m (6562 ft and 13124 ft) above sea level - Connection to a TN system with grounded neutral point - TN systems with grounded line conductor are not permitted - The TN line system with grounded neutral point can also be supplied using an isolation transformer - The phase-to-phase voltage does not have to be reduced Permissible output current Permissible output current 85 75 % 50 40 20 0 340 360 342 380 400 420 440 460 480 500 520 V 540 528 Line voltage Permissible rated power as a function of the line voltage for PM230 Power Modules, frame sizes FSA to FSF 5/76 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Characteristic curves Derating data, PM240-2 Power Modules Pulse frequency Rated power 1) at 50 Hz 200 V 1 AC/3 AC Rated output current in A for a pulse frequency of kW hp 4 kHz 6 kHz 8 kHz 10 kHz 12 kHz 14 kHz 16 kHz 0.55 0.75 3.2 2.6 2.1 1.8 1.5 1.4 1.2 0.75 1 4.2 3.3 2.7 2.3 2 1.8 1.6 1.1 1.5 6 4.7 3.9 3.3 2.8 2.5 2.2 1.5 2 7.4 6.3 5.2 4.4 3.7 3.3 3 2.2 3 10.4 8.8 7.3 6.2 5.2 4.7 4.2 3 4 13.6 11.6 9.5 8.2 6.8 6.1 5.4 4 5 17.5 14.9 12.3 10.5 8.8 7.9 7 5.5 7.5 22 18.7 15.4 13.2 11 9.9 8.8 7.5 10 28 23.8 19.6 16.8 14 12.6 11.2 11 15 42 35.7 29.4 25.2 21 18.9 16.8 15 20 54 45.9 37.8 32.4 27 24.3 21.6 18.5 25 68 57.8 47.6 40.8 34 30.6 27.2 22 30 80 68 56 48 40 36 32 30 40 104 88.4 72.8 62.4 52 46.8 41.6 37 50 130 110.5 91 – – – – 45 60 154 130.9 107.8 – – – – 55 75 178 151.3 124.6 – – – – Rated power 1) at 50 Hz 400 V 3 AC Rated output current in A for a pulse frequency of kW hp 2 kHz 4 kHz 6 kHz 8 kHz 10 kHz 12 kHz 14 kHz 16 kHz 0.55 0.75 1.7 1.7 1.45 1.19 1.02 0.85 0.77 0.68 0.75 1 2.2 2.2 1.87 1.54 1.32 1.1 0.99 0.88 1.1 1.5 3.1 3.1 2.64 2.17 1.86 1.55 1.4 1.24 1.5 2 4.1 4.1 3.49 2.87 2.46 2.05 1.85 1.64 2.2 3 5.9 5.9 5.02 4.13 3.54 2.95 2.66 2.36 3 4 7.7 7.7 6.55 5.39 4.62 3.85 3.47 3.08 4 5 10.2 10.2 8.7 7.1 6.1 5.1 4.6 4.1 5.5 7.5 13.2 13.2 11.2 9.2 7.9 6.6 5.9 5.3 7.5 10 18 18 15.3 12.6 10.8 9 8.1 7.2 11 15 26 26 22.1 18.2 15.6 13 11.7 10.4 15 20 32 32 27.2 22.4 19.2 16 14.4 12.8 18.5 25 38 38 32.3 26.6 22.8 19 17.1 15.2 22 30 45 45 38.3 31.5 27 22.5 20.3 18 30 40 60 60 51 42 36 30 27 24 37 50 75 75 63.8 52.5 45 37.5 33.8 30 45 60 90 90 76.5 63 54 45 40.5 36 55 75 110 110 93.5 77 66 55 49.5 44 75 100 145 145 123.25 108.75 – – – – 90 125 178 178 151.3 133.5 – – – – 110 150 205 205 – – – – – – 132 200 250 250 – – – – – – 1) 5 Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/77 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Characteristic curves Derating data, PM240-2 Power Modules (continued) Rated output current in A for a pulse frequency of kW hp 2 kHz 4 kHz 6 kHz 8 kHz 10 kHz 12 kHz 14 kHz 16 kHz 11 10 14 8.4 – – – – – – 15 15 19 11.4 – – – – – – 18.5 20 23 13.8 – – – – – – 22 25 27 16.2 – – – – – – 30 30 35 21 – – – – – – 37 40 42 25.2 – – – – – – 45 50 52 31.2 – – – – – – 55 60 62 37.2 – – – – – – 75 75 80 48 – – – – – – 90 100 100 60 – – – – – – 110 100 115 69 – – – – – – 132 125 142 85.2 – – – – – – Ambient temperature 100 % 75 74 25 -10 (14) 0 (32) 10 (50) 20 (68) 30 (86) 50 G_D011_EN_00455 Permissible output current 50 G_D011_EN_00453 Permissible output current 100 % 75 66 25 -10 (14) 40 50 C° 60 (104) (122) (F°)(140) 0 (32) 10 (50) 20 (68) Ambient temperature 35 25 -10 (14) 0 (32) 10 (50) 20 (68) 30 (86) 40 50 C° 60 (104) (122) (F°)(140) Permissible output current as a function of ambient temperature for low overload (LO) for PM240-2 Power Modules, frame sizes FSD to FSF Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 50 G_D011_EN_00488 G_D011_EN_00489 50 5/78 50 C° 60 (122)(F°)(140) Permissible output current as a function of ambient temperature for high overload (HO) for PM240-2 Power Modules, frame sizes FSA to FSC Permissible output current 85 75 % Ambient temperature 1) 40 (104) 100 % 75 100 -20 (-4) 30 (86) Ambient temperature Permissible output current as a function of ambient temperature for low overload (LO) for PM240-2 Power Modules, frame sizes FSA to FSC Permissible output current 5 Rated power 1) at 50 Hz 690 V 3 AC 25 -20 (-4) -10 (14) 0 (32) 10 (50) 20 (68) 30 (86) 40 (104) 50 C° 60 (122)(F°)(140) Ambient temperature Permissible output current as a function of ambient temperature for high overload (HO) for PM240-2 Power Modules, frame sizes FSD to FSF © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Characteristic curves Derating data, PM240-2 Power Modules (continued) Note: Installation altitude Permissible line supplies depending on the installation altitude • Installation altitude up to 2000 m (6562 ft) above sea level - Connection to every supply system permitted for the inverter • Installation altitudes between 2000 m and 4000 m (6562 ft and 13124 ft) above sea level - Connection to a TN system with grounded neutral point - TN systems with grounded line conductor are not permitted - The TN line system with grounded neutral point can also be supplied using an isolation transformer - The phase-to-phase voltage does not have to be reduced 100 % 90 84 80 G_D011_EN_00490 Permissible output current The operating temperature ranges of the Control Units should be taken into account. The temperature ranges are specified in the section Technical specifications under Control Units. 70 68 60 0 1000 (3281) 2000 3000 m 4000 (6562) (9843) (ft) (13124) Installation altitude above sea level 5 Permissible output current as a function of the installation altitude for PM240-2 Power Modules System operating voltage Note: The rated output current remains constant over the 380 V to 480 V 3 AC voltage range. The connected motors, power elements and components must be considered separately. Derating data, PM240 Power Modules Pulse frequency Rated power at 400 V 3 AC Rated output current in A for a pulse frequency of kW hp 2 kHz 4 kHz 6 kHz 8 kHz 10 kHz 12 kHz 14 kHz 16 kHz 160 250 302 1) 250 – – – – – – 200 300 370 1) 302 – – – – – – 250 400 477 1) 370 – – – – – – Installation altitude 50 25 0 10 20 30 40 (32) (50) (68) (86) (104) 50 55 C° (122) (131) (F°) Ambient temperature Permissible line supplies depending on the installation altitude • Installation altitude up to 2000 m (6562 ft) above sea level - Connection to every supply system permitted for the inverter • Installation altitudes between 2000 m and 4000 m (6562 ft and 13124 ft) above sea level - Connection to a TN system with grounded neutral point - TN systems with grounded line conductor are not permitted - The TN line system with grounded neutral point can also be supplied using an isolation transformer - The phase-to-phase voltage does not have to be reduced Note: The connected motors, power elements and components must be considered separately. Reliable output current depending on the ambient temperature for low overload (LO) and for high overload (HO) for PM240 Power Modules, size FSGX The operating temperature ranges of the Control Units should be taken into account. The temperature ranges are specified in the section Technical specifications under Control Units. Permissible output current Note: 100 % 90 85 80 G_D011_EN_00347 100 % 85 75 G_D011_EN_00351 Permissible output current Ambient temperature 70 60 0 1000 (3281) 2000 (6562) 3000 (9843) m (ft) 4000 (13124) Installation altitude above sea level Permissible output current as a function of the installation altitude for PM240 Power Modules, frame size FSGX System operating voltage 1) The pulse frequency can only be switched over from 4 kHz (default) to 2 kHz for the low overload (LO) duty cycle. The rated output current remains constant over the 380 V to 480 V 3 AC voltage range. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/79 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Characteristic curves Derating data, PM250 Power Modules Pulse frequency Rated power at 400 V 3 AC kW hp 4 kHz 6 kHz 8 kHz 10 kHz 12 kHz 14 kHz 16 kHz 7.5 10 18 12.5 11.9 10.6 9.2 7.9 6.6 11 15 25 18.1 17.1 15.2 13.3 11.4 9.5 15 20 32 24.7 23.4 20.8 18.2 15.6 13 18.5 25 38 32 27 23 19 17 15 22 30 45 38 32 27 23 20 18 30 40 60 51 42 36 30 27 24 37 50 75 64 53 45 38 34 30 45 60 90 77 63 54 45 41 36 55 75 110 94 77 – – – – 75 100 145 123 102 – – – – 90 125 178 151 125 – – – – Ambient temperature Note: 25 10 (50) 20 (68) 30 (86) 40 (104) 60 0 Permissible output current as a function of ambient temperature for low overload (LO) for PM250 Power Modules, frame sizes FSC to FSF 1000 (3281) 2000 3000 m 4000 (6562) (9843) (ft) (13124) Installation altitude above sea level Permissible output current as a function of the installation altitude for PM250 Power Modules, frame sizes FSC to FSF 100 % 75 74 10 (50) 20 (68) 30 (86) 40 (104) 50 C° 60 (122) (F°) (140) 100 % 80 60 G_D011_EN_00324 G_D011_EN_00352 25 Permissible output current System operating voltage 50 40 20 0 340 360 342 Ambient temperature Permissible output current as a function of ambient temperature for high overload (HO) for PM250 Power Modules, frame sizes FSC to FSF 380 400 420 440 460 480 500 520 V 540 528 Line voltage The operating temperature ranges of the Control Units should be taken into account. The temperature ranges are specified in the section Technical specifications under Control Units. Installation altitude Permissible line supplies depending on the installation altitude • Installation altitude up to 2000 m (6562 ft) above sea level - Connection to every supply system permitted for the inverter • Installation altitudes between 2000 m and 4000 m (6562 ft and 13124 ft) above sea level - Connection to a TN system with grounded neutral point - TN systems with grounded line conductor are not permitted - The TN line system with grounded neutral point can also be supplied using an isolation transformer - The phase-to-phase voltage does not have to be reduced Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 Permissible rated power Permissible output current as a function of the line voltage for PM250 Power Modules, frame sizes FSC to FSF Note: 5/80 80 70 50 C° 60 (122) (F°) (140) Ambient temperature 0 (32) 90 100 % 80 60 G_D011_EN_00325 0 (32) 100 % G_D011_EN_00104 G_D011_EN_00350 Permissible output current 50 Permissible output current The connected motors, power elements and components must be considered separately. 100 % 75 66 Permissible output current 5 Rated output current in A for a pulse frequency of 40 20 0 340 360 342 380 400 420 440 460 480 500 520 V 540 528 Line voltage Permissible rated power as a function of the line voltage for PM250 Power Modules, frame sizes FSC to FSF © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Dimensional drawings PM230 Power Modules, degree of protection IP20, and PM240-2 Power Modules, standard versions e Drill pattern FSB - FSF e G_D011_EN_00388 b Drill pattern FSA f f d c a d 5 Principle dimension drawing and drill pattern for PM230 Power Modules, degree of protection IP20, standard variant, with/without integrated line filter class A and PM240-2 Power Modules, standard variant, with/without integrated line filter class A Frame size Dimensions in mm (inches) a (width) b (height) Cooling clearance 2) in mm (inches) Drilling dimensions in mm (inches) c (depth) 1) d e f top bottom Mounting front With bolts PM230 Power Modules, degree of protection IP20, standard variant, with/without integrated line filter class A FSA 73 (2.87) 196 (7.72) 165 (6.5) 62.3 (2.45) 186 (7.32) 6 (0.24) 80 (3.15) 100 (3.94) 0 (0) 3 × M4 FSB 100 (3.94) 292 (11.5) 165 (6.5) 80 (3.15) 281 (11.06) 6 (0.24) 80 (3.15) 100 (3.94) 0 (0) 4 × M4 FSC 140 (5.51) 355 (13.98) 165 (6.5) 120 (4.72) 343 (13.5) 6 (0.24) 80 (3.15) 100 (3.94) 0 (0) 4 × M5 FSD 275 (10.83) 419/512 204 (16.50/20.16 (8.03) ) 235 (9.25) 325/419 (12.8/16.5) 11 (0.43) 300 (11.81) 300 (11.81) 0 (0) 4 × M6 FSE 275 (10.83) 499/635 (19.65/25) 235 (9.25) 405/541 11 (15.94/21.3) (0.43) 300 (11.81) 300 (11.81) 0 (0) 4 x M6 FSF 350 (13.78) 634/934 316 (24.96/36.77 (12.44) ) 300 (11.81) 598/899 11 (23.54/35.39 (0.43) ) 350 (13.78) 350 (13.78) 0 (0) 4 × M8 204 (8.03) PM240-2 Power Modules, standard variant, with/without integrated line filter class A FSA 73 (2.87) 196 (7.72) 165 (6.5) 62.3 (2.45) 186 (7.32) 6 (0.24) 80 (3.15) 100 (3.94) 0 (0) 3 × M4 FSB 100 (3.94) 291 (11.46) 165 (6.5) 80 (3.15) 281 (11.06) 6 (0.24) 80 (3.15) 100 (3.94) 0 (0) 4 × M4 FSC 140 (5.51) 355 (13.98) 165 (6.5) 120 (4.72) 343 (13.5) 6 (0.24) 80 (3.15) 100 (3.94) 0 (0) 4 × M5 FSD 200 (7.87) 472 (18.58) 237 (9.33) 170 (6.69) 430 (16.93) 7 (0.28) 300 (11.81) 350 (13.78) 100 (3.94) 4 × M5 FSE 275 (10.83) 551 (21.69) 237 (9.33) 230 (9.06) 509 (20.04) 8.5 (0.33) 300 (11.81) 350 (13.78) 100 (3.94) 4 x M6 FSF 305 (12.01) 709 (27.9) 357 (14.06) 270 (10.63) 680 (26.77) 13 (0.51) 300 (11.81) 350 (13.78) 100 (3.94) 4 × M8 1) Increased depth: • When the CU230P-2 Control Unit is plugged on, the depth increases by - 58 mm (2.28 in) for frame sizes FSA to FSC - 49 mm (1.93 in) for PM230 with frame sizes FSD to FSF - 16 mm (0.63 in) for PM240-2 with frame sizes FSD to FSF • When the CU240B-2 or CU240E-2 Control Unit is plugged on, the depth increases by - 40 mm (1.57 in) for frame sizes FSA to FSC - 31 mm (1.22 in) for PM230 with frame sizes FSD to FSF - 0 mm (0 in) for PM240-2 with frame sizes FSD to FSF • When the CU250S-2 Control Unit is plugged in, the depth increases by - 61 mm (2.4 in) for frame sizes FSA to FSC - 52 mm (2.05 in) for PM230 with frame sizes FSD to FSF - 19 mm (0.75 in) for PM240-2 with frame sizes FSD to FSF • When the IOP is plugged on, the depth increases by a further 22 mm (0.87 in) • When the BOP-2 is plugged on, the depth increases by a further 12 mm (0.47 in) 2) The Power Modules can be mounted side by side. A side clearance of 1 mm (0.04 in) is recommended for tolerance-related reasons. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/81 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Dimensional drawings PM230 Power Modules, degree of protection IP20, and PM240-2 Power Modules, push-through variants FSA, FSB FSC e e e b Rear view f f d a c d a Control cabinet Drill pattern and section Drill pattern and section h Control cabinet g h 5 Rear view b G_D011_EN_00387a e e f f Control cabinet g Principle dimension drawing and drill pattern for PM230 Power Modules, degree of protection IP20, push-through variant, with/without integrated line filter class A and PM240-2 Power Modules, push-through variant, with/without integrated line filter class A Frame size Dimensions in mm (inches) a (width) b (height) Drilling dimensions in mm (inches) c (depth) 1) d e f Section of cabinet in mm (inches) Cooling clearance in mm (inches) g (width) top h (height) bottom Mounting side 2) With bolts PM230 and PM240-2 Power Modules, degree of protection IP20, push-through variant, with/without integrated line filter class A FSA 125.9 (4.96) 238 (9.37) 171 (6.73) 106 (4.17) 103 (4.06) 27 (1.06) 88 (3.46) 198 (7.8) 80 (3.15) 100 (3.94) 0 (0) M5 FSB 153.9 (6.06) 345 (13.58) 171 (6.73) 134 (5.28) 147.5 (5.81) 34.5 (1.36) 116 (4.57) 304 (11.97) 80 (3.15) 100 (3.94) 0 (0) M5 FSC 200 (7.87) 410.5 (16.16) 171 (6.73) 174 (6.85) 123 (4.84) 30.5 (1.2) 156 (6.14) 365 (14.37) 80 (3.15) 100 (3.94) 0 (0) M5 1) Overall depth, of which 117.7 mm (4.63 in) is inside and 53.1 mm (2.09 in) is outside the control cabinet. Increased depth: • When the CU230P-2 Control Unit is plugged on, the depth increases by 58 mm (2.28 in) • When the CU240B-2 or CU240E-2 Control Unit is plugged on, the depth increases by 40 mm (1.57 in) • When the CU250S-2 Control Unit is plugged on, the depth increases by 61 mm (2.4 in). • When the IOP is plugged on, the depth increases by a further 22 mm (0.87 in) • When the BOP-2 is plugged on, the depth increases by a further 12 mm (0.47 in) 5/82 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 2) The Power Modules can be mounted side by side (mounting frame to mounting frame). A side clearance of 1 mm (0.04 in) is recommended for tolerance-related reasons. © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Power Modules ■ Dimensional drawings PM240 and PM250 Power Modules, IP20 degree of protection c + Control Unit + IOP/BOP-2 c + Control Unit c a d d b e Drill pattern FSC - FSF f f d G_D011_EN_00448 e 5 Drill pattern FSGX Principle dimension drawing and drill pattern for PM240 and PM250 Power Modules, degree of protection IP20, with/without integrated line filter class A Frame size Dimensions in mm (inches) a (width) b (height) Drilling dimensions in mm (inches) c (depth) 1) d Cooling clearance in mm (inches) e f Mounting top/bottom side front With bolts, nuts and washers 250/150 (9.84/5.91) 0 (0) 50 (1.97) 6 x M8 PM240 Power Modules, degree of protection IP20, with/without integrated line filter class A FSGX 326 (12.9) 1533 (60.35) 547 (21.6) 125 (4.92) 1506 (59.29) 14.5 (0.57) PM250 Power Modules, degree of protection IP20, with/without integrated line filter class A FSC 189 (7.44) 334 (13.15) 185 (7.28) 167 (6.57) 323 (12.72) 6 (0.24) 125 (4.92) 50 (1.97) 2) 0 (0) 4 × M5 FSD 275 (10.83) 419/512 (16.5/20.16) 204 (8.03) 235 (9.25) 325/419 (12.8/16.5) 11 (0.43) 300 (11.81) 0 (0) 0 (0) 4 × M8 FSE 275 (10.83) 499/635 (19.65/25) 204 (8.03) 235 (9.25) 405/541 (15.94/21.3) 11 (0.43) 300 (11.81) 0 (0) 0 (0) 4 × M8 FSF 350 (13.78) 634/934 316 (24.96/36.77) (12.44) 300 (11.81) 598/899 11 (23.54/35.39) (0.43) 350 (13.78) 0 (0) 0 (0) 4 × M8 1) Increased depth: • When the CU230P-2 Control Unit is plugged on, the depth increases by - 58 mm (2.28 in) for frame size FSC - 49 mm (1.93 in) for frame sizes FSD to FSF • When the CU240B-2 or CU240E-2 Control Unit is plugged on, the depth increases by - 40 mm (1.57 in) for frame size FSC - 31 mm (1.22 in) for frame sizes FSD to FSF • When the CU250S-2 Control Unit is plugged in, the depth increases by - 61 mm (2.4 in) for frame size FSC - 52 mm (2.05 in) for frame sizes FSD to FSF • When the IOP is plugged on, the depth increases by a further 22 mm (0.87 in) • When the BOP-2 is plugged on, the depth increases by a further 12 mm (0.47 in) • With the PM240 Power Module, frame size FSGX, the depth does not increase when devices are plugged on. 2) Up to 40 °C (104 °F) without any lateral clearance. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/83 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Line-side components > Line filters ■ Overview With one of the additional line filters, the Power Module reaches a higher radio interference class. 5 Line filter for PM240 Power Modules frame size FSGX ■ Integration PM230 Power Modules in degree of protection IP20, frame sizes FSA to FSF, are available both with and without an integrated line filter class A. PM250 Power Modules, frame size FSC, are available only with integrated line filter class A. To achieve class B, these Power Modules must be additionally fitted with a base filter class B. External line filters class A are available for PM240 Power Modules, frame size FSGX. Line filters that are optionally available depending on the Power Module used Frame size FSA FSB FSC FSD FSE FSF FSGX – Line filter class A F F F F F F – Line filter class B U 1) U 1) U 1) S S S – PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20 Available frame sizes Line-side power components PM240-2 Power Module with integrated braking chopper Available frame sizes • 200 V versions 2) 2) 2 – • 400 V versions – • 690 V versions – – – – I 2) I 2) I 2) – – – – – Line-side power components Line filter class A Line filter class B (only for 400 V versions) I U I 1) U I 1) U 1) PM240 Power Module without integrated braking chopper Available frame sizes – – – – – – – – – – – – S 3) Line-side power components Line filter class A PM250 Power Module with line-commutated energy recovery – – – Line filter class A – – I F F F – Line filter class B – – U – – – – Available frame sizes Line-side power components U S I F – = = = = = Base component Lateral mounting Integrated Power Modules available with and without integrated class A filter Not possible 5/84 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 1) Lateral mounting is the only possible option for push-through variants. 2) PM240-2 200 V versions, frame sizes FSD to FSF are only available without integrated line filter. 3) PM240 Power Modules, frame size FSGX, are available only without an integrated filter class A. An optional line filter class A for lateral mounting is available instead. © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Line-side components > Line filters ■ Selection and ordering data Rated power kW PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20 standard variant Line filter class B according to EN 55011 hp Type 6SL3210-... Frame size Article No. 0.37 0.5 1NE11-3UL1 FSA 6SL3203-0BE17-7BA0 0.55 0.75 1NE11-7UL1 0.75 1 1NE12-2UL1 1.1 1.5 1NE13-1UL1 1.5 2 1NE14-1UL1 FSB 6SL3203-0BE21-8BA0 FSC 6SL3203-0BE23-8BA0 FSD 6SL3203-0BE27-5BA0 FSE 6SL3203-0BE31-1BA0 FSF 6SL3203-0BE31-8BA0 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 2.2 3 1NE15-8UL1 3 4 1NE17-7UL1 4 5 1NE21-0UL1 5.5 7.5 1NE21-3UL1 7.5 10 1NE21-8UL1 11 15 1NE22-6UL1 15 20 1NE23-2UL1 18.5 25 1NE23-8UL1 22 30 1NE24-5UL0 30 40 1NE26-0UL0 37 50 1NE27-5UL0 45 60 1NE28-8UL0 55 75 1NE31-1UL0 75 100 1NE31-5UL0 Rated power kW PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20 push-through variant hp Line filter class B according to EN 55011 Type 6SL3211-... Frame size Article No. 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 3 4 1NE17-7UL1 FSA 6SL3203-0BE17-7BA0 7.5 10 1NE21-8UL1 FSB 6SL3203-0BE21-8BA0 18.5 25 1NE23-8UL1 FSC 6SL3203-0BE23-8BA0 Rated power kW PM240-2 Power Module standard variant Line filter class B according to EN 55011 hp Type 6SL3210-... Frame size Article No. 0.55 0.75 1PE11-8UL1 FSA 6SL3203-0BE17-7BA0 0.75 1 1PE12-3UL1 FSB 6SL3203-0BE21-8BA0 FSC 6SL3203-0BE23-8BA0 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 1.1 1.5 1PE13-2UL1 1.5 2 1PE14-3UL1 1PE16-1UL1 2.2 3 3 4 1PE18-0UL1 4 5 1PE21-1UL0 5.5 7.5 1PE21-4UL0 7.5 10 1PE21-8UL0 11 15 1PE22-7UL0 15 20 1PE23-3UL0 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/85 5 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Line-side components > Line filters ■ Selection and ordering data Rated power PM240-2 Power Module push-through variant kW Line filter class B according to EN 55011 hp Type 6SL3211-... Frame size Article No. 3 4 1PE18-0UL1 FSA 6SL3203-0BE17-7BA0 7.5 10 1PE21-8UL0 FSB 6SL3203-0BE21-8BA0 15 20 1PE23-3UL0 FSC 6SL3203-0BE23-8BA0 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Rated power PM240 Power Module kW Line filter class A according to EN 55011 hp Type 6SL3224-... Frame size Article No. 160 250 0XE41-3UA0 FSGX 6SL3000-0BE34-4AA0 200 300 0XE41-6UA0 250 400 0XE42-0UA0 FSGX 6SL3000-0BE36-0AA0 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 5 Rated power PM250 Power Module kW Line filter class B according to EN 55011 hp Type 6SL3225-... Frame size Article No. 7.5 10 0BE25-5AA1 FSC 6SL3203-0BD23-8SA0 11 15 0BE27-5AA1 15 20 0BE31-1AA1 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 5/86 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Line-side components > Line filters ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Line filter class A 6SL3000-0BE34-4AA0 6SL3000-0BE36-0AA0 440 600 Line supply connection L1, L2, L3 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 Provided for busbar connection Provided for busbar connection Load connection U, V, W On housing via M10 screw stud On housing via M10 screw stud PE connection 1 × hole for M8 1 × hole for M10 Degree of protection IP00 IP00 Rated current A Dimensions • Width mm (in) 360 (14.17) 400 (15.75) • Height mm (in) 240 (9.45) 265 (10.43) • Depth mm (in) 116 (4.57) 140 (5.51) No No Possible as base component Weight, approx. kg (lb) 12.3 (27.1) 19 (41.9) Suitable for PM240 Power Module Type 6SL3224-0XE41-3UA0 6SL3224-0XE41-6UA0 6SL3224-0XE42-0UA0 • Frame size FSGX FSGX Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Line filter class B 5 6SL3203-0BD23-8SA0 Rated current A • Conductor cross-section 39.4 Screw terminals Line supply connection L1, L2, L3 mm2 4 Shielded cable Load connection U, V, W • Conductor cross-section mm2 3×4 • Length m (ft) 0.4 (1.31) PE connection On housing via M4 screw stud Degree of protection IP20 Dimensions • Width mm (in) 190 (7.48) • Height mm (in) 362 (14.25) • Depth mm (in) 55 (2.17) Yes Possible as base component Weight, approx. kg (lb) 2.3 (5.07) Suitable for PM250 Power Module Type 6SL3225-0BE25-5AA1 6SL3225-0BE27-5AA1 6SL3225-0BE31-1AA1 • Frame size FSC Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/87 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Line-side components > Line filters ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Line filter class B 6SL32030BE21-8BA0 6SL32030BE23-8BA0 6SL32030BE27-5BA0 6SL32030BE31-1BA0 6SL32030BE31-8BA0 Rated current A 11.4 23.5 49.4 72 105 204 Pulse frequency kHz 4 ... 16 4 ... 16 4 ... 16 4 ... 16 4 ... 16 4 ... 8 Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Line supply connection L1, L2, L3 • Conductor cross-section mm2 Load connection U, V, W 5 6SL32030BE17-7BA0 1 ... 2.5 2.5 ... 6 6 ... 16 16 ... 50 16 ... 50 35 ... 150 Shielded cable Shielded cable Shielded cable Shielded cable Shielded cable Shielded cable • Cable cross-section mm2 1.5 4 10 16 35 50 • Length m (ft) 0.45 (1.48) 0.5 (1.64) 0.54 (1.77) 1 (3.28) 1 (3.28) 1.1 (3.68) On housing via M5 screw stud On housing via M5 screw stud On housing via M6 screw stud On housing via M6 screw stud On housing via M8 screw stud On housing via M10 screw stud 1 ... 2.5 2.5 ... 6 6 ... 16 16 ... 50 35 ... 50 50 ... 150 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 PE connection • Conductor cross-section mm2 Degree of protection Dimensions • Width mm (in) 73 (2.87) 100 (3.94) 140 (5.51) 100 (3.94) 110 (4.33) 150 (5.91) • Height mm (in) 202 (7.95) 297 (11.69) 359 (14.13) 400 (15.75) 480 (18.90) 517 (20.35) • Depth mm (in) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 95 (3.74) 140 (5.51) 140 (5.51) 230 (9.06) Yes Yes Yes No No No Possible as base component Weight, approx. kg (lb) 1.75 (3.86) 4 (8.82) 7.3 (16.1) 7.6 (16.8) 11.9 (26.2) 21.7 (47.9) Suitable for PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20 standard variant Type 6SL32101NE11-3UL1 6SL32101NE11-7UL1 6SL32101NE12-2UL1 6SL32101NE13-1UL1 6SL32101NE14-1UL1 6SL32101NE15-8UL1 6SL32101NE17-7UL1 6SL32101NE21-0UL1 6SL32101NE21-3UL1 6SL32101NE21-8UL1 6SL32101NE22-6UL1 6SL32101NE23-2UL1 6SL32101NE23-8UL1 6SL32101NE24-5UL0 6SL32101NE26-0UL0 6SL32101NE27-5UL0 6SL32101NE28-8UL0 6SL32101NE31-1UL0 6SL32101NE31-5UL0 Suitable for PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20 push-through variant (lateral mounting only) Type 6SL32111NE17-7UL1 6SL32111NE21-8UL1 6SL32111NE23-8UL1 – – – Suitable for PM240-2 Power Module standard variant 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Type 6SL32101PE11-8UL1 6SL32101PE12-3UL1 6SL32101PE13-2UL1 6SL32101PE14-3UL1 6SL32101PE16-1UL1 6SL32101PE18-0UL1 6SL32101PE21-1UL0 6SL32101PE21-4UL0 6SL32101PE21-8UL0 6SL32101PE22-7UL0 6SL32101PE23-3UL0 – – – Suitable for PM240-2 Power Module Push-through variant 380 ... 480 V 3 AC (lateral mounting only) Type 6SL32111PE18-0UL1 6SL32111PE21-8UL0 6SL32111PE23-3UL0 – – – FSA FSB FSC FSD FSE FSF • Frame size 5/88 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Line-side components > Line reactors ■ Overview 5 Line reactor for PM240-2 Power Modules, frame size FSA Line reactor for PM240 Power Modules, frame size FSGX Line reactors smooth the current drawn by the inverter and thus reduce harmonic components in the line current. Through the reduction of the current harmonics, the thermal load on the power components in the rectifier and in the DC-link capacitors is reduced as well as the harmonic effects on the supply. The use of a line reactor increases the service life of the inverter. ■ Integration A DC link reactor is integrated in the PM240-2 Power Modules FSD to FSF and therefore no line reactor is required. Line reactors that are optionally available depending on the Power Module used Frame size FSA FSB FSC FSD FSE FSF FSGX – – 1) – 1) – 1) – 1) – 1) – 1) – PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20 Available frame sizes Line-side power components Line reactor 1) PM240-2 Power Module with integrated braking chopper Available frame sizes • 200 V versions 2) 2) 2) – • 400 V versions – • 690 V versions – – – – S S S I I I – Line-side power components Line reactors (only for 3 AC versions) PM240 Power Module without integrated braking chopper Available frame sizes – – – – – – – – – – – – S Line-side power components Line reactor PM250 Power Module with line-commutated energy recovery Available frame sizes – – – – – – 1) – 1) – 1) – 1) – Line-side power components Line reactor 1) S = Lateral mounting I = Integrated – = Not possible 1) A line reactor is not required and must not be used in conjunction with a PM230 or PM250 Power Module. 2) PM240-2 200 V versions, frame sizes FSD to FSF are only available without integrated line filter. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/89 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Line-side components > Line reactors ■ Selection and ordering data Rated power kW PM240-2 Power Module standard variant hp Line reactor Type 6SL3210-... Frame size Article No. FSA 6SL3203-0CE13-2AA0 FSB 6SL3203-0CE21-0AA0 FSC 6SL3203-0CE21-8AA0 FSC 6SL3203-0CE23-8AA0 FSA 6SL3203-0CE13-2AA0 FSA 6SL3203-0CE21-0AA0 FSB 6SL3203-0CE21-8AA0 FSC 6SL3203-0CE23-8AA0 200 ... 240 V 3 AC 5 0.55 0.75 1PB13-0 . L0 0.75 1 1PB13-8 . L0 1.1 1.5 1PB15-5 . L0 1.5 2 1PB17-4 . L0 2.2 3 1PB21-0 . L0 3 4 1PB21-4 . L0 4 5 1PB21-8 . L0 5.5 7.5 1PC22-2 . L0 7.5 10 1PC22-8 . L0 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 0.55 0.75 1PE11-8 . L1 0.75 1 1PE12-3 . L1 1.1 1.5 1PE13-2 . L1 1.5 2 1PE14-3 . L1 2.2 3 1PE16-1 . L1 3 4 1PE18-0 . L1 4 5 1PE21-1 . L0 5.5 7.5 1PE21-4 . L0 7.5 10 1PE21-8 . L0 11 15 1PE22-7 . L0 15 20 1PE23-3 . L0 Rated power kW PM240-2 Power Module push-through variant hp Line reactor Type 6SL3211-... Frame size Article No. 200 ... 240 V 3 AC 0.75 1 1PB13-8 . L0 FSA 6SL3203-0CE13-2AA0 2.2 3 1PB21-0 . L0 FSB 6SL3203-0CE21-0AA0 4 5 1PB21-8 . L0 FSC 6SL3203-0CE21-8AA0 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 3 4 1PE18-0 . L1 FSA 6SL3203-0CE21-0AA0 7.5 10 1PE21-8 . L0 FSB 6SL3203-0CE21-8AA0 15 20 1PE23-3 . L0 FSC 6SL3203-0CE23-8AA0 Rated power kW PM240 Power Module hp Line reactor Type 6SL3224-... Frame size Article No. 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 160 250 0XE41-3UA0 FSGX 6SL3000-0CE33-3AA0 200 300 0XE41-6UA0 FSGX 6SL3000-0CE35-1AA0 250 400 0XE42-0UA0 5/90 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Line-side components > Line reactors ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 200 ... 240 V 3 AC or 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Line reactor 6SL3203-0CE13-2AA0 6SL3203-0CE21-0AA0 6SL3203-0CE21-8AA0 6SL3203-0CE23-8AA0 Rated current A 4 11.3 22.3 47 Power loss at 50/60 Hz W 23/26 36/40 53/59 88/97 Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Line supply/load connection 1L1, 1L2, 1L3 2L1, 2L2, 2L3 mm2 4 4 10 16 PE connection M4 × 8; U washer; spring lock washer M4 × 8; U washer; spring lock washer M5 × 10; U washer; spring lock washer M5 × 10; U washer; spring lock washer Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 • Conductor cross-section Dimensions 5 • Width mm (in) 125 (4.92) 125 (4.92) 125 (4.92) 190 (7.48) • Height mm (in) 120 (4.72) 140 (5.51) 145 (5.71) 220 (8.66) • Depth mm (in) 71 (2.8) 71 (2.8) 91 (3.58) 91 (3.58) Weight, approx. kg (lb) 1.1 (2.43) 2.1 (4.63) 2.95 (6.5) 7.8 (17.2) Suitable for PM240-2 Power Module standard variant 200 ... 240 V 3 AC Type 6SL3210-1PB13-0 . L0 6SL3210-1PB13-8 . L0 6SL3210-1PB15-5 . L0 6SL3210-1PB17-4 . L0 6SL3210-1PB21-0 . L0 6SL3210-1PB21-4 . L0 6SL3210-1PB21-8 . L0 6SL3210-1PC22-2 . L0 6SL3210-1PC22-8 . L0 FSA FSB FSC FSC 6SL3210-1PE11-8 . L1 6SL3210-1PE12-3 . L1 6SL3210-1PE13-2 . L1 6SL3210-1PE14-3 . L1 6SL3210-1PE16-1 . L1 6SL3210-1PE18-0 . L1 6SL3210-1PE21-1 . L0 6SL3210-1PE21-4 . L0 6SL3210-1PE21-8 . L0 6SL3210-1PE22-7 . L0 6SL3210-1PE23-3 . L0 FSA FSA FSB FSC 6SL3211-1PB13-8 . L0 6SL3211-1PB21-0 . L0 6SL3211-1PB21-8 . L0 – FSA FSB FSC – – 6SL3211-1PE18-0 . L1 6SL3211-1PE21-8 . L0 6SL3211-1PE23-3 . L0 • Frame size – FSA FSB FSC Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Line reactor • Frame size Suitable for PM240-2 Power Module standard variant 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Type • Frame size Suitable for PM240-2 Power Module push-through variant 200 ... 240 V 3 AC Type • Frame size Suitable for PM240-2 Power Module push-through variant 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Type 6SL3000-0CE33-3AA0 6SL3000-0CE35-1AA0 Rated current A 331 508 Power loss at 50/60 Hz, approx. W 267 365 Line supply connection U1, V1, W1 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M12 Provided for busbar connection Provided for busbar connection Load connection Provided for busbar connection Provided for busbar connection PE connection M6 screw M6 screw Degree of protection IP00 IP00 Dimensions • Width mm (in) 270 (10.63) 300 (11.81) • Height mm (in) 248 (9.76) 269 (10.59) • Depth mm (in) 200 (7.87) 212 (8.35) Weight, approx. kg (lb) 27.8 (61.3) 38 (83.8) Suitable for PM240 Power Module Type 6SL3224-0XE41-3UA0 6SL3224-0XE41-6UA0 6SL3224-0XE42-0UA0 FSGX FSGX • Frame size Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/91 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Line-side components > Recommended line-side power components ■ Selection and ordering data The following tables list recommendations for additional lineside components, such as fuses and circuit breakers. The values in the table take into account the overload capability of the inverter. Notes for use in compliance with IEC standards: 3NA3 or 3NE1 fuses and 3RV motor starter protectors or 3VL circuit breakers are recommended for European countries. Notes for use in compliance with UL regulations: UL-listed fuses Class J, T, CC, G or CF (with rated voltage 250 V AC or 600 V AC) or 3NE1 (UL-compliant – corresponds to U) are required for North America. 5 Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR) according to UL Applies to industrial control panel installations to NEC Article 409 or UL 508A/508C • PM230: 65 kA (variants with IP20 degree of protection) • PM240-2: 100 kA (200 V versions), 100 kA (400 V versions), 65 kA (690 V versions) (the value depends on the fuses and circuit breakers used) • PM240: 65 kA • PM250: 40 kA (frame size FSC), 42 kA (frame sizes FSD to FSF) Rated power 1) kW hp Notes regarding installations in Canada: Overvoltage protection devices in accordance with overvoltage category III and with the following ratings must be connected on the line side of the inverter: • Rated voltage 480 V (phase-phase) and 480 V (phaseground) • Voltage limit 4 kV (phase-phase) and 6 kV (phase-ground) All overvoltage protection devices used must comply with Canadian standards for industrial installations. Further information, particularly regarding use in accordance with UL guidelines, is available at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/109479152 Additional information about the line-side power components can be found in Catalogs LV 10, IC 10 and IC 10 AO as well as the Industry Mall. PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20 standard variant IEC-compliant UL/cUL-compliant Fuse Fuse Type Fuse type Rated voltage 600 V AC Current Type 3NE1 (U) Type 3NE1 (U) 6SL3210-... Frame size A Article No. Article No. Class A Current 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 0.37 0.5 1NE11-3 . L1 FSA 16 3NE1813-0 3NE1813-0 J 15 0.55 0.75 1NE11-7 . L1 FSA 16 3NE1813-0 3NE1813-0 J 15 0.75 1 1NE12-2 . L1 FSA 16 3NE1813-0 3NE1813-0 J 15 1.1 1.5 1NE13-1 . L1 FSA 16 3NE1813-0 3NE1813-0 J 15 1.5 2 1NE14-1 . L1 FSA 16 3NE1813-0 3NE1813-0 J 15 2.2 3 1NE15-8 . L1 FSA 16 3NE1813-0 3NE1813-0 J 15 3 4 1NE17-7 . L1 FSA 16 3NE1813-0 3NE1813-0 J 15 4 5 1NE21-0 . L1 FSB 25 3NE1815-0 3NE1815-0 J 25 5.5 7.5 1NE21-3 . L1 FSB 25 3NE1815-0 3NE1815-0 J 25 7.5 10 1NE21-8 . L1 FSB 25 3NE1815-0 3NE1815-0 J 25 11 15 1NE22-6 . L1 FSC 50 3NE1817-0 3NE1817-0 J 50 15 20 1NE23-2 . L1 FSC 50 3NE1817-0 3NE1817-0 J 50 18.5 25 1NE23-8 . L1 FSC 50 3NE1817-0 3NE1817-0 J 50 22 30 1NE24-5 . L0 FSD 63 3NE1818-0 3NE1818-0 – – 30 40 1NE26-0 . L0 FSD 80 3NE1820-0 3NE1820-0 – – 37 50 1NE27-5 . L0 FSE 100 3NE1021-0 3NE1021-0 – – 45 60 1NE28-8 . L0 FSE 125 3NE1022-0 3NE1022-0 – – 55 75 1NE31-1 . L0 FSF 160 3NE1224-0 3NE1224-0 – – 75 100 1NE31-5 . L0 FSF 200 3NE1225-0 3NE1225-0 – – 1) Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). 5/92 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Line-side components > Recommended line-side power components ■ Selection and ordering data Rated power 1) kW hp PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20 push-through variant IEC-compliant UL/cUL-compliant Fuse Fuse Type 6SL3211-... Fuse type Rated voltage 600 V AC Current Type 3NE1 (U) Type 3NE1 (U) Frame size A Article No. Article No. Class A Current 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 3 4 1NE17-7 . L1 FSA 16 3NE1813-0 3NE1813-0 J 15 7.5 10 1NE21-8 . L1 FSB 25 3NE1815-0 3NE1815-0 J 25 18.5 25 1NE23-8 . L1 FSC 50 3NE1817-0 3NE1817-0 J 50 Rated power 1) kW hp PM240-2 Power Module standard variant IEC-compliant Type Current 6SL3210-... Frame size UL/cUL-compliant Fuse Circuit breaker Fuse type Rated voltage 250 V AC or 600 V AC Current A Article No. Article No. Class A 200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC 0.55 0.75 1PB13-0 . L0 FSA 16 3NA3805 3RV2011-4AA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 15 0.75 1 1PB13-8 . L0 FSA 16 3NA3805 3RV2011-4AA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 15 1.1 1.5 1PB15-5 . L0 FSB 32 3NA3812 3RV2021-4EA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 35 1.5 2 1PB17-4 . L0 FSB 32 3NA3812 3RV2021-4EA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 35 2.2 3 1PB21-0 . L0 FSB 32 3NA3812 3RV2021-4EA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 35 3 4 1PB21-4 . L0 FSC 50 3NA3820 3RV1031-4HA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 50 4 5 1PB21-8 . L0 FSC 50 3NA3820 3RV1031-4HA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 50 50 200 ... 240 V 3 AC 5.5 7.5 1PC22-2 . L0 FSC 50 3NA3820 3RV1031-4HA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 7.5 10 1PC22-8 . L0 FSC 50 3NA3820 3RV1031-4HA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 50 11 15 1PC24-2UL0 FSD 63 3NE1818-0 3RV1041-4JA10 J 60 70 15 20 1PC25-4UL0 FSD 80 3NE1820-0 3RV1041-4KA10 J 18.5 25 1PC26-8UL0 FSD 100 3NE1021-0 3RV1041-4LA10 J 90 22 30 1PC28-0UL0 FSE 100 3NE1021-0 3VL1712-2DD33-.... *) J 100 30 40 1PC31-1UL0 FSE 160 3NE1224-0 3VL1716-2DD33-.... *) J 150 37 50 1PC31-3UL0 FSF 200 3NE1225-0 3VL3720-3DC33-.... *) J 175 45 60 1PC31-6UL0 FSF 200 3NE1225-0 3VL3720-3DC33-.... *) J 200 55 75 1PC31-8UL0 FSF 250 3NE1227-0 3VL3725-3DC33-.... *) J 225 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 0.55 0.75 1PE11-8 . L1 FSA 16 3NA3805 3RV2011-4AA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 10 0.75 1 1PE12-3 . L1 FSA 16 3NA3805 3RV2011-4AA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 10 1.1 1.5 1PE13-2 . L1 FSA 16 3NA3805 3RV2011-4AA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 15 1.5 2 1PE14-3 . L1 FSA 16 3NA3805 3RV2011-4AA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 20 2.2 3 1PE16-1 . L1 FSA 16 3NA3805 3RV2011-4AA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 30 3 4 1PE18-0 . L1 FSA 16 3NA3805 3RV2011-4AA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 30 4 5 1PE21-1 . L0 FSB 32 3NA3812 3RV2021-4EA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 35 5.5 7.5 1PE21-4 . L0 FSB 32 3NA3812 3RV2021-4EA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 35 7.5 10 1PE21-8 . L0 FSB 32 3NA3812 3RV2021-4EA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 35 11 15 1PE22-7 . L0 FSC 50 3NA3820 3RV1031-4HA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 50 15 20 1PE23-3 . L0 FSC 50 3NA3820 3RV1031-4HA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 50 18.5 25 1PE23-8 . L0 FSD 63 3NE1818-0 3RV1041-4JA10 J 60 22 30 1PE24-5 . L0 FSD 80 3NE1820-0 3RV1041-4KA10 J 70 30 40 1PE26-0 . L0 FSD 100 3NE1021-0 3RV1041-4LA10 J 90 37 50 1PE27-5 . L0 FSD 100 3NE1021-0 3RV1041-4MA10 J 100 1) Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). *) See Catalog LV 10 for Article No. supplements. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/93 5 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Line-side components > Recommended line-side power components ■ Selection and ordering data Rated power 1) kW hp PM240-2 Power Module standard variant IEC-compliant Type Current 6SL3210-... Fuse UL/cUL-compliant Circuit breaker Fuse type Rated voltage 250 V AC or 600 V AC Current Frame size A Article No. Article No. Class A 380 ... 480 V 3 AC (continued) 5 45 60 1PE28-8 . L0 FSE 125 3NE1022-0 3VL1712-2DD33-.... *) J 125 55 75 1PE31-1 . L0 FSE 160 3NE1224-0 3VL1716-2DD33-.... *) J 150 75 100 1PE31-5 . L0 FSF 200 3NE1225-0 3VL3720-3DC33-.... *) J 200 90 125 1PE31-8 . L0 FSF 250 3NE1227-0 3VL3725-3DC33-.... *) J 225 110 150 1PE32-1 . L0 FSF 315 3NE1230-0 3VL4731-3DC36-.... *) J 300 350 3NE1331-0 3VL4740-3DC36-.... *) J 350 132 200 1PE32-5 . L0 FSF 500 ... 690 V 3 AC 11 10 1PH21-4 . L0 FSD 25 3NE1815-0 3RV1042-4BA10 J 20 15 15 1PH22-0 . L0 FSD 25 3NE1815-0 3RV1042-4EA10 J 25 18.5 20 1PH22-3 . L0 FSD 35 3NE1803-0 3RV1042-4EA10 J 30 22 25 1PH22-7 . L0 FSD 35 3NE1803-0 3VL1704-2DD33-.... *) J 35 30 30 1PH23-5 . L0 FSD 50 3NE1817-0 3VL1705-2DD33-.... *) J 45 37 40 1PH24-2 . L0 FSD 63 3NE1818-0 3VL1706-2DD33-.... *) J 60 45 50 1PH25-2 . L0 FSE 80 3NE1820-0 3VL1708-2DD33-.... *) J 80 55 60 1PH26-2 . L0 FSE 80 3NE1820-0 3VL1710-2DD33-.... *) J 80 75 75 1PH28-0 . L0 FSF 100 3NE1021-0 3VL1712-2DD33-.... *) J 100 90 100 1PH31-0 . L0 FSF 125 3NE1022-0 3VL1712-2DD33-.... *) J 125 110 100 1PH31-2 . L0 FSF 160 3NE1224-0 3VL1716-2DD33-.... *) J 150 132 125 1PH31-4 . L0 FSF 200 3NE1225-0 3VL3720-3DC33-.... *) J 200 Rated power 1) PM240-2 Power Module push-through variant IEC-compliant Fuse Type kW hp 6SL3211-... UL/cUL-compliant Circuit breaker Fuse type Rated voltage 250 V AC or 600 V AC Current Current Frame size A Article No. Article No. Class A 200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC 0.75 1 1PB13-8 . L0 FSA 16 3NA3805 3RV2011-4AA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 15 2.2 3 1PB21-0 . L0 FSB 32 3NA3812 3RV2021-4EA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 35 4 5 1PB21-8 . L0 FSC 50 3NA3820 3RV1031-4HA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 50 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 3 4 1PE18-0 . L1 FSA 16 3NA3805 3RV2011-4AA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 30 7.5 10 1PE21-8 . L0 FSB 32 3NA3812 3RV2021-4EA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 35 15 20 1PE23-3 . L0 FSC 50 3NA3820 3RV1031-4HA10 J, T, CC, G, CF 50 1) Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). *) See Catalog LV 10 for Article No. supplements. 5/94 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Line-side components > Recommended line-side power components ■ Selection and ordering data Rated power 1) PM240 Power Module IEC-compliant UL/cUL-compliant Fuse Type kW hp Circuit breaker Fuse Fuse type Rated voltage 600 V AC Type 3NE1 (U) Current Type 3NA3 6SL3224-... Frame size A Article No. Article No. Article No. Class Current A 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 160 250 0XE41-3UA0 FSGX 355 3NA3254 3VL4740-.DC36-.... *) 3NE1333-2 – – 200 300 0XE41-6UA0 FSGX 400 3NA3260 3VL5750-.DC36-.... *) 3NE1333-2 – – 250 400 0XE42-0UA0 FSGX 630 3NA3372 3VL5750-.DC36-.... *) 3NE1436-2 – – Rated power 1) PM250 Power Module IEC-compliant UL/cUL-compliant Fuse Type kW hp Circuit breaker Fuse Fuse type Rated voltage 600 V AC Type 3NE1 (U) Current Type 3NA3 6SL3225-... Frame size A Article No. Article No. Article No. Class Current A 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 7.5 10 0BE25-5AA1 FSC 20 3NA3807 3RV1031-4EA10 – K5 2) 50 11 15 0BE27-5AA1 FSC 32 3NA3812 3RV1031-4FA10 – K5 2) 50 15 20 0BE31-1AA1 FSC 35 3NA3814 3RV1031-4HA10 – K5 2) 50 18.5 25 0BE31-5UA0 FSD 50 3NA3820 3RV1042-4KA10 – – – 22 30 0BE31-8UA0 FSD 63 3NA3822 3RV1042-4KA10 30 40 0BE32-2UA0 FSD 80 3NA3824 3RV1042-4MA10 37 50 0BE33-0UA0 FSE 100 3NA3830 3VL1712-.DD33-.... *) 45 60 0BE33-7UA0 FSE 125 3NA3832 3VL1716-.DD33-.... *) 55 75 0BE34-5UA0 FSF 160 3NA3836 3VL3720-.DC36-.... *) 75 100 0BE35-5UA0 FSF 200 3NA3140 3VL3725-.DC36-.... *) 0BE31-5AA0 0BE31-8AA0 0BE32-2AA0 0BE33-0AA0 0BE33-7AA0 0BE34-5AA0 0BE35-5AA0 90 125 0BE37-5UA0 FSF 250 3VL4731-.DC36-.... *) 3NA3144 0BE37-5AA0 1) Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for low overload (LO). 3NE1817-0 – – – – – 3NE1818-0 – – – – – 3NE1820-0 – – – – – 3NE1021-0 – – – – – 3NE1022-0 – – – – – 3NE1224-0 J 150 – – – 3NE1225-0 J 200 – – – 3NE1227-0 J 250 2) Any UL-listed fuse may be used, e.g. Class K5, Class J, etc. *) See Catalog LV 10 for Article No. supplements. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/95 5 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) DC link components > Braking resistors ■ Overview Excess energy in the DC link is dissipated in the braking resistor. The braking resistors are intended for use with PM240 and PM240-2 Power Modules which feature an integrated braking chopper, but cannot regenerate energy to the supply system. There is an optional plug-in Braking Module for frame size FSGX. For regenerative operation, e.g. the braking of a rotating mass with high moment of inertia, a braking resistor must be connected to convert the resulting energy into heat. The braking resistors can be installed laterally next to the PM240 and PM240-2 Power Modules. The braking resistors for the Power Modules, frame sizes FSD to FSGX, should be placed outside the control cabinet or outside the switchgear room so that the heat is dissipated away from the Power Modules. The level of air conditioning required is therefore reduced. Every braking resistor has a temperature switch (UL-listed). The temperature switch should be evaluated to prevent consequential damage if the braking resistor overheats. 5 Braking resistor for PM240-2 Power Modules, frame size FSD Braking resistor for PM240 Power Modules, frame size FSGX ■ Integration Braking resistors that are optionally available depending on the Power Module used Frame size FSA FSB FSC FSD FSE FSF FSGX PM240-2 Power Module with integrated braking chopper Available frame sizes • 200 V versions 1) 1) 1) – • 400 V versions – • 690 V versions – – – – S S S S S S – DC link components Braking resistor PM240 Power Module without integrated braking chopper Available frame sizes – – – – – – – – – – – – S DC link components Braking resistor PM250 Power Module with line-commutated energy recovery Available frame sizes – – – – – – 2) – 2) – 2) – 2) – DC link components Braking resistor 2) S = Lateral mounting – = Not possible 1) PM240-2 200 V versions, frame sizes FSD to FSF are only available without integrated line filter. 5/96 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 2) A PM250 Power Module is capable of line-commutated energy feedback. A braking resistor cannot be connected and is not necessary. © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) DC link components > Braking resistors ■ Selection and ordering data Rated power kW PM240-2 Power Module standard variant hp Braking resistor Type 6SL3210-... Frame size Article No. FSA JJY:023146720008 FSB JJY:023151720007 FSC JJY:023163720018 FSC JJY:023433720001 FSD JJY:023422620002 FSE JJY:023423320001 FSF JJY:023434020003 FSA 6SL3201-0BE14-3AA0 FSA 6SL3201-0BE21-0AA0 FSB 6SL3201-0BE21-8AA0 FSC 6SL3201-0BE23-8AA0 FSD JJY:023422620001 FSD JJY:023424020001 FSE JJY:023434020001 FSF JJY:023454020001 FSF JJY:023464020001 FSD JJY:023424020002 FSE JJY:023434020002 FSF JJY:023464020002 200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC 0.55 0.75 1PB13-0 . L0 0.75 1 1PB13-8 . L0 1.1 1.5 1PB15-5 . L0 1.5 2 1PB17-4 . L0 2.2 3 1PB21-0 . L0 3 4 1PB21-4 . L0 4 5 1PB21-8 . L0 200 ... 240 V 3 AC 5.5 7.5 1PC22-2 . L0 7.5 10 1PC22-8 . L0 11 15 1PC24-2UL0 15 20 1PC25-4UL0 18.5 25 1PC26-8UL0 22 30 1PC28-0UL0 30 40 1PC31-1UL0 37 50 1PC31-3UL0 45 60 1PC31-6UL0 55 75 1PC31-8UL0 5 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 0.55 0.75 1PE11-8 . L1 0.75 1 1PE12-3 . L1 1.1 1.5 1PE13-2 . L1 1.5 2 1PE14-3 . L1 2.2 3 1PE16-1 . L1 3 4 1PE18-0 . L1 4 5 1PE21-1 . L0 5.5 7.5 1PE21-4 . L0 7.5 10 1PE21-8 . L0 11 15 1PE22-7 . L0 15 20 1PE23-3 . L0 18.5 25 1PE23-8 . L0 22 30 1PE24-5 . L0 30 40 1PE26-0 . L0 37 50 1PE27-5 . L0 45 60 1PE28-8 . L0 55 75 1PE31-1 . L0 75 100 1PE31-5 . L0 90 125 1PE31-8 . L0 110 150 1PE32-1 . L0 132 200 1PE32-5 . L0 500 ... 690 V 3 AC 11 10 1PH21-4 . L0 15 15 1PH22-0 . L0 18.5 20 1PH22-3 . L0 22 25 1PH22-7 . L0 30 30 1PH23-5 . L0 37 40 1PH24-2 . L0 45 50 1PH25-2 . L0 55 60 1PH26-2 . L0 75 75 1PH28-0 . L0 90 100 1PH31-0 . L0 110 100 1PH31-2 . L0 132 125 1PH31-4 . L0 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/97 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) DC link components > Braking resistors ■ Selection and ordering data Rated power kW PM240-2 Power Module push-through variant hp Type 6SL3211-... Braking resistor Frame size Article No. 200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC 0.75 1 1PB13-8 . L0 FSA JJY:023146720008 2.2 3 1PB21-0 . L0 FSB JJY:023151720007 4 5 1PB21-8 . L0 FSC JJY:023163720018 Rated power kW PM240-2 Power Module push-through variant hp Type 6SL3211-... Braking resistor Frame size Article No. 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 5 3 4 1PE18-0 . L1 FSA 6SL3201-0BE21-0AA0 7.5 10 1PE21-8 . L0 FSB 6SL3201-0BE21-8AA0 15 20 1PE23-3 . L0 FSC 6SL3201-0BE23-8AA0 Rated power kW PM240 Power Module hp Braking resistor Type 6SL3224-... Frame size Article No. 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 160 250 0XE41-3UA0 FSGX 1) 6SL3000-1BE31-3AA0 200 300 0XE41-6UA0 FSGX 1) 6SL3000-1BE32-5AA0 250 400 0XE42-0UA0 1) A Braking Module must be additionally ordered for connection. 5/98 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) DC link components > Braking resistors ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 200 V … 240 V 1 AC/3 AC Braking resistor JJY:023146720008 JJY:023151720007 JJY:023163720018 Resistance Ω 200 68 37 Rated power PDB (Continuous braking power) kW 0.0375 0.11 0.2 Peak power Pmax (load duration ta = 12 s with period t = 240 s) kW 0.75 2.2 4 Power connections Cable Cable Cable Thermostatic switch Integrated Integrated Integrated Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 Dimensions • Width mm (in) 167 (6.57) 217 (8.54) 337 (13.27) • Height mm (in) 60 (2.36) 60 (2.36) 60 (2.36) • Depth mm (in) 30 (1.18) 30 (1.18) 30 (1.18) Weight, approx. kg (lb) 0.5 (1.10) 0.7 (1.54) 1.1 (2.43) Suitable for PM240-2 Power Module standard variant Type 6SL3210-1PB13-0 . L0 6SL3210-1PB13-8 . L0 6SL3210-1PB15-5 . L0 6SL3210-1PB17-4 . L0 6SL3210-1PB21-0 . L0 6SL3210-1PB21-4 . L0 6SL3210-1PB21-8 . L0 Suitable for PM240-2 Power Module push-through variant Type 6SL3211-1PB13-8 . L0 6SL3211-1PB21-0 . L0 6SL3211-1PB21-8 . L0 • Frame size FSA FSB FSC Line voltage 200 V … 240 V 3 AC Braking resistor 5 JJY:023433720001 JJY:023422620002 JJY:023423320001 JJY:023434020003 Resistance Ω 20 7.5 4.5 2.5 Rated power PDB (Continuous braking power) kW 0.375 0.93 1.5 2.75 Peak power Pmax (load duration ta = 12 s with period t = 240 s) kW 7.5 18.5 30 55 Power connections Cable Cable Cable Cable Thermostatic switch Integrated Integrated Integrated Integrated Degree of protection IP20 IP21 IP21 IP21 Dimensions • Width mm (in) 337 (13.27) 470 (18.5) 560 (22.05) 630 (24.8) • Height mm (in) 120 (4.72) 220 (8.66) 220 (8.66) 350 (13.78) • Depth mm (in) 30 (1.18) 180 (7.09) 180 (7.09) 180 (7.09) Weight, approx. kg (lb) 2 (4.41) 7 (15.4) 8.5 (18.7) 13.5 (29.8) Suitable for Power Module PM240-2 Type 6SL3210-1PC22-2 . L0 6SL3210-1PC22-8 . L0 6SL3210-1PC24-2UL0 6SL3210-1PC25-4UL0 6SL3210-1PC26-8UL0 6SL3210-1PC28-0UL0 6SL3210-1PC31-1UL0 6SL3210-1PC31-3UL0 6SL3210-1PC31-6UL0 6SL3210-1PC31-8UL0 FSC FSD FSE FSF • Frame size Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/99 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) DC link components > Braking resistors ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 6SL3201-0BE14-3AA0 6SL3201-0BE21-0AA0 6SL3201-0BE21-8AA0 6SL3201-0BE23-8AA0 Resistance Ω 370 140 75 30 Rated power PDB (Continuous braking power) kW 0.075 0.2 0.375 0.925 Peak power Pmax (load duration ta = 12 s with period t = 240 s) kW 1.5 4 7.5 18.5 Terminal block Terminal block Terminal block Terminal block 2.5 2.5 2.5 6 Thermostatic switch NC contact NC contact NC contact NC contact • Contact load, max. 250 V AC/2.5 A 250 V AC/2.5 A 250 V AC/2.5 A 250 V AC/2.5 A 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 • Via terminal block Yes Yes Yes Yes • PE connection on housing M4 screw M4 screw M4 screw M4 screw Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 Power connection • Conductor cross-section 5 Braking resistor • Conductor cross-section mm2 mm2 PE connection Dimensions • Width mm (in) 105 (4.13) 105 (4.13) 175 (6.89) 250 (9.84) • Height mm (in) 295 (11.61) 345 (13.58) 345 (13.58) 490 (19.29) • Depth mm (in) 100 (3.94) 100 (3.94) 100 (3.94) 140 (5.51) Weight, approx. kg (lb) 1.48 (3.26) 1.8 (3.97) 2.73 (6.02) 6.2 (13.7) Suitable for PM240-2 Power Module standard variant 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Type 6SL3210-1PE11-8 . L1 6SL3210-1PE12-3 . L1 6SL3210-1PE13-2 . L1 6SL3210-1PE14-3 . L1 6SL3210-1PE16-1 . L1 6SL3210-1PE18-0 . L1 6SL3210-1PE21-1 . L0 6SL3210-1PE21-4 . L0 6SL3210-1PE21-8 . L0 6SL3210-1PE22-7 . L0 6SL3210-1PE23-3 . L0 Suitable for PM240-2 Power Module push-through variant 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Type – 6SL3211-1PE18-0 . L1 6SL3211-1PE21-8 . L0 6SL3211-1PE23-3 . L0 • Frame size FSA FSA FSB FSC Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Braking resistor JJY:023422620001 JJY:023424020001 JJY:023434020001 JJY:023454020001 1) JJY:023464020001 2) Resistance Ω 25 15 10 7.1 5 Rated power PDB (Continuous braking power) kW 1.1 1.85 2.75 3.85 5.5 Peak power Pmax (load duration ta = 12 s with period t = 240 s) kW 22 37 55 77 110 Power connection Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Thermostatic switch Integrated Integrated Integrated Integrated Integrated Degree of protection IP21 IP21 IP21 IP21 IP21 470 (18.5) 610 (24.0) 630 (24.8) 1) 2) 350 (13.78) 1) 2) 2) 27 (59.5) Dimensions • Width mm (in) • Height mm (in) 220 (8.66) 220 (8.66) • Depth mm (in) 180 (7.09) 180 (7.09) 180 (7.09) 1) Weight, approx. kg (lb) 7 (15.4) 9.5 (20.9) 13.5 (29.7) 20.5 (45.2) Suitable for PM240-2 Power Module Type 6SL3210-1PE23-8 . L0 6SL3210-1PE26-0 . L0 6SL3210-1PE28-8 . L0 6SL3210-1PE31-5 . L0 6SL3210-1PE32-1 . L0 6SL3210-1PE24-5 . L0 6SL3210-1PE27-5 . L0 6SL3210-1PE31-1 . L0 6SL3210-1PE31-8 . L0 6SL3210-1PE32-5 . L0 • Frame size 1) FSD This braking resistor consists of the two braking resistors, JJY:023422620001 and JJY:023434020001, which must be connected in parallel on the plant/system side. 5/100 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 FSD FSE 2) FSF FSF This braking resistor consists of two JJY:023434020001 braking resistors, which must be connected in parallel on the plant/system side. © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) DC link components > Braking resistors ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 500 ... 690 V 3 AC Braking resistor JJY:023424020002 JJY:023434020002 JJY:023464020002 1) Resistance Ω 31 21 10.5 Rated power PDB (Continuous braking power) kW 1.85 2.75 5.5 Peak power Pmax (load duration ta = 12 s with period t = 240 s) kW 37 55 110 Power connection Cable Cable Cable Thermostatic switch Integrated Integrated Integrated Degree of protection IP21 IP21 IP21 Dimensions • Width mm (in) 610 (24.0) 630 (24.8) 1) • Height mm (in) 220 (8.66) 350 (13.78) 1) • Depth mm (in) 180 (7.09) 180 (7.09) 1) Weight, approx. kg (lb) 9.5 (20.9) 13.5 (29.7) 27 (59.5) Suitable for PM240-2 Power Module Type 6SL3210-1PH21-4 . L0 6SL3210-1PH22-0 . L0 6SL3210-1PH22-3 . L0 6SL3210-1PH22-7 . L0 6SL3210-1PH23-5 . L0 6SL3210-1PH24-2 . L0 6SL3210-1PH25-2 . L0 6SL3210-1PH26-2 . L0 6SL3210-1PH28-0 . L0 6SL3210-1PH31-0 . L0 6SL3210-1PH31-2 . L0 6SL3210-1PH31-4 . L0 • Frame size FSD FSE FSF Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Braking resistor 6SL3000-1BE31-3AA0 6SL3000-1BE32-5AA0 Resistance Ω 4.4 2.2 Rated power PDB (Continuous braking power) kW 25 50 Peak power Pmax (load duration ta = 15 s with period t = 90 s) kW 125 250 Power connections M10 screw stud M10 screw stud Thermostatic switch NC contact NC contact • Contact load, max. 250 V AC/2.5 A 250 V AC/2.5 A Degree of protection IP20 IP20 5 Dimensions • Width mm (in) 740 (29.13) 810 (31.89) • Height mm (in) 605 (23.82) 1325 (52.17) • Depth mm (in) 485 (19.09) 485 (19.09) No No Possible as base component Weight, approx. kg (lb) 50 (110) 120 (265) Suitable for PM240 Power Module Type 6SL3224-0XE41-3UA0 6SL3224-0XE41-6UA0 6SL3224-0XE42-0UA0 FSGX FSGX • Frame size ■ Characteristic curves P G_D211_EN_00038b Pmax PDB a Load diagram for the braking resistors ta = 12 s or 15 s (see section Technical specifications) t = 240 s or 90 s (see section Technical specifications) 1) This braking resistor consists of two JJY:023434020002 braking resistors, which must be connected in parallel on the plant/system side. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/101 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) DC link components > Braking Modules The Braking Module is designed for installation in the PM240 Power Modules, frame size FSGX, and is cooled using the Power Module fan. The supply voltage for the electronics is taken from the DC link. The Braking Module is connected to the DC link using the busbar sets included in the scope of delivery. ■ Overview The activation threshold of the Braking Module can be adjusted by means of a DIP switch. The braking power values specified in the technical specifications apply to the upper activation threshold. ■ Design The Braking Module has the following interfaces as standard: • 1 DC link connection • 1 braking resistor connection • 1 digital input (inhibit Braking Module/acknowledge faults) • 1 digital output (Braking Module inhibited) • 1 DIP switch for adjusting the activation threshold 5 A Braking Module and the matching external braking resistor are required to bring drives to a controlled standstill in the event of a power failure (e.g. emergency retraction or EMERGENCY STOP Category 1) or to limit the DC link voltage during a short period of generator operation. The Braking Module includes the power electronics and the associated control circuit. During operation, the DC link power is converted into heat loss in an external braking resistor. Braking Modules function autonomously. ■ Selection and ordering data Description Article No. DC link voltage 510 … 720 V DC Braking Module 50 kW/250 kW 6SL3300-1AE32-5AA0 ■ Integration Braking Module X21 +24 V 21.6 Fault output 21.5 Fault 0V 21.4 Inhibit input 21.3 0V Inhibit 21.2 Shield 21.1 Braking resistor T1 R1 DCPA DC link connection terminals R2 T2 DCNA G_D211_EN_00012a Connection example of a Braking Module 5/102 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) DC link components > Braking Modules ■ Technical specifications DC link voltage 510 ... 720 V DC Braking Module 6SL3300-1AE32-5AA0 Power • Rated power PDB 50 kW • Peak powerP15 250 kW • Power P20 200 kW • Power P40 100 kW Activation thresholds Adjustable via DIP switch 774 V (factory setting) or 673 V Cable length to braking resistor, max. 50 m (164 ft) Digital inputs In accordance with IEC 61131-2 Type 1 • Voltage -3 ... +30 V • Low level (an open digital input is interpreted as "low") -3 ... +5 V • High level 15 ... 30 V • Current consumption at 24 V DC, typ. 10 mA • Conductor cross-section, max. 1.5 mm2 5 Digital outputs continuously short-circuit-proof • Voltage 24 V DC • Load current per digital output, max. 500 mA • Conductor cross-section, max. 1.5 mm2 R1/R2 connection M8 screw • Conductor cross-section, max. 50 mm2 Weight, approx. 7.3 kg (16.10 lb) Approvals cURus Suitable for installation in a PM240 Power Module Frame size FSGX Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/103 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Load-side power components > Output reactors ■ Overview 5 Output reactor for PM230 Power Modules frame size FSA and PM240-2 Power Modules frame size FSA Output reactor for PM240 Power Modules, frame size FSGX Output reactors reduce the rate of voltage rise (dv/dt) and the height of the current peaks, and enable longer motor cables to be connected. Output reactors reduce the magnitude of these additional peaks because the cable capacitance reverses polarity more slowly across the reactor inductance, thereby attenuating the amplitudes of the current peaks. Owing to the high rates of voltage rise of the fast-switching IGBTs, the capacitance of long motor cables reverses polarity very quickly with every switching operation in the inverter. As a result, the inverter is loaded with additional current peaks of substantial magnitude. When using output reactors, the following should be observed: • Max. permissible output frequency 150 Hz (PM240) or 200 Hz (PM230 and PM240-2) • Max. permissible pulse frequency 4 kHz • The output reactor must be installed as close as possible to the Power Module ■ Integration Output reactors that are optionally available depending on the Power Module used The following line-side power components, DC link components and load-side power components are optionally available in the appropriate frames sizes for the Power Modules: Frame size FSA FSB FSC FSD FSE FSF FSGX – S S S S S S – PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20 Available frame sizes Load-side power components Output reactor PM240-2 Power Module with integrated braking chopper Available frame sizes • 200 V versions 1) 1) 1) – • 400 V versions – • 690 V versions – – – – S S S – – – – Load-side power components Output reactor PM240 Power Module without integrated braking chopper Available frame sizes – – – – – – – – – – – – S Load-side power components Output reactor PM250 Power Module with line-commutated energy recovery Available frame sizes – – – – – U S S S – Load-side power components Output reactor U = Base component S = Lateral mounting – = Not possible 5/104 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 1) PM240-2 200 V versions, frame sizes FSD to FSF are only available without integrated line filter. © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Load-side power components > Output reactors ■ Selection and ordering data Rated power kW PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20 hp Output reactor Type 6SL3210-... Frame size Article No. FSA 6SL3202-0AE16-1CA0 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 0.37 0.5 1NE11-3 . L1 0.55 0.75 1NE11-7 . L1 0.75 1 1NE12-2 . L1 1.1 1.5 1NE13-1 . L1 1.5 2 1NE14-1 . L1 2.2 3 1NE15-8 . L1 3 4 1NE17-7 . L1 FSA 6SL3202-0AE18-8CA0 4 5 1NE21-0 . L1 FSB 6SL3202-0AE21-8CA0 5.5 7.5 1NE21-3 . L1 7.5 10 1NE21-8 . L1 11 15 1NE22-6 . L1 FSC 6SL3202-0AE23-8CA0 15 20 1NE23-2 . L1 18.5 25 1NE23-8 . L1 22 30 1NE24-5 . L0 FSD 6SE6400-3TC03-8DD0 30 40 1NE26-0 . L0 FSD 6SE6400-3TC05-4DD0 37 50 1NE27-5 . L0 FSE 6SE6400-3TC08-0ED0 45 60 1NE28-8 . L0 FSE 6SE6400-3TC07-5ED0 55 75 1NE31-1 . L0 FSF 6SE6400-3TC14-5FD0 75 100 1NE31-5 . L0 FSF 6SE6400-3TC15-4FD0 Rated power kW PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20 push-through variant hp Type 6SL3211-... Output reactor Frame size Article No. 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 3 4 1NE17-7 . L1 FSA 6SL3202-0AE18-8CA0 7.5 10 1NE21-8 . L1 FSB 6SL3202-0AE21-8CA0 18.5 25 1NE23-8 . L1 FSC 6SL3202-0AE23-8CA0 Rated power kW PM240-2 Power Module standard variant hp Output reactor Type 6SL3210-... Frame size Article No. FSA 6SL3202-0AE16-1CA0 200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC 0.55 0.75 1PB13-0 . L0 0.75 1 1PB13-8 . L0 1.1 1.5 1PB15-5 . L0 FSB 6SL3202-0AE16-1CA0 1.5 2 1PB17-4 . L0 FSB 6SL3202-0AE18-8CA0 2.2 3 1PB21-0 . L0 FSB 6SL3202-0AE21-8CA0 3 4 1PB21-4 . L0 FSC 6SL3202-0AE21-8CA0 4 5 1PB21-8 . L0 FSC 6SL3202-0AE23-8CA0 FSA 6SL3202-0AE16-1CA0 200 ... 240 V 3 AC 5.5 7.5 1PC22-2 . L0 7.5 10 1PC22-8 . L0 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 0.55 0.75 1PE11-8 . L1 0.75 1 1PE12-3 . L1 1.1 1.5 1PE13-2 . L1 1.5 2 1PE14-3 . L1 2.2 3 1PE16-1 . L1 3 4 1PE18-0 . L1 FSA 6SL3202-0AE18-8CA0 4 5 1PE21-1 . L0 FSB 6SL3202-0AE21-8CA0 5.5 7.5 1PE21-4 . L0 7.5 10 1PE21-8 . L0 11 15 1PE22-7 . L0 FSC 6SL3202-0AE23-8CA0 15 20 1PE23-3 . L0 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/105 5 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Load-side power components > Output reactors ■ Selection and ordering data Rated power kW PM240-2 Power Module push-through variant hp Type 6SL3211-... Output reactor Frame size Article No. 200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC 0.75 1 1PB13-8 . L0 FSA 6SL3202-0AE16-1CA0 2.2 3 1PB21-0 . L0 FSB 6SL3202-0AE21-8CA0 4 5 1PB21-8 . L0 FSC 6SL3202-0AE21-8CA0 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 5 3 4 1PE18-0 . L1 FSA 6SL3202-0AE18-8CA0 7.5 10 1PE21-8 . L0 FSB 6SL3202-0AE21-8CA0 15 20 1PE23-3 . L0 FSC 6SL3202-0AE23-8CA0 Rated power kW PM240 Power Module hp Output reactor Type 6SL3224-... Frame size Article No. 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 160 250 0XE41-3UA0 FSGX 6SL3000-2BE33-2AA0 200 300 0XE41-6UA0 FSGX 6SL3000-2BE33-8AA0 250 400 0XE42-0UA0 FSGX 6SL3000-2BE35-0AA0 Rated power kW PM250 Power Module hp Output reactor Type 6SL3225-... Frame size Article No. FSC 6SL3202-0AJ23-2CA0 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 7.5 10 0BE25-5AA1 11 15 0BE27-5AA1 15 20 0BE31-1AA1 18.5 25 0BE31-5 . A0 FSD 6SE6400-3TC05-4DD0 22 30 0BE31-8 . A0 FSD 6SE6400-3TC03-8DD0 30 40 0BE32-2 . A0 FSD 6SE6400-3TC05-4DD0 37 50 0BE33-0 . A0 FSE 6SE6400-3TC08-0ED0 45 60 0BE33-7 . A0 FSE 6SE6400-3TC07-5ED0 55 75 0BE34-5 . A0 FSF 6SE6400-3TC14-5FD0 75 100 0BE35-5 . A0 FSF 6SE6400-3TC15-4FD0 90 125 0BE37-5 . A0 FSF 6SE6400-3TC14-5FD0 5/106 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Load-side power components > Output reactors ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC or 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Output reactor (for a 4 kHz pulse frequency) 6SL3202-0AE16-1CA0 6SL3202-0AE18-8CA0 6SL3202-0AE21-8CA0 6SL3202-0AE23-8CA0 Rated current A 6.1 9 18.5 39 Power loss kW 0.09 0.08 0.08 0.11 Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals 4 4 10 16 M4 screw stud M4 screw stud M5 screw stud M5 screw stud Connection to the Power Module/ motor connection • Conductor cross-section mm2 PE connection Cable length, max. between output reactor and motor • 200 -10 % ... 240 V +10 % 3 AC and 380 -10 % ... 415 V +10 % 3 AC - Shielded m (ft) 150 (492) 150 (492) 150 (492) 150 (492) - Unshielded m (ft) 225 (738) 225 (738) 225 (738) 225 (738) - Shielded m (ft) 100 (328) 100 (328) 100 (328) 100 (328) - Unshielded m (ft) 150 (492) 150 (492) 150 (492) 150 (492) 5 • 440 ... 480 V 3 AC +10 % Dimensions • Width mm (in) 207 (8.15) 207 (8.15) 247 (9.72) 257 (10.12) • Height mm (in) 175 (6.89) 180 (7.09) 215 (8.46) 235 (9.25) • Depth mm (in) 72.5 (2.85) 72.5 (2.85) 100 (3.94) 114.7 (4.52) IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 Degree of protection Weight, approx. kg (lb) 3.4 (7.5) 3.9 (8.6) 10.1 (22.3) 11.2 (24.7) Suitable for PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20 Type 6SL3210-1NE11-3 . L1 6SL3210-1NE11-7 . L1 6SL3210-1NE12-2 . L1 6SL3210-1NE13-1 . L1 6SL3210-1NE14-1 . L1 6SL3210-1NE15-8 . L1 6SL3210-1NE17-7 . L1 6SL3210-1NE21-0 . L1 6SL3210-1NE21-3 . L1 6SL3210-1NE21-8 . L1 FSB 6SL3210-1NE22-6 . L1 6SL3210-1NE23-2 . L1 6SL3210-1NE23-8 . L1 Suitable for PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20 push-through variant Type – 6SL3211-1NE17-7 . L1 6SL3211-1NE21-8 . L1 FSB 6SL3211-1NE23-8 . L1 Suitable for PM240-2 standard variant 200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC Type 6SL3210-1PB13-0 . L0 6SL3210-1PB13-8 . L0 6SL3210-1PB15-5 . L0 6SL3210-1PB17-4 . L0 6SL3210-1PB21-0 . L0 6SL3210-1PB21-4 . L0 FSB 6SL3210-1PC22-2 . L0 6SL3210-1PC22-8 . L0 6SL3210-1PB21-8 . L0 FSC Suitable for PM240-2 standard variant 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Type 6SL3210-1PE11-8 . L1 6SL3210-1PE12-3 . L1 6SL3210-1PE13-2 . L1 6SL3210-1PE14-3 . L1 6SL3210-1PE16-1 . L1 6SL3210-1PE18-0 . L1 6SL3210-1PE21-1 . L0 6SL3210-1PE21-4 . L0 6SL3210-1PE21-8 . L0 FSB 6SL3210-1PE22-7 . L0 6SL3210-1PE23-3 . L0 Suitable for PM240-2 push-through variant 200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC Type 6SL3211-1PB13-8 . L0 – 6SL3211-1PB21-0 . L0 FSB – Suitable for PM240-2 push-through variant 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Type • Frame size 6SL3211-1PB21-8 . L0 FSC – 6SL3211-1PE18-0 . L1 6SL3211-1PE21-8 . L0 FSB 6SL3211-1PE23-3 . L0 FSA FSA FSB/FSC FSC Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/107 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Load-side power components > Output reactors ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Output reactor (for a 4 kHz pulse frequency) 6SL3202-0AJ23-2CA0 Rated current A 32 32 32 Power loss kW 0.06 0.06 0.06 Connection to the Power Module Cable Cable Cable • Conductor cross-section 4 × AWG14 (1.5 mm2) 4 × AWG14 (1.5 mm2) 4 × AWG14 (1.5 mm2) 0.35 (1.15) 0.35 (1.15) 0.35 (1.15) Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals 6 6 6 M5 screw stud M5 screw stud M5 screw stud • Length, approx. m (ft) Motor connection • Conductor cross-section mm2 PE connection 5 Cable length, max. between output reactor and motor • 380 -10 % ... 400 V 3 AC - Shielded m (ft) 150 (492) 150 (492) 150 (492) - Unshielded m (ft) 225 (738) 225 (738) 225 (738) - Shielded m (ft) 100 (328) 100 (328) 100 (328) - Unshielded m (ft) 150 (492) 150 (492) 150 (492) • 401 ... 480 V 3 AC +10 % Dimensions • Width mm (in) 189 (7.44) 189 (7.44) 189 (7.44) • Height mm (in) 334 (13.15) 334 (13.15) 334 (13.15) • Depth mm (in) 80 (3.15) 80 (3.15) 80 (3.15) Possible as base component Yes Yes Yes Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 Weight, approx. kg (lb) 9.1 (20.1) 9.1 (20.1) 9.1 (20.1) Suitable for PM250 Power Module Type 6SL3225-0BE25-5AA1 6SL3225-0BE27-5AA1 6SL3225-0BE31-1AA1 • Rated power of the Power Module kW (hp) 7.5 (10) 11 (15) 15 (20) • Rated current Irated of the Power Module A 18 25 32 FSC FSC FSC • Frame size 5/108 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Load-side power components > Output reactors ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Output reactor (for a 4 kHz pulse frequency) 6SE64003TC05-4DD0 6SE64003TC03-8DD0 6SE64003TC05-4DD0 6SE64003TC08-0ED0 6SE64003TC07-5ED0 Rated current A 68 1) 45 1) 68 1) 104 1) 90 1) Power loss kW 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.17 0.27 Connection to the Power Module Flat connector for M6 cable lug Flat connector for M6 cable lug Flat connector for M6 cable lug Flat connector for M6 cable lug Flat connector for M6 cable lug Motor connection Flat connector for M6 cable lug Flat connector for M6 cable lug Flat connector for M6 cable lug Flat connector for M6 cable lug Flat connector for M6 cable lug PE connection M6 screw M6 screw M6 screw M6 screw M6 screw Cable length, max. between output reactor and motor • 380 -10 % ... 400 V 3 AC - Shielded m (ft) 200 (656) 200 (656) 200 (656) 200 (656) 200 (656) - Unshielded m (ft) 300 (984) 300 (984) 300 (984) 300 (984) 300 (984) - Shielded m (ft) 200 (656) 200 (656) 200 (656) 200 (656) 200 (656) - Unshielded m (ft) 300 (984) 300 (984) 300 (984) 300 (984) 300 (984) 5 • 401 ... 480 V 3 AC +10 % Dimensions • Width mm (in) 225 (8.86) 225 (8.86) 225 (8.86) 225 (8.86) 270 (10.63) • Height mm (in) 210 (8.27) 210 (8.27) 210 (8.27) 210 (8.27) 248 (9.76) • Depth mm (in) 150 (5.91) 179 (7.05) 150 (5.91) 150 (5.91) 209 (8.23) IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 Degree of protection Weight, approx. kg (lb) 10.7 (23.6) 16.1 (35.5) 10.7 (23.6) 10.4 (22.9) 24.9 (54.9) Suitable for PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20 Type – 6SL32101NE24-5UL0 6SL32101NE24-5AL0 6SL32101NE26-0UL0 6SL32101NE26-0AL0 6SL32101NE27-5UL0 6SL32101NE27-5AL0 6SL32101NE28-8UL0 6SL32101NE28-8AL0 Suitable for PM250 Power Module Type 6SL32250BE31-5 . A0 6SL32250BE31-8 . A0 6SL32250BE32-2 . A0 6SL32250BE33-0 . A0 6SL32250BE33-7 . A0 • Rated power of the Power Module kW (hp) 18.5 (25) 22 (30) 30 (40) 37 (50) 45 (60) • Rated current Irated of the Power Module A 38 45 60 75 90 FSD FSD FSD FSE FSE • Frame size 1) On the rating plate of the reactor the current is specified according to the duty cycle for high overload (HO). This is lower than the current specified according to the duty cycle for low overload (LO) of the Power Module. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/109 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Load-side power components > Output reactors ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Output reactor (for a 4 kHz pulse frequency) 6SE64003TC14-5FD0 6SE64003TC15-4FD0 6SE64003TC14-5FD0 6SL30002BE32-1AA0 6SL30002BE32-6AA0 Rated current A 178 1) 178 1) 178 1) 210 260 Power loss kW 0.47 0.25 0.47 0.49 0.5 Connection to the Power Module Flat connector for M8 cable lug Flat connector for M8 cable lug Flat connector for M8 cable lug Flat connector for M10 screw Flat connector for M10 screw Motor connection Flat connector for M8 cable lug Flat connector for M8 cable lug Flat connector for M8 cable lug Flat connector for M10 screw Flat connector for M10 screw PE connection M8 screw M6 screw M8 screw M8 screw M8 screw Cable length, max. between output reactor and motor • 380 -10 % ... 400 V 3 AC 5 - Shielded m (ft) 200 (656) 200 (656) 200 (656) 200 (656) 200 (656) - Unshielded m (ft) 300 (984) 300 (984) 300 (984) 300 (984) 300 (984) - Shielded m (ft) 200 (656) 200 (656) 200 (656) 200 (656) 200 (656) - Unshielded m (ft) 300 (984) 300 (984) 300 (984) 300 (984) 300 (984) • 401 ... 480 V 3 AC +10 % Dimensions • Width mm (in) 350 (13.78) 270 (10.63) 350 (13.78) 300 (11.81) 300 (11.81) • Height mm (in) 321 (12.64) 248 (9.76) 321 (12.64) 285 (11.22) 315 (12.40) • Depth mm (in) 288 (11.34) 209 (8.23) 288 (11.34) 257 (10.12) 277 (10.91) IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 Degree of protection Weight, approx. kg (lb) 51.5 (114) 24 (52.9) 51.5 (114) 60 (132) 66 (145) Suitable for PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20 Type 6SL32101NE31-1UL0 6SL32101NE31-1AL0 6SL32101NE31-5UL0 6SL32101NE31-5AL0 – – – Suitable for PM250 Power Module Type 6SL32250BE34-5 . A0 6SL32250BE35-5 . A0 6SL32250BE37-5 . A0 – – • Rated power of the Power Module kW (hp) 55 (75) 75 (100) 90 (125) 110 (150) 132 (200) • Rated current Irated of the Power Module A 110 145 178 205 250 FSF FSF FSF FSF FSF • Frame size 1) On the rating plate of the reactor the current is specified according to the duty cycle for high overload (HO). This is lower than the current specified according to the duty cycle for low overload (LO) of the Power Module. 5/110 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Load-side power components > Output reactors ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Output reactor (for a 4 kHz pulse frequency) 6SL3000-2BE33-2AA0 6SL3000-2BE33-8AA0 6SL3000-2BE35-0AA0 Rated current A 310 380 490 Power loss kW 0.47 0.5 0.5 Connection to the Power Module 1 x hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M12 Motor connection 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M12 PE connection M6 screw M6 screw M6 screw Cable length, max. between output reactor and motor • 380 -10 % ... 400 V 3 AC - Shielded m (ft) 300 (984) 300 (984) 300 (984) - Unshielded m (ft) 450 (1476) 450 (1476) 450 (1476) - Shielded m (ft) 300 (984) 300 (984) 300 (984) - Unshielded m (ft) 450 (1476) 450 (1476) 450 (1476) 5 • 401 ... 480 V 3 AC +10 % Dimensions • Width mm (in) 300 (11.81) 300 (11.81) 300 (11.81) • Height mm (in) 285 (11.22) 285 (11.22) 365 (14.37) • Depth mm (in) 257 (10.12) 277 (10.91) 277 (10.91) IP00 IP00 IP00 Degree of protection Weight, approx. kg (lb) 66 (146) 73 (161) 100 (220) Suitable for PM240 Power Module Type 6SL3224-0XE41-3UA0 6SL3224-0XE41-6UA0 6SL3224-0XE42-0UA0 • Rated power of the Power Module kW (hp) 160 (250) 200 (300) 250 (400) • Rated current Irated of the Power Module A 302 370 477 FSGX FSGX FSGX • Frame size Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/111 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Load-side power components > Sine-wave filters ■ Overview Owing to the very low rates of voltage rise on the motor cable, the sine-wave filter also has a positive impact in terms of electromagnetic compatibility which means that it is not absolutely essential to use shielded cables for short motor cables to achieve the required standard of EMC. Since the voltage applied to the motor is not pulsed, the inverterrelated stray losses and additional noise in the motor are also reduced considerably and the noise level of the motor is similar to the level produced by directly mains-fed motors. 5 Sine-wave filter for PM240 Power Modules, frame size FSGX Sine-wave filters limit the rate of voltage rise (dv/dt) and the peak voltages on the motor winding. Similar to an output reactor, they enable the connection of longer motor cables. Bearing currents are also reduced significantly. Using these filters therefore allows standard motors with standard insulation and without insulated bearings to be operated on SINAMICS. As a result, the voltage load on the motor winding is virtually identical to the load on windings of directly mains-fed motors. When using sine-wave filters, the following should be observed: • Pulse frequencies of between 4 kHz and 8 kHz are permissible for rated outputs up to and including 90 kW. 4 kHz is the only permissible pulse frequency for rated outputs of 110 kW or higher with a PM240 Power Module. Note additional current derating as compared with rated pulse frequency of 2 kHz (see derating data) • The output frequency is limited to 150 Hz • Operation and commissioning may only be performed with the motor connected as the sine-wave filter is not no-load proof • It must be ensured that the automatic pulse frequency reduction functions are also deactivated • 80 % of the line input voltage is available as an output voltage for PM230 Power Modules • A derating of 5 % must be observed when a PM240 Power Module is selected ■ Integration Sine-wave filters that are optionally available depending on the Power Module used Frame size FSA FSB FSC FSD FSE FSF FSGX – – – – S S S – PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20 Available frame sizes Load-side power components Sine-wave filter PM240-2 Power Module with integrated braking chopper Available frame sizes • 200 V versions 1) 1) 1) – • 400 V versions – • 690 V versions – – – – – – – – – – – Load-side power components Sine-wave filter PM240 Power Module without integrated braking chopper Available frame sizes – – – – – – – – – – – – S Load-side power components Sine-wave filter PM250 Power Module with line-commutated energy recovery Available frame sizes – – – – – U S S S – Load-side power components Sine-wave filter U = Base component S = Lateral mounting – = Not possible 1) PM240-2 200 V versions, frame sizes FSD to FSF are only available without integrated line filter. 5/112 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Load-side power components > Sine-wave filters ■ Selection and ordering data Rated power kW PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20 hp Sine-wave filter Type 6SL3210-... Frame size Article No. 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 22 30 1NE24-5 . L0 FSD 6SL3202-0AE24-6SA0 30 40 1NE26-0 . L0 FSD 6SL3202-0AE26-2SA0 37 50 1NE27-5 . L0 FSE 6SL3202-0AE28-8SA0 45 60 1NE28-8 . L0 55 75 1NE31-1 . L0 FSF 6SL3202-0AE31-5SA0 75 100 1NE31-5 . L0 Rated power kW PM240 Power Module hp Sine-wave filter Type 6SL3224-... Frame size Article No. 5 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 160 250 0XE41-3UA0 FSGX 6SL3000-2CE32-8AA0 200 300 0XE41-6UA0 FSGX 6SL3000-2CE33-3AA0 250 400 0XE42-0UA0 FSGX 6SL3000-2CE34-1AA0 Rated power kW PM250 Power Module hp Sine-wave filter Type 6SL3225-... Frame size Article No. 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 7.5 10 0BE25-5AA1 FSC 6SL3202-0AE22-0SA0 11 15 0BE27-5AA1 FSC 6SL3202-0AE23-3SA0 15 20 0BE31-1AA1 18.5 25 0BE31-5 . A0 FSD 6SL3202-0AE24-6SA0 22 30 0BE31-8 . A0 30 40 0BE32-2 . A0 FSD 6SL3202-0AE26-2SA0 37 50 0BE33-0 . A0 FSE 6SL3202-0AE28-8SA0 45 60 0BE33-7 . A0 55 75 0BE34-5 . A0 FSF 6SL3202-0AE31-5SA0 75 100 0BE35-5 . A0 90 125 0BE37-5 . A0 FSF 6SL3202-0AE31-8SA0 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/113 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Load-side power components > Sine-wave filters ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Sine-wave filter 6SL3202-0AE22-0SA0 6SL3202-0AE23-3SA0 Rated current A 20 33 33 Power loss kW 0.099 0.151 0.151 Cable Cable Cable Connection to the Power Module • Conductor cross-section mm2 10 10 10 • Length, approx. m (ft) 0.5 (1.64) 0.5 (1.64) 0.5 (1.64) Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals 6 6 6 M5 screw stud M5 screw stud M5 screw stud Motor connection • Conductor cross-section mm2 PE connection Cable length, max. between sine-wave filter and motor • 380 ... 480 V 3 AC ±10 % 5 - Shielded m (ft) 200 (656) 200 (656) 200 (656) - Unshielded m (ft) 300 (984) 300 (984) 300 (984) Dimensions • Width mm (in) 189 (7.44) 189 (7.44) 189 (7.44) • Height mm (in) 336 (13.23) 336 (13.23) 336 (13.23) • Depth mm (in) 140 (5.51) 140 (5.51) 140 (5.51) Possible as base component Yes Yes Yes Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 Weight, approx. kg (lb) 12 (26.5) 23 (50.7) 23 (50.7) Suitable for PM250 Power Module Type 6SL3225-0BE25-5AA1 6SL3225-0BE27-5AA1 6SL3225-0BE31-1AA1 • Rated power of the Power Module kW 7.5 11 15 • Rated current Irated of the Power Module A 18 25 32 • Frame size FSC FSC FSC Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Sine-wave filter 6SL3202-0AE24-6SA0 6SL32020AE26-2SA0 6SL3202-0AE28-8SA0 Rated current A 47 47 61.8 92 92 Power loss kW 0.185 0.185 0.152 0.251 0.251 Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals 50 50 50 95 95 Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals 50 50 50 95 95 M6 screw M6 screw M6 screw M8 screw M8 screw Connection to the Power Module • Conductor cross-section mm2 Motor connection • Conductor cross-section mm2 PE connection Cable length, max. between sine-wave filter and motor • 380 ... 480 V 3 AC ±10 % - Shielded m (ft) 200 (656) 200 (656) 200 (656) 200 (656) 200 (656) - Unshielded m (ft) 300 (984) 300 (984) 300 (984) 300 (984) 300 (984) Dimensions • Width mm (in) 250 (9.84) 250 (9.84) 250 (9.84) 275 (10.83) 275 (10.83) • Height mm (in) 315 (12.40) 315 (12.40) 305 (12.01) 368 (14.49) 368 (14.49) • Depth mm (in) 262 (10.31) 262 (10.31) 262 (10.31) 275 (10.83) 275 (10.83) IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 Degree of protection Weight, approx. kg (lb) 24 (52.9) 24 (52.9) 34 (75) 45 (99.2) 45 (99.2) Suitable for PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20 Type – 6SL32101NE24-5UL0 6SL32101NE24-5AL0 6SL32101NE26-0UL0 6SL32101NE26-0AL0 6SL32101NE27-5UL0 6SL32101NE27-5AL0 6SL32101NE28-8UL0 6SL32101NE28-8AL0 Suitable for PM250 Power Module Type 6SL32250BE31-5 . A0 6SL32250BE31-8 . A0 6SL32250BE32-2 . A0 6SL32250BE33-0 . A0 6SL32250BE33-7 . A0 • Rated power of the Power Module kW 18.5 22 30 37 45 • Rated current Irated of the Power Module A 38 45 60 75 90 FSD FSD FSD FSE FSE • Frame size 5/114 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Load-side power components > Sine-wave filters ■ Technical specifications Sine-wave filter (for pulse frequencies 4 ... 8 kHz, only 4 kHz permissible at 110 kW and above – note additional current derating as compared with rated pulse frequency of 2 kHz, see derating data) Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 6SL3202-0AE31-5SA0 6SL32020AE31-8SA0 6SL3000-2CE32-3AA0 Rated current A 150 150 182 225 225 Power loss kW 0.43 0.43 0.47 0.221 0.221 Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 150 150 150 Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 150 150 150 M8 screw M6 screw M8 screw 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 Connection to the Power Module • Conductor cross-section mm2 Motor connection • Conductor cross-section mm2 PE connection Cable length, max. between sine-wave filter and motor 5 • 380 ... 480 V 3 AC ±10 % - Shielded m (ft) 200 (656) 200 (656) 200 (656) 300 (984) 300 (984) - Unshielded m (ft) 300 (984) 300 (984) 300 (984) 450 (1476) 450 (1476) Dimensions • Width mm (in) 350 (13.78) 350 (13.78) 350 (13.78) 620 (24.41) 620 (24.41) • Height mm (in) 440 (17.32) 440 (17.32) 468 (18.43) 300 (11.81) 300 (11.81) • Depth mm (in) 305 (12.01) 305 (12.01) 305 (12.01) 320 (12.60) 320 (12.60) IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 Degree of protection Weight, approx. kg (lb) 63 (139) 63 (139) 80 (176) 124 (273) 124 (273) Suitable for PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20 Type 6SL32101NE31-1UL0 6SL32101NE31-1AL0 6SL32101NE31-5UL0 6SL32101NE31-5AL0 – – – Suitable for PM250 Power Module Type 6SL32250BE34-5 . A0 6SL32250BE35-5 . A0 6SL32250BE37-5 . A0 – – • Rated power of the Power Module kW 55 75 90 110 132 • Rated current Irated of the Power Module A 110 145 178 205 250 • Frame size FSF FSF FSF FSF FSF Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Sine-wave filter (permissible for 4 kHz pulse frequency – note additional current derating as compared with rated pulse frequency of 2 kHz, see derating data) 6SL3000-2CE32-8AA0 6SL3000-2CE33-3AA0 6SL3000-2CE34-1AA0 Rated current A 276 333 408 Power loss kW 0.235 0.245 0.34 Connection to the Power Module 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 Motor connection 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 PE connection 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 Cable length, max. between sine-wave filter and motor • 380 ... 480 V 3 AC ±10 % - Shielded m (ft) 300 (984) 300 (984) 300 (984) - Unshielded m (ft) 450 (1476) 450 (1476) 450 (1476) Dimensions • Width mm (in) 620 (24.41) 620 (24.41) 620 (24.41) • Height mm (in) 300 (11.81) 370 (14.57) 370 (14.57) • Depth mm (in) 320 (12.60) 360 (14.17) 360 (14.17) IP00 IP00 IP00 Degree of protection Weight, approx. kg (lb) 127 (280) 136 (300) 198 (437) Suitable for PM240 Power Module Type 6SL3224-0XE41-3UA0 6SL3224-0XE41-6UA0 6SL3224-0XE42-0UA0 • Rated power of the Power Module kW 160 200 250 • Rated current Irated of the Power Module A 302 370 477 FSGX FSGX FSGX • Frame size Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/115 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Supplementary system components > Operator panels ■ Overview Operator panel Intelligent Operator Panel IOP and IOP Handheld Basic Operator Panel BOP-2 Thanks to the large plain text display, menu-based operation and the application wizards, commissioning of the standard drives is easy. Optionally available application wizards 1) guide the user interactively through the commissioning process for important applications such as pumps, fans, compressors and conveyor systems. Commissioning of standard drives is easy with the menu-prompted dialog on a 2-line display. Simultaneous display of the parameter and parameter value, as well as parameter filtering, means that basic commissioning of a drive can be performed easily and, in most cases, without a printed parameter list. • For direct mounting on the Control Unit • For direct mounting on the Control Unit • Can be mounted in the control cabinet door using a door mounting kit (achievable degree of protection is IP54/UL Type 12) • Can be mounted in the control cabinet door using a door mounting kit (achievable degree of protection is IP54/UL Type 12) Description 5 Possible applications • Available as handheld version • The IOP is available in 2 versions with the following languages 1): - German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, Dutch, Swedish, Russian, Czech, Polish, Turkish, Finnish. - Chinese (simplified), English, German Quick commissioning without expert knowledge • Standard commissioning using the clone function • Standard commissioning using the clone function • User-defined parameter list with a reduced number of self-selected parameters • Simple commissioning of standard applications using application-specific wizards; it is not necessary to know the parameter structure • Simple local commissioning using the handheld version • Commissioning largely without documentation High degree of operator • Direct manual operation of the drive – you can simply friendliness and intuitive operation toggle between the automatic and manual modes • Intuitive navigation using a rotary knob – just like in everyday applications – • Graphic display to show status values such as pressure or flow in bar-type diagrams • 2-line display for showing up to 2 process values with text • Status display with freely selectable units to specify physical values • Status display of predefined units Minimization of maintenance times • Diagnostics using plain text display, can be used locally on-site without documentation • Simple update of languages, wizards and firmware updates via USB 1) Further information is available at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/67273266 5/116 • Direct manual operation of the drive – you can simply toggle between the automatic and manual modes Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 • Diagnostics with menu prompting with 7-segment display © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Supplementary system components > IOP Intelligent Operator Panel ■ Overview Intelligent Operator Panel IOP IOP Handheld 5 Intelligent Operator Panel IOP IOP Handheld The Intelligent Operator Panel IOP is a very user-friendly and powerful operator panel for the SINAMICS G120, SINAMICS G120C, SINAMICS G120P, SINAMICS G110D, SINAMICS G120D, SINAMICS G110M and SINAMICS S110 standard drives. A handheld version 2) of the IOP can be ordered for mobile use. In addition to the IOP, this includes a housing with rechargeable batteries, charging unit and RS232 connecting cable. The charging unit is supplied with connector adapters for Europe, the US and UK. When the batteries are fully charged, the operating time is up to 8 hours. The IOP supports both entry-level personnel and drive experts. Thanks to the large plain text display, the menu-based operation and the application wizards, it is easy to commission standard drives. A drive can be essentially commissioned without having to use a printed parameter list – as the parameters are displayed in plain text, and explanatory help texts and the parameter filtering function are provided. Application wizards interactively guide you when commissioning important applications such as conveyor technology, pumps, fans and compressors. There is a basic commissioning wizard for general commissioning. The drives are easily controlled manually using directly assigned buttons and the navigation wheel. The IOP has a dedicated switchover button to switch from automatic to manual mode. The inverter can be diagnosed in a user-friendly fashion using the plain text display of faults and alarms. Help texts can be obtained by pressing the INFO button. To connect the IOP Handheld to SINAMICS G110D, SINAMICS G120D or SINAMICS G110M, the RS232 connecting cable with optical interface is required in addition. Updating the IOP The IOP can be updated and expanded using the integrated USB interface. Data to support future drive systems can be transferred from the PC to the IOP. Further, the USB interface allows user languages and wizards that will become available in the future to be subsequently downloaded and the firmware to be updated for the IOP 1). The IOP is supplied with power via the USB interface during an update. Up to 2 process values can be displayed graphically or numerically on the status screen/status display. Process values can also be displayed in technological units. The IOP supports standard commissioning of identical drives. For this purpose, a parameter list can be copied from an inverter into the IOP and downloaded into other drive units of the same type as required. The IOP is available in 2 versions with the following languages 1): • German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, Dutch, Swedish, Russian, Czech, Polish, Turkish, Finnish • Chinese (simplified), English, German The IOP can be installed in control cabinet doors using the optionally available door mounting kit. The operating temperature of the IOP is 0 °C ... 50 °C (32 °F ... 122 °F). 1) Further information is available at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/67273266 2) The scope of supply of the IOP Handheld includes the IOP with Article No. 6SL3255-0AA00-4JA1. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/117 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Supplementary system components > IOP Intelligent Operator Panel ■ Selection and ordering data Description ■ Benefits Article No. Intelligent Operator Panel IOP • German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, Dutch, Swedish, Russian, Czech, Polish, Turkish, Finnish 6SL3255-0AA00-4JA1 • Chinese (simplified), English, German 6SL3255-0AA00-4JC1 IOP Handheld For use with SINAMICS G120, SINAMICS G120C, SINAMICS G120P, SINAMICS G110D, SINAMICS G120D, SINAMICS G110M and SINAMICS S110 6SL3255-0AA00-4HA0 Included in the scope of delivery: • IOP (6SL3255-0AA00-4JA1) 5 • Handheld housing • Rechargeable batteries (4 × AA) • Charging unit (international) • RS232 connecting cable (3 m/9.84 ft long, used in combination with SINAMICS G120, SINAMICS G120C, SINAMICS G120P and SINAMICS S110 1)) • USB cable (1 m/3.28 ft long) Accessories Door mounting kit For mounting an operator panel in control cabinet doors with sheet steel thicknesses of 1 ... 3 mm (0.04 in ... 0.12 in) IP54 degree of protection for IOP IP55 degree of protection for BOP-2 6SL3256-0AP00-0JA0 Included in the scope of delivery: • Seal • Mounting material • Connecting cable (5 m/16.41 ft long, also supplies voltage to the IOP directly via the Control Unit) RS232 connecting cable With optical interface to connect the SINAMICS G110D, SINAMICS G120D or SINAMICS G110M inverters to the IOP Handheld (2.5 m (8.20 ft) long) 1) 3RK1922-2BP00 For use in combination with SINAMICS G110D, SINAMICS G120D and SINAMICS G110M, the RS232 connecting cable with optical interface is required (Article No.: 3RK1922-2BP00). The cable must be ordered separately. 5/118 • Simple commissioning of standard applications using wizards, it is not necessary to know the parameter structure • Diagnostics using plain text display; can be used locally on-site without documentation • Direct manual operation of the drive – you can toggle between automatic and manual modes • Status display with freely selectable units; display of real physical values • Intuitive, navigation using a wheel – just like in everyday applications • Graphic display with bar charts, e.g. for status values such as pressure or flowrate • Quickly and simply mounted in the door – mechanically and electrically • Simple local commissioning on-site using the handheld version • Commissioning without documentation using the integrated help function • Standard commissioning using the clone function (parameter set data is saved for fast replacement) • Upload and download of parameter sets (IOP system memory or SINAMICS SD card) • Storing of up to 16 fixed or 200 freely namable parameter sets in IOP (IOP with firmware V1.5 SP1 and higher) • User-defined parameter list with a reduced number of selfselected parameters (to generate your own commissioning screens) • The IOP is available in 2 versions with the following languages 1): - German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, Dutch, Swedish, Russian, Czech, Polish, Turkish, Finnish. - Chinese (simplified), English, German • Simple update of languages, wizards and firmware updates via USB 1) Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 2) Further information is available at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/67273266 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Supplementary system components > IOP Intelligent Operator Panel ■ Integration Using the IOP with the inverters SINAMICS G120 with CU230P-2, CU240B-2, CU240E-2 or CU250S-2 Control Unit SINAMICS G120P (PM230) with CU230P-2 Control Unit SINAMICS G110D, SINAMICS G120D and SINAMICS G110M SINAMICS S110 – – Door mounting with door mounting kit (power supply directly from the Control Unit) For this purpose, the IOP must be connected up by means of the connecting cable supplied with the door mounting kit. (for PM230 IP20) – (for PM230 IP20) (RS232 connecting cable with optical interface required, 3RK1922-2BP00) Plugging the IOP onto the inverter (power supply from the Control Unit) Mobile use of the IOP Handheld (supplied from rechargeable batteries) Mounting the IOP on a CU230P-2, CU240B-2, CU240E-2 or CU250S-2 Control Unit The IOP can be directly mounted on a Control Unit "-2" (e.g. CU230P-2, CU240B-2, CU240E-2, CU250S-2). 5 Door mounting Using the optionally available door mounting kit, an IOP can be simply mounted in a control cabinet door with just a few manual operations. Degree of protection IP54/UL Type 12 is achieved for door mounting. Door plate Door mounting bracket Sealing sleeve Operator Panel Bolt Fixing screws D type G_D011_EN_00207a CU230P-2 Control Unit with plugged-on IOP Door mounting kit with plugged-on IOP Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/119 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Supplementary system components > Basic Operator Panel BOP-2 ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data Description Article No. Basic Operator Panel BOP-2 6SL3255-0AA00-4CA1 Accessories Door mounting kit For mounting an operator panel in control cabinet doors with sheet steel thicknesses of 1 ... 3 mm (0.04 ... 0.12 in) IP54 degree of protection for IOP IP55 degree of protection for BOP-2 6SL3256-0AP00-0JA0 Included in the scope of delivery: • Seal • Mounting material • Connecting cable (5 m/16.41 ft long, also supplies voltage to the BOP-2 directly via the Control Unit) 5 ■ Benefits Basic Operator Panel BOP-2 The Basic Operator Panel BOP-2 can be used to commission drives, monitor drives in operation and input individual parameter settings. Commissioning of standard drives is easy with the menuprompted dialog on a 2-line display. Simultaneous display of the parameter and parameter value, as well as parameter filtering, means that basic commissioning of a drive can be performed easily and, in most cases, without a printed parameter list. The drives are easily controlled manually using directly assigned navigation buttons. The BOP-2 has a dedicated switchover button to switch from automatic to manual mode. Diagnostics can easily be performed on the connected inverter by following the menus. Up to two process values can be numerically visualized simultaneously. BOP-2 supports standard commissioning of identical drives. For this purpose, a parameter list can be copied from an inverter into the BOP-2 and when required, downloaded into other drive units of the same type. The operating temperature of the BOP-2 is 0 °C ... 50 °C (32 °F ... 122 °F). 5/120 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 • Shorten commissioning times – Easy commissioning of standard drives using basic commissioning wizards (setup) • Minimize standstill times – Fast detection and rectification of faults (Diagnostics) • Greater transparency in the process – The status display of the BOP-2 makes process variable monitoring easy (Monitoring) • Direct mounting on the Control Unit (also see IOP) • User-friendly user interface: - Easy navigation using clear menu structure and clearly assigned control keys - Two-line display © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Supplementary system components > Basic Operator Panel BOP-2 ■ Integration Using the BOP-2 with SINAMICS G120 inverters CU230P-2 CU240B-2 CU240E-2 CU250S-2 Plugging the BOP-2 onto the inverter Door mounting with door mounting kit Mounting the BOP-2 on a CU230P-2, CU240B-2, CU240E-2 or CU250S-2 Control Unit The BOP-2 can be directly mounted on a Control Unit "-2" (e.g. CU230P-2, CU240B-2, CU240E-2, CU250S-2). Door mounting Using the optionally available door mounting kit, a BOP-2 can be simply mounted in a control cabinet door with just a few manual operations. Degree of protection IP55 is achieved for door mounting. Door plate Door mounting bracket 5 Sealing sleeve Operator Panel Bolt CU240E-2 Control Unit with plugged-on BOP-2 G_D011_EN_00389 Fixing screws D type Door mounting kit with plugged-on BOP-2 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/121 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Supplementary system components > Push-through mounting frame for PM230 and PM240-2 Power Modules ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data It is advisable to use an optionally available mounting frame to install the push-through unit in a control cabinet. This mounting frame includes the necessary seals and frame to ensure compliance with degree of protection IP54. If the Power Module is installed without use of the optional mounting frame, the user is responsible for ensuring that the requisite degree of protection is provided. Tightening torque for fixing the mounting frame and the inverter: 3 ... 3.5 Nm. Description Article No. Push-through mounting frame • For PM230 and PM240-2 Power Modules degree of protection IP20, push-through variants - Frame size FSA 6SL3260-6AA00-0DA0 - Frame size FSB 6SL3260-6AB00-0DA0 - Frame size FSC 6SL3260-6AC00-0DA0 Supplementary system components > Memory cards 5 ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data Description Article No. SINAMICS SD card 512 MB 6SL3054-4AG00-2AA0 Optional firmware memory cards SINAMICS memory card (SD card) The parameter settings for an inverter can be stored on the SINAMICS SD card. When service is required, e.g. after the inverter has been replaced and the data have been downloaded from the memory card the drive system is immediately ready for use again. • Parameter settings can be written from the memory card to the inverter or saved from the inverter to the memory card. • Up to 100 parameter sets can be stored • The memory card supports standard commissioning without the use of an operator panel such as the IOP, BOP-2 or the STARTER and SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tools. • If firmware is stored on the memory card and a Control Unit is installed, the firmware can be upgraded/downgraded during power-up 1). Note: The memory card is not required for operation and does not have to remain inserted. Licenses can be optionally ordered for CU250S-2 Control Units in order to implement safety technology and positioning capability via the SINAMICS SD card. For further information, refer to section Control Units. 1) You can find more information about firmware upgrades/downgrades on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/67364620 5/122 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 SINAMICS SD card 512 MB + firmware V4.6 (Multicard V4.6) 6SL3054-7EG00-2BA0 SINAMICS SD card 512 MB + firmware V4.7 (Multicard V4.7) 6SL3054-7EH00-2BA0 SINAMICS SD card 512 MB + firmware V4.7 SP6 HF1 (Multicard V4.7 SP6 HF1) 6SL3054-7TD00-2BA0 For more information on firmware V4.6: https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/67385235 For more information on firmware V4.7: https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/92554110 For more information on firmware V4.7 SP6 HF1: https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/109482094 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Supplementary system components > Brake Relay ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data Description Article No. Brake Relay Including cable harness for connection with the Power Module 6SL3252-0BB00-0AA0 ■ Technical specifications Brake Relay 6SL3252-0BB00-0AA0 The Brake Relay allows the Power Module to be connected to an electromechanical motor brake, thereby allowing the motor brake to be driven directly by the Control Unit. Switching capability of the NO contact, max. 440 V AC / 3.5 A 30 V DC / 12 A Conductor cross-section, max. 2.5 mm2 Degree of protection IP20 5 Dimensions • Width 68 mm (2.68 in) • Height 63 mm (2.48 in) • Depth 33 mm (1.3 in) Weight, approx. 0.17 kg (0.37 lb) ■ Integration The Brake Relay has the following interfaces: • A switch contact (NO contact) to control the motor brake solenoid • A connection for the cable harness (CTRL) for connection to the Power Module The supplied Brake Relay includes the cable harness for connection with the Power Module. The 24 V DC solenoid of the motor brake is connected via an external power supply. For 24 V DC, external surge arrestors are required (e.g. varistor, transil diode). The Brake Relay can be installed on the shield bonding plate near the power terminals of the Power Module. 24 V DC Brake control connection (cable harness to the inverter) CTRL *) Brake solenoid Brake Relay *) Varistor 35 V or transil diode G_D011_EN_00348 Connection example of 24 V DC Brake Relay 400 V 1 AC/ 230 V 1 AC CTRL Brake control connection (cable harness to the inverter) Rectifier module e.g. in the motor terminal box Brake solenoid Brake Relay G_D011_EN_00349 Connection example of 230 ... 400 V 1 AC Brake Relay Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/123 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Supplementary system components > Safe Brake Relay ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data Description Article No. Safe Brake Relay 6SL3252-0BB01-0AA0 Including cable harness for connection to Power Module ■ Technical specifications Safe Brake Relay 6SL3252-0BB01-0AA0 – Power supply 20.4 ... 28.8 V DC Recommended rated supply voltage 26 V DC (to compensate for voltage drop in feeder cable to 24 V DC motor brake solenoid) ■ Design The Safe Brake Relay can be installed below the Power Module on the shield connection plate. The Safe Brake Relay has the following connections and interfaces: • 1 two-channel transistor output stage to control the motor brake solenoid • 1 connection for the cable harness (CTRL) to the Power Module in blocksize format • 1 connection for the 24 V DC power supply The connection between the 24 V DC supply and the Safe Brake Relay must be kept as short as possible. Power requirement, max. • Motor brake 2A • At 24 V DC 0.05 A + the current requirement of motor brake Conductor cross-section, max. 2.5 mm2 Dimensions • Width 69 mm (2.72 in) • Height 63 mm (2.48 in) • Depth 33 mm (1.30 in) Weight, approx. 0.17 kg (0.37 lb) The scope of delivery of a Safe Brake Relay includes the following: • 2 cable harnesses for connecting to the CTRL socket of the Power Module - 0.32 m (1.05 ft) length for frame sizes FSA to FSC - 0.55 m (1.8 ft) length for frame sizes FSD to FSF ■ Integration Power Module PM-IF interface Cable harness Safe Brake Relay ext. 24 V + + M M BR+ + M BR- CTRL G_D211_EN_00071a Connection example of Safe Brake Relay The 24 V DC solenoid of the motor brake is directly connected to the Safe Brake Relay. External overvoltage limiters are not required. 5/124 U2 V2 W2 PE 5 With the Safe Brake Relay function, the brake is controlled in accordance with IEC 61508 SIL 2 and EN ISO 13849-1 PL d and Category 3. Switching capability of the NO contact Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 M 3~ © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Supplementary system components > CM240NE chemical industry module ■ Application Inverters for 400 V / 500 V and 690 V are required in the chemical industry that meet the special demands and requirements of this industry. The essential requirements and demands of the chemical industry are fulfilled using the SINAMICS G120 series of inverters supplemented by the CM240NE chemical industry module (with ATEX-certified PTC evaluation and a NAMUR terminal strip). ■ Design • Isolated analog inputs and outputs in the chemical industry module (1 setpoint / 2 measured values) • Isolated digital inputs and outputs in the Control Unit • Protective separation of the motor sensor cable with respect to the enclosure and other connections using reinforced insulation of the creepage and clearances (rated impulse voltage 12 kV) according to EN 60664 1 • Certified power disconnection (94/9/EC, ATEX) of the inverter without main contactor • Forced inverter inhibit (EMERGENCY STOP function via STO) • NAMUR terminal strip according to NE 37 5 CM240NE chemical industry module The CM240NE chemical industry module has the following interfaces: Designation Description PROFIBUS 9-pin, SUB-D connector or socket to connect PROFIBUS 1) X11 and X12 Parallel connection of the CM240NE chemical industry module with the Control Unit X2 Terminal strip in accordance with NAMUR recommendation NE 37 (2.5 mm2 screw terminals) • Digital inputs and outputs • Analog inputs and outputs X3 1) Terminal strip in accordance with NAMUR recommendation NE 37 (2.5 mm2 screw terminals) to connect the motor temperature sensor Cannot be used with CU250S-2 (must be mounted on a DIN rail). Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/125 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Supplementary system components > CM240NE chemical industry module ■ Function ■ Selection and ordering data • Thermal motor protection (TMP) using the PTC thermistor integrated in the motor (incl. protective separation up to 690 V line supplies) • The analog inputs and outputs are electrically isolated (MW1 to 3) • Provision of NAMUR terminal strip (-X2; -X3) Article No. CM240NE chemical industry module 6SL3255-0BT01-0PA0 Accessories Supplementary kit for rail mounting 6SL3260-4TA00-1AA6 contains • Adapter for rail mounting (acc. to DIN 50022, 35 × 15 mm) ■ Integration • Long cable harness A chemical industry inverter comprises a SINAMICS G120 inverter (Power Module and Control Unit) and the CM240NE chemical industry module. 5 Description ■ More information The CU250S-2 DP is a suitable Control Unit for this application. This is a Control Unit with integrated safety-related functions and PROFIBUS DP interface. A script file to parameterize the interconnections in line with the NAMUR assignment is available as a download to commission the system using the STARTER commissioning tool. The following Power Module versions are used: • PM240 Power Module with DC braking function and braking chopper, 400 V line supply voltage • PM250 Power Module with energy recovery capability, 400 V line supply voltage https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/37141544 Depending on the power unit, additional components may be necessary to complete the system. Chemical industry inverter comprising PM250 Power Module, CU250S-2 Control Unit and CM240NE chemical industry module 5/126 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Supplementary system components > PC inverter connection kit 2 ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data Description Article No. PC inverter connection kit 2 6SL3255-0AA00-2CA0 USB cable (length 3 m (9.84 ft)) for • SINAMICS G120C • SINAMICS G120 Control Units • SINAMICS G110M Control Units • SINAMICS G120D Control Units - CU230P-2 - CU240B-2 - CU240E-2 - CU250S-2 • SINAMICS G110M Control Units - CU240M 5 • SINAMICS G120D Control Units - CU240D-2 - CU250D-2 PC inverter connection kit 2 For controlling and commissioning an inverter directly from a PC if the STARTER 1) commissioning tool or SINAMICS Startdrive has been installed on the PC. With this, the inverter can be • parameterized (commissioning, optimization) • monitored (diagnostics) • controlled (master control via the STARTER or SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool for test purposes) A USB cable (3 m/9.84 ft) is included in the scope of delivery. The PC inverter connection kit 2 is compatible with the following Control Units and inverters (all communication methods): • SINAMICS G120C • SINAMICS G120 Control Units - CU230P-2 - CU240B-2 - CU240E-2 - CU250S-2 • SINAMICS G110M Control Units - CU240M • SINAMICS G120D Control Units - CU240D-2 - CU250D-2 1) The STARTER commissioning tool is available on the Internet at www.siemens.com/starter Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/127 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Supplementary system components > Shield connection kits for Control Units ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data The shield connection kit offers for all signal and communication cables • Optimum shield connection • Strain relief It contains the following: • A matching shield bonding plate • All of the necessary connecting and retaining elements for mounting 5 The shield connection kits are suitable for the following SINAMICS G120 Control Units: • CU230P-2 • CU240B-2 • CU240E-2 • CU250S-2 Description Article No. Shield connection kit 1 For CU230P-2 HVAC and CU230P-2 DP Control Units 6SL3264-1EA00-0FA0 Shield connection kit 2 for CU240B-2 and CU240E-2 Control Units 6SL3264-1EA00-0HA0 Shield connection kit 3 for CU230P-2 PN, CU240E-2 PN and CU240E-2 PN-F Control Units 6SL3264-1EA00-0HB0 Shield connection kit 4 for CU250S-2 Control Units 6SL3264-1EA00-0LA0 Supplementary system components > Shield connection kits and shield plates for Power Modules ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data Description Article No. Shield plate For PM230 Power Modules in degree of protection IP20 Standard and push-through variants • Frame sizes FSA to FSC Supplied with the Power Modules, available as a spare part Shield connection kit for PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20 • Frame sizes FSD and FSE 6SL3262-1AD00-0DA0 • Frame size FSF 6SL3262-1AF00-0DA0 Shield connection kit for PM240-2 Power Modules Shield connection kit for Power Module frame size FSB The shield connection kit • makes it easier to connect the shields of supply and control cables • provides mechanical strain relief • ensures optimum EMC performance • is used to attach the Brake Relay The shield connection kit includes • A shield bonding plate for the required Power Module • Connection elements and clamps for mounting • Mounting device for Brake Relay, frame sizes FSD to FSF PM230 Power Modules in degree of protection IP20, frame sizes FSA to FSC, for standard and push-through variants are supplied with a shield plate for motor and signal cables. A shield connection kit is supplied with PM240-2 Power Modules. Shield connection kits are available for PM230 Power Modules in degree of protection IP20, frame sizes FSD to FSF, and PM250 Power Modules. 5/128 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 • Frame sizes FSA to FSF Supplied with the Power Modules, available as a spare part Shield connection kit for PM250 Power Modules • Frame size FSC 6SL3262-1AC00-0DA0 • Frame sizes FSD and FSE 6SL3262-1AD00-0DA0 • Frame size FSF 6SL3262-1AF00-0DA0 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Spare parts > Spare Parts Kit for Control Units ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data The Spare Parts Kit contains small parts for all variants of the following SINAMICS G120 Control Units: • CU230P-2 • CU240B-2 • CU240E-2 • CU240E-2 F • CU250S-2 Description Article No. Spare Parts Kit for Control Units CU230P-2, CU240B-2, CU240E-2, CU240E-2 F and CU250S-2 6SL3200-0SK01-0AA0 Included in the scope of delivery: • Label set for all variants of CU230P-2, CU240B-2, CU240E-2, CU240E-2 F and CU250S-2 Control Units • 2 × replacement doors (top/bottom) • 2 × labeling strips for use on the doors • 1 × 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11-pole terminal blocks • 1 × protective element for memory card slot • 1 × screw for SUB-D interface 5 Spare parts > Shield connection kits for PM240-2 Power Modules ■ Overview A shield connection kit is supplied as standard with PM240-2 Power Modules in frame sizes FSA to FSF. This shield connection kit is also available as a spare part. ■ Selection and ordering data Description Article No. Shield connection kit for PM240-2 Power Modules • Frame size FSA 6SL3266-1EA00-0KA0 • Frame size FSB 6SL3266-1EB00-0KA0 • Frame size FSC 6SL3266-1EC00-0KA0 • Frame size FSD 6SL3262-1AD01-0DA0 • Frame size FSE 6SL3262-1AE01-0DA0 • Frame size FSF 6SL3262-1AF01-0DA0 Spare parts > Shield plate for PM230 Power Modules ■ Overview PM230 Power Modules in degree of protection IP20, frame sizes FSA to FSC, are supplied with a shield plate for motor and signal cables. This shield plate is also available as a spare part. ■ Selection and ordering data Description Article No. Shield plate for PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20 • Frame size FSA 6SL3266-1EA00-0KA0 • Frame size FSB 6SL3266-1EB00-0KA0 • Frame size FSC 6SL3266-1EC00-0KA0 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/129 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Spare parts > Mounting set for PM230 and PM240-2 Power Modules ■ Overview 5 ■ Selection and ordering data The following parts are supplied from the factory for each PM230 Power Module in frame sizes FSA to FSC with degree of protection IP20: • 1 SUB-D connector with mounting material for connecting the CU230P-2 HVAC/DP/PN Control Units to the operator panel (e.g. IOP) • 1 motor connector and 1 power supply connector • 2 serrated strips including mounting material for connecting the shield • 3 sleeves for inserting in the cutouts for the signal cables of the cable bonding plate • Ferrite cores (only necessary for devices with integrated line filter class B) • 2-page Quick Start Guide with mounting instructions Description Article No. Mounting set for PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20 6SL3200-0SK02-0AA0 • Frame size FSA 6SL3200-0SK03-0AA0 • Frame size FSB 6SL3200-0SK04-0AA0 • Frame size FSC 6SL3200-0SK08-0AA0 Mounting set for PM240-2 Power Modules in frame sizes FSD, FSE and FSF 6SL3200-0SK02-0AA0 Mounting sets can be ordered for all frame sizes with degree of protection IP20. Each one contains the following parts: • 1 SUB-D connector with mounting material • 1 motor connector and 1 power supply connector • 2 serrated strips including mounting material for connecting the shield • 3 sleeves for inserting in the cutouts for the signal cables of the cable bonding plate • Ferrite cores (only necessary for devices with integrated line filter class B) • Screws for fixing the cable bonding plate and the cover Spare parts > Replacement door for PM240 Power Modules, frame size FSGX ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data A complete replacement door can be ordered for the PM240 Power Modules, frame size FSGX. 5/130 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 Description Article No. Replacement door for PM240 Power Modules, frame size FSGX 6SL3200-0SM10-0AA0 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Spare parts > Terminal cover kits for frame sizes FSD to FSF ■ Overview The terminal cover kit includes a replacement cover for the connecting terminals. Terminal cover kits, which are suitable for the following SINAMICS G120 Power Modules, frame sizes FSD to FSF, are available: • PM230 degree of protection IP20 standard variant • PM240-2 • PM250 ■ Selection and ordering data Description Article No. Terminal cover kits for PM230 Power Modules, degree of protection IP20, standard variant and PM250 Power Modules 6SL3200-0SK02-0AA0 • For frame sizes FSD and FSE 6SL3200-0SM11-0AA0 • For frame size FSF 6SL3200-0SM12-0AA0 Terminal cover kits for PM240-2 Power Modules • For frame size FSD 6SL3200-0SM13-0AA0 • For frame size FSE 6SL3200-0SM14-0AA0 • For frame size FSF 6SL3200-0SM15-0AA0 5 Spare parts > Replacement connectors ■ Overview A set of replacement connectors for the line feeder cable, braking resistor and motor cable is available for SINAMICS G120 PM240-2 Power Modules (and SINAMICS G120C). ■ Selection and ordering data Description Article No. Replacement connectors • For SINAMICS G120 PM240-2 and SINAMICS G120C in frame size FSA 6SL3200-0ST05-0AA0 • For SINAMICS G120 PM240-2 and SINAMICS G120C frame size FSB 6SL3200-0ST06-0AA0 • For SINAMICS G120 PM240-2 and SINAMICS G120C frame size FSC 6SL3200-0ST07-0AA0 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/131 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Spare parts > Fan units ■ Overview The Power Module fans are designed for extra long service life. For special requirements, replacement fans are available that can be exchanged quickly and easily. ■ Selection and ordering data Rated power kW PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20 standard variant hp External fan unit Type 6SL3210-... Frame size Article No. FSA 6SL3200-0SF12-0AA0 FSB 6SL3200-0SF13-0AA0 FSC 6SL3200-0SF14-0AA0 FSD 6SL3200-0SF05-0AA0 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 5 0.75 1 1NE12-2 . L1 1.1 1.5 1NE13-1 . L1 1.5 2 1NE14-1 . L1 2.2 3 1NE15-8 . L1 3 4 1NE17-7 . L1 4 5 1NE21-0 . L1 5.5 7.5 1NE21-3 . L1 7.5 10 1NE21-8 . L1 11 15 1NE22-6 . L1 15 20 1NE23-2 . L1 18.5 25 1NE23-8 . L1 22 30 1NE24-5 . L0 30 40 1NE26-0 . L0 37 50 1NE27-5 . L0 45 60 1NE28-8 . L0 55 75 1NE31-1 . L0 75 100 1NE31-5 . L0 Rated power kW FSE FSF PM230 Power Module degree of protection IP20 push-through variant hp Type 6SL3211-... 6SL3200-0SF08-0AA0 External fan unit Frame size Article No. 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 3 4 1NE17-7 . L1 FSA 6SL3200-0SF21-0AA0 7.5 10 1NE21-8 . L1 FSB 6SL3200-0SF22-0AA0 18.5 25 1NE23-8 . L1 FSC 6SL3200-0SF23-0AA0 Rated power kW PM240-2 Power Module standard variant hp Type 6SL3210-... External fan unit Frame size Article No. 200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC 0.75 1 1PB13-8 . L0 FSA 6SL3200-0SF12-0AA0 1.1 1.5 1PB15-5 . L0 FSB 6SL3200-0SF13-0AA0 1.5 2 1PB17-4 . L0 2.2 3 1PB21-0 . L0 3 4 1PB21-4 . L0 FSC 6SL3200-0SF14-0AA0 4 5 1PB21-8 . L0 FSC 6SL3200-0SF14-0AA0 FSD 6SL3200-0SF15-0AA0 FSE 6SL3200-0SF16-0AA0 FSF 6SL3200-0SF17-0AA0 200 ... 240 V 3 AC 5.5 7.5 1PC22-2 . L0 7.5 10 1PC22-8 . L0 11 15 1PC24-2UL0 15 20 1PC25-4UL0 18.5 25 1PC26-8UL0 22 30 1PC28-0UL0 30 40 1PC31-1UL0 37 50 1PC31-3UL0 45 60 1PC31-6UL0 55 75 1PC31-8UL0 5/132 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Spare parts > Fan units ■ Selection and ordering data Rated power kW PM240-2 Power Module standard variant hp External fan unit Type 6SL3210-... Frame size Article No. FSA 6SL3200-0SF12-0AA0 FSB 6SL3200-0SF13-0AA0 FSC 6SL3200-0SF14-0AA0 FSD 6SL3200-0SF15-0AA0 FSE 6SL3200-0SF16-0AA0 FSF 6SL3200-0SF17-0AA0 FSD 6SL3200-0SF15-0AA0 FSE 6SL3200-0SF16-0AA0 FSF 6SL3200-0SF17-0AA0 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 0.75 1 1PE12-3 . L1 1.1 1.5 1PE13-2 . L1 1.5 2 1PE14-3 . L1 2.2 3 1PE16-1 . L1 3 4 1PE18-0 . L1 4 5 1PE21-1 . L0 5.5 7.5 1PE21-4 . L0 7.5 10 1PE21-8 . L0 11 15 1PE22-7 . L0 15 20 1PE23-3 . L0 18.5 25 1PE23-8 . L0 22 30 1PE24-5 . L0 30 40 1PE26-0 . L0 37 50 1PE27-5 . L0 45 60 1PE28-8 . L0 55 75 1PE31-1 . L0 75 100 1PE31-5 . L0 90 125 1PE31-8 . L0 110 150 1PE32-1 . L0 132 200 1PE32-5 . L0 500 ... 690 V 3 AC 11 10 1PH21-4 . L0 15 15 1PH22-0 . L0 18.5 20 1PH22-3 . L0 22 25 1PH22-7 . L0 30 30 1PH23-5 . L0 37 40 1PH24-2 . L0 45 50 1PH25-2 . L0 55 60 1PH26-2 . L0 75 75 1PH28-0 . L0 90 100 1PH31-0 . L0 110 100 1PH31-2 . L0 132 125 1PH31-4 . L0 Rated power kW PM240-2 Power Module push-through variant hp Type 6SL3211-... External fan unit Frame size Article No. 200 ... 240 V 1 AC/3 AC 0.75 1 1PB13-8 . L0 FSA 6SL3200-0SF12-0AA0 2.2 3 1PB21-0 . L0 FSB 6SL3200-0SF13-0AA0 4 5 1PB21-8 . L0 FSC 6SL3200-0SF14-0AA0 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 3 4 1PE18-0 . L1 FSA 6SL3200-0SF12-0AA0 7.5 10 1PE21-8 . L0 FSB 6SL3200-0SF13-0AA0 15 20 1PE23-3 . L0 FSC 6SL3200-0SF14-0AA0 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 5/133 5 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G120 standard inverters 0.37 kW to 250 kW (0.5 hp to 400 hp) Spare parts > Replacement fans ■ Overview The Power Module fans are designed for extra long service life. Replacement fans can be ordered. ■ Selection and ordering data Rated power kW PM240 Power Module hp Replacement fan Type 6SL3224-... Frame size and number of fans Article No. FSGX, 2 fans 6SL3362-0AG00-0AA1 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 160 250 0XE41-3UA0 200 300 0XE41-6UA0 250 400 0XE42-0UA0 Rated power 5 kW (includes 2 replacement fans) PM250 Power Module hp Replacement fan Type 6SL3225-... Frame size and number of fans Article No. FSC, 2 fans 1) 6SL3200-0SF03-0AA0 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 7.5 10 0BE25-5AA1 11 15 0BE27-5AA1 15 20 0BE31-1AA1 18.5 25 0BE31-5 . A0 22 30 0BE31-8 . A0 (includes 2 replacement fans) 30 40 0BE32-2 . A0 6SL3200-0SF05-0AA0 37 50 0BE33-0 . A0 45 60 0BE33-7 . A0 55 75 0BE34-5 . A0 75 100 0BE35-5 . A0 (includes 2 replacement fans) 90 125 0BE37-5 . A0 6SL3200-0SF08-0AA0 (includes 1 replacement fan) FSD, 2 fans 6SL3200-0SF04-0AA0 (includes 2 replacement fans) FSE, 2 fans 6SL3200-0SF04-0AA0 (includes 2 replacement fans) 6SL3200-0SF05-0AA0 (includes 2 replacement fans) FSF, 2 fans 6SL3200-0SF06-0AA0 (includes 2 replacement fans) 1) Recommendation: Even if only one fan on the Power Module is defective, it is advisable to replace both. In this case, the order quantity must be doubled. 5/134 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 6 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) 6/28 6/28 Compatible SIMOTICS motors Overview 6/29 6/29 Compatible SIMOGEAR geared motors Overview 6/30 6/30 6/35 Supplementary system components Intelligent Operator Panel IOP Handheld Memory card PC inverter connection kit 2 (mini USB interface cable for communication with a PC) Wall mounting kit Installation kits STARTER commissioning tool SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool Connecting cables for the Control Unit PROFINET connecting cable PROFIBUS connecting cable AS-Interface connecting cable Connecting cables/connectors for supplying the Control Unit with power Connecting cables and connectors for digital inputs and outputs Connecting cables and connectors for analog inputs Connecting cables for Power Modules Connecting cables pre-assembled at one end and connector sets to connect to the line supply Connector insert for power loop-through Power bus distribution 400 V in IP65 degree of protection More information 6/36 6/36 6/36 6/36 Spare parts Spare Parts Kit Overview Selection and ordering data 6/2 6/2 6/2 Introduction Application More information 6/3 6/3 6/4 6/5 6/6 6/7 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters Overview Benefits Design Configuration Technical specifications 6/8 6/8 6/9 6/10 6/11 6/15 CU240M Control Units Overview Selection and ordering data Design Integration Technical specifications 6/17 6/17 6/17 6/18 6/19 6/22 6/23 PM240M Power Modules Overview Selection and ordering data Integration Technical specifications Characteristic curves Dimensional drawings 6/24 6/24 6/24 Repair switch Overview Selection and ordering data 6/35 6/35 6/25 6/25 Recommended line-side power components Selection and ordering data 6/35 6/35 6/26 6/26 6/26 6/26 6/26 6/27 6/27 6/27 6/27 DC link components Braking resistors Overview Selection and ordering data Technical specifications 24 V DC power supply Overview Selection and ordering data Technical specifications 6/31 6/31 6/32 6/33 6/33 6/33 6/33 6/33 6/34 6/34 6/34 6/35 6/35 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) Introduction ■ Application Use Requirements for torque accuracy/speed accuracy/position accuracy/coordination of axes/functionality Continuous motion Basic High Basic Medium High Centrifugal pumps Radial / axial fans Compressors Eccentric screw pumps Hydraulic pumps Metering pumps Hydraulic pumps Metering pumps Descaling pumps Hydraulic pumps V20 G110 G120C G120P G120P G130/G150 G180 1) S120 G120 S110 S120 Conveyor belts Roller conveyors Chain conveyors Conveyor belts Roller conveyors Chain conveyors Lifting/lowering devices Elevators Escalators/moving walkways Indoor cranes Marine drives Cable railways Elevators Container cranes Mining hoists Excavators for opencast mining Test bays Acceleration conveyors Storage and retrieval machines Acceleration conveyors Storage and retrieval machines Cross cutters Reel changers Storage and retrieval machines Robotics Pick & place Rotary indexing tables Cross cutters Roll feeds Engagers/ disengagers V20 G110 G110D G110M G120C G120 G120D G130/G150 G180 1) S120 S150 DCM V90 G120 G120D S110 DCM S120 DCM Mills Mixers Kneaders Crushers Agitators Centrifuges Mills Mixers Kneaders Crushers Agitators Centrifuges Extruders Rotary furnaces Extruders Winders/unwinders Lead/follower drives Calenders Main press drives Printing machines Tubular bagging machines Single-axis motion control such as • Position profiles • Path profiles Tubular bagging machines Single-axis motion control such as • Position profiles • Path profiles Servo presses Rolling mill drives Multi-axis motion control such as • Multi-axis positioning • Cams • Interpolations V20 G120C G120 G130/G150 G180 1) S120 S150 DCM V90 G120 S110 S120 DCM Main drives for • Turning • Milling • Drilling Main drives for • Drilling • Sawing Main drives for • Turning • Milling • Drilling • Gear cutting • Grinding Axis drives for • Turning • Milling • Drilling Axis drives for • Drilling • Sawing Axis drives for • Turning • Milling • Drilling • Lasering • Gear cutting • Grinding • Nibbling and punching S110 S110 S120 S120 S110 S110 S120 S120 Pumping, Centrifugal pumps ventilating, Radial / axial fans compressing Compressors Moving 6 Processing Machining Non-continuous motion Medium SINAMICS G110M fulfills all requirements that plant manufacturers demand from their frequency inverters in drives for conveyor system applications. The inverter is supplied as a motor integrated unit in degree of protection IP66 and sets standards in efficiency – from the installation phase to commissioning and handling. SINAMICS G110M is also suitable for pump and fan applications in which a motor integrated inverter is required as a distributed system. Practical application examples and descriptions are available on the Internet at www.siemens.com/sinamics-applications www.siemens.com/conveyor-technology ■ More information You may also be interested in these frequency drives: • Simple applications with AS-Interface in IP65 degree of protection SINAMICS G110D • More performance for the control cabinet in IP20 degree of protection SINAMICS G120, SINAMICS G120C • With enhanced functionality, with positioning function in IP65 degree of protection SINAMICS G120D • With positioning function in the control cabinet in IP20 degree of protection SINAMICS G120 1) Industry-specific inverters. 6/2 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) SINAMICS G110M distributed frequency inverters ■ Overview The SINAMICS G110M distributed frequency inverters are the solution for drive tasks in which a motor integrated frequency inverter is required. With different device versions (frame sizes FSA to FSB) in a power range from 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp), the SINAMICS G110M is suitable for a wide variety of drive solutions. SINAMICS G110M supports continuous speed control of three-phase asynchronous motors and fulfills all the requirements of conveyor system applications from simple speed control through to demanding sensorless vector control. It can be integrated seamlessly into the system thanks to its compact design in IP65/IP66 degree of protection. Through the integrated functions such as quick stop and the limit switch function, the SINAMICS G110M is particularly suited for conveyor system applications. For applications that require safety engineering, the SINAMICS G110M has the integrated STO (Safe Torque Off 1)) function, which can be implemented without further external components. Integration via PROFIBUS, PROFINET, AS-Interface or USS into a higher-level SIMATIC controller is very easy thanks to complete TIA Portal integration 1) – one tool and one operating and data storage concept. Reasons for using distributed drive systems • Modular drive solutions – therefore standardized mechatronic elements that can be individually tested • No need for a cabinet, resulting in a smaller space requirement and less cooling • Long cables between the inverter and motor can be avoided (which means lower power losses, reduced interference emission and lower costs for shielded cables and additional filters) • Considerable benefits for conveyor systems with their extensive coverage (e.g. in the automotive and logistics industries) Siemens family of distributed drives Siemens offers an innovative portfolio of frequency inverters to optimally implement distributed drive solutions. The strengths of the individual members of the drive family permit simple adaptation to the widest range of application demands: • Identical connection systems • Standard commissioning and configuration tools Products from the family of distributed drives: • SINAMICS G110M frequency inverters • SINAMICS G110D frequency inverters • SINAMICS G120D frequency inverters • SIMATIC ET 200pro FC-2 frequency converters • SIRIUS M200D motor starters Modularity SINAMICS G110M is a modular, motor integrated inverter system with IP65/66 degree of protection comprising various function units. The main units are: • Control Unit (CU) • Power Module (PM) SINAMICS G110M CU240M PN Control Unit, cable gland and PM240M Power Module FSA 1.5 kW (2 hp) The Control Unit controls and monitors the Power Module and the connected motor using several different closed-loop control types that can be selected. The digital and analog inputs and digital outputs on the device support the simple wiring of sensors and actuators directly at the drive. The input signals can either be directly linked within the Control Unit and initiate local responses independently or they can be transferred to the central control via PROFIBUS, PROFINET or AS-Interface for further processing within the context of the overall plant. The Power Module supplies the motor in a performance range from 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp). The Power Module is controlled by a microprocessor in the Control Unit. State-of-the-art IGBT technology with pulse width modulation is used for highly reliable and flexible motor operation. Comprehensive protection functions provide a high degree of protection for the Power Module and the motor. The latest technical documentation (catalogs, dimensional drawings, certificates, manuals and operating instructions) is available on the Internet at the following address: www.siemens.com/sinamics-g110m and offline on the DVD-ROM CA 01 in the Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator). In addition, the DT Configurator can now be used on the Internet without requiring any installation. The DT Configurator can be found in the Siemens Industry Mall at the following address: www.siemens.com/dt-configurator SINAMICS G110M CU240M PN Control Unit, plug-in and PM240M Power Module FSA 1.5 kW (2 hp) Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 6/3 6 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) SINAMICS G110M distributed frequency inverters ■ Overview (continued) Safety Integrated The distributed SINAMICS G110M inverters are already equipped with the integrated STO safety function (Safe Torque Off 1), certified in accordance with IEC 61508 SIL 2 as well as EN ISO 13849-1 PL d and Category 3). It can be activated either over PROFIsafe or over the safety input. Additional information is provided in chapter Highlights, section Safety Integrated. STARTER commissioning tool The STARTER commissioning tool (V4.3 SP3 and higher) supports the commissioning and maintenance of SINAMICS G110M inverters 2). The operator guidance combined with comprehensive, user-friendly functions for the relevant drive solution allow you to commission the device quickly and easily. SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool (V13 and higher) 6 SINAMICS Startdrive is a tool for configuring, commissioning, and diagnosing the SINAMICS family of drives and is integrated into the TIA Portal. SINAMICS Startdrive can be used to implement drive tasks with the SINAMICS G110M 3), SINAMICS G120, SINAMICS G120C, SINAMICS G120D and SINAMICS G120P inverter series. The commissioning tool has been optimized with regard to user friendliness and consistent use of the TIA Portal benefits of a common working environment for PLC, HMI and drives. ■ Benefits Fast commissioning • Preconfigured with SIMOGEAR • Loop-through of 24 V DC and 400 V 3 AC and communication – no T-distributor necessary • Internal braking resistors - typical applications can be implemented without external braking resistors • Rugged, with IP65/66 degree of protection, up to 55 °C ambient temperature • Commissioning via fieldbus Fast commissioning on site • Local commissioning via DIP switch, standard USB interface and potentiometer or Intelligent Operator Panel (IOP) • Plug-in connections for 400 V 3 AC and 24 V DC, plug-in I/Os and communication • Local diagnostics with LEDs • Uploading, saving and cloning of parameters with SINAMICS SD card and IOP Intelligent Operator Panel Full functionality • Integrated safety functions (STO locally via F-DI or via PROFIsafe) • PROFINET communication to PROFIBUS at no extra cost • Integrated communication: USS, Modbus RTU, PROFIBUS, PROFINET / EtherNet/IP and AS-Interface • Basic PLC functions and additional conveyor technology functions • I/Os can be used as distributed I/Os of the PLC Efficient engineering • Fully integrated in Totally Integrated Automation, Totally Integrated Automation Portal and Integrated Drive System • Automatic diagnostics in combination with SIMATIC controller Flexible commissioning • Integrated, specific software functionality for conveyor systems: - Quick stop function for fast reaction times to sensors - Limit switch functionality, e.g. for rotary table, corner transfer unit • Use of the same software tools (STARTER and SINAMICS Startdrive) as for all SINAMICS drives 1) Available for firmware version V4.7 or higher 2) SINAMICS G110M with AS-Interface is available from STARTER V4.4 SP1. 3) SINAMICS G110M with AS-Interface is available from SINAMICS Startdrive V13 SP1. 6/4 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) SINAMICS G110M distributed frequency inverters ■ Design The SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters are modular frequency inverters for standard drives. Each SINAMICS G110M comprises two operative units – a Power Module and a Control Unit. Control Units 6 SINAMICS G110M CU240M PN Control Unit cable gland SINAMICS G110M CU240M PN Control Unit plug-in and PM240M Power Module FSA 1.5 kW (2 hp) Power Modules A Control Unit performs closed-loop control functions for the inverter. In addition to the closed-loop control, it has additional functions that can be adapted to the particular application through parameterization. The following Control Units are available for SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters: CU240M Control Units Several Control Units are available in different versions: Control Unit Fieldbus communication via Connection system For motor frame sizes CU240M USS/Modbus RTU Screw-type version 71, 80/90, 100/112 CU240M AS-i AS-Interface Screw-type version 71, 80/90, 100/112 CU240M AS-i AS-Interface Plug-in version 71, 80/90, 100/112 CU240M DP PROFIBUS Screw-type version 71, 80/90, 100/112 CU240M DP PROFIBUS Plug-in version 71, 80/90, 100/112 CU240M PN PROFINET, EtherNet/IP Screw-type version 71, 80/90, 100/112 SINAMICS G110M PM240M Power Module FSA 1.5 kW (2 hp) CU240M PN PROFINET, EtherNet/IP Plug-in version 71, 80/90, 100/112 The following PM240M Power Modules are available for the SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters: Supplementary system components PM240M Power Modules Rated power Frame size 0.37 kW (0.5 hp) FSA 0.75 kW (1 hp) FSA 1.1 kW (1.5 hp) FSA The IOP supports both entry-level personnel and drive experts. Thanks to the large plain text display, menu-based operation and the application wizards, it is easy to commission, diagnose and locally control standard drives. 1.5 kW (2 hp) FSA Memory card 2.2 kW (3 hp) FSB 3 kW (4 hp) FSB 4 kW (5 hp) FSB The parameter settings for the inverter can be stored on the SINAMICS SD memory card. When service is required, e.g. after the inverter has been replaced and the data have been downloaded from the memory card, the system is immediately ready for use again. Intelligent Operator Panel IOP Handheld Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 6/5 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) SINAMICS G110M distributed frequency inverters Online DT Configurator ■ Design PC inverter connection kit (mini USB interface cable) for communication with a PC For controlling and commissioning an inverter directly from a PC if the appropriate software (STARTER commissioning tool V4.3 and higher or SINAMICS Startdrive V13 and higher) has been installed. Internal braking resistors Excess energy in the DC link is dissipated in the internal braking resistor. 24 V DC power supply A 24 V DC power supply is also available for SINAMICS G110M. This is mounted directly on the inverter and supplies the device with 24 V DC, so there is no need to connect an external 24 V DC power supply. Wall mounting kit 6 If a SINAMICS G110M distributed inverter should not or cannot be mounted on the motor, a wall mounting kit is available. With the wall mounting kit SINAMICS G110M can be mounted close to the motor – according to the conditions of the plant. Repair switch For SINAMICS G110M a repair switch is available. This is mounted directly on the inverter and separates SINAMICS G110M on the input side from the 400 V line supply. Connecting cable for the Control Units Flexible plug-in cables to transfer data between the Industrial Ethernet stations or PROFIBUS stations, as well as to supply power to the Control Unit. Connecting cable for the Power Modules Connector sets and pre-assembled cables for the line supply can be ordered as accessories. Installation kits Different installation kits can be ordered as accessories for the Control Units with plug-in connections and Control Units with cable gland connections. These kits include covers or cable glands for protecting or connecting the 400 V 3 AC supply, the 24 V DC supply and the mechanical motor brake. Spare Parts Kit A Spare Parts Kit is available which comprises small parts such as seals, caps and screws. ■ Configuration The following electronic configuring aids and engineering tools are available for the SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters: Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator) within the CA 01 The interactive catalog CA 01 – the offline Industry Mall of Siemens on DVD-ROM – contains over 100 000 products with approximately 5 million possible drive system product variants. The Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator) has been developed to facilitate selection of the correct motor and/or inverter from the wide spectrum of drives. It is integrated as a selection tool in Catalog CA 01. 6/6 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 In addition, the DT Configurator can be used on the Internet without requiring any installation. The DT Configurator can be found in the Siemens Industry Mall at the following address: www.siemens.com/dt-configurator SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool The SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool makes it easy to engineer the SINAMICS and MICROMASTER 4 drive families. It provides support when selecting the hardware and firmware components necessary to implement a drive task. SIZER for Siemens Drives is designed to support configuring of the entire drive system. You can find further information on the SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool in the chapter Engineering tools. The SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool is available free on the Internet at www.siemens.com/sizer STARTER commissioning tool The STARTER commissioning tool allows menu-prompted commissioning, optimization and diagnostics. Apart from for SINAMICS drives, STARTER is also suitable for MICROMASTER 4 devices; for SINAMICS G110M from STARTER V4.3 SP3 and higher 1). You can find further information about the STARTER commissioning tool in the chapter Engineering tools. Additional information about the STARTER commissioning tool is available on the Internet at www.siemens.com/starter SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool (V13 and higher) SINAMICS Startdrive is a tool for configuring, commissioning, and diagnosing the SINAMICS family of drives and is integrated into the TIA Portal. SINAMICS Startdrive can be used to implement drive tasks with the SINAMICS G110M 2), SINAMICS G120, SINAMICS G120C, SINAMICS G120D and SINAMICS G120P inverter series. The commissioning tool has been optimized with regard to user friendliness and consistent use of the TIA Portal benefits of a common working environment for PLC, HMI and drives. You can find further information on the SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool in the chapter Engineering tools. The SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool is available free on the Internet at www.siemens.com/startdrive Drive ES engineering system Drive ES is the engineering system that can be used to integrate the communication, configuration and data management functions of Siemens drive technology into the SIMATIC automation world easily, efficiently and cost-effectively. Two software packages are available for SINAMICS – Drive ES Basic and Drive ES PCS. You can find further information about the Drive ES engineering system in the chapter Engineering tools. Additional information about the Drive ES engineering system is available on the Internet at www.siemens.com/drive-es 1) SINAMICS G110M with AS-Interface is available from STARTER V4.4 SP1. 2) SINAMICS G110M with AS-Interface is available from SINAMICS Startdrive V 13 SP1. © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) SINAMICS G110M distributed frequency inverters ■ Technical specifications Unless explicitly specified otherwise, the following technical specifications are valid for all the following SINAMICS G110M distributed inverter components listed here. SINAMICS G110M Mechanical specifications Vibratory load • Transport acc. to EN 60721-3-2 1) Class 1M2 • Operation acc. to EN 60721-3-3 Class 3M3 Shock load • Transport acc. to EN 60721-3-2 1) Class 1M2 • Operation acc. to EN 60721-3-3 Class 3M3 Ambient conditions Protection class according to EN 61800-5-1 Class III (PELV) Touch protection according to EN 61800-5-1 Class I (with protective conductor system) Permissible ambient and coolant temperature (air) during operation for Power Modules -10 ... +40 °C (14 ... 104 °F) without derating Permissible ambient and coolant temperature (air) during operation for Control Units -10 ... +55 °C (14 ... 131 °F) without derating Humidity, max. 95 % at 40 °C (104 °F) >40 ... 55 °C (104 ... 131 °F) see derating characteristics 6 Ambient temperature • Storage 1) acc. to EN 60068-2-1 -40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) • Transport 1) acc. to EN 60068-2-1 -40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) • Operation acc. to EN 60068-2-2 -10 ... +40 °C (14 ... 104 °F) without derating Environmental class/harmful chemical substances Operation acc. to EN 60721-3-3 Class 3C2 Degree of pollution acc. to EN 61800-5-1 2 Certification for fail-safe versions • According to IEC 61508 SIL 2 • According to EN ISO 13849-1 PL d and Category 3 Standards Compliance with standards UL, cUL, CE, C-Tick (RCM) CE marking, according to Low-Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC EMC Directive 2) • Frame sizes FSA to FSC with integrated line filter class A Category C2 3) according to EN 61800-3 Note: The EMC product standard EN 61800-3 does not apply directly to a frequency inverter but to a PDS (Power Drive System), which comprises the complete circuitry, motor and cables in addition to the inverter. The frequency inverters on their own do not generally require identification according to the EMC Directive. 1) In product packaging. 2) For further general information, see also chapter SINAMICS G120, section Technical specifications, Compliance with standards. 3) With shielded motor cable up to 5 m (16.41 ft). Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 6/7 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) CU240M Control Units ■ Overview The Control Unit performs closed-loop control functions for the inverter. In addition to the primary closed-loop control function, it has many additional functions that can be adapted to the particular application through parameterization. The Control Units are available in two versions for connection to 400 V 3 AC and 24 V DC – screw-type or plug-in. The version in USS fieldbus communication is only available as screw-type. The differences between the screw-type and plug-in versions are presented in the following pictures: 6 SINAMICS G110M CU240M PN Control Unit cable gland SINAMICS G110M CU240M PN Control Unit plug-in Several Control Units are available in different versions: Control Unit Communications via Connection system For motor frame sizes CU240M Control Unit, screw-type CU240M USS, Modbus RTU Screw-type version 71, 80/90, 100/112 CU240M AS-i Control Unit, screw-type CU240M AS-i AS-Interface Screw-type version 71, 80/90, 100/112 CU240M AS-i Control Unit, plug-in CU240M AS-i AS-Interface Plug-in version 71, 80/90, 100/112 CU240M DP Control Unit, screw-type CU240M DP PROFIBUS Screw-type version 71, 80/90, 100/112 CU240M DP Control Unit, plug-in CU240M DP PROFIBUS Plug-in version 71, 80/90, 100/112 CU240M PN Control Unit, screw-type CU240M PN PROFINET, EtherNet/IP Screw-type version 71, 80/90, 100/112 CU240M PN Control Unit, plug-in CU240M PN PROFINET, EtherNet/IP Plug-in version 71, 80/90, 100/112 Safety Integrated functions The safety function "Safe Torque Off" (STO 1)) (certified according to IEC 61508 SIL 2 and EN ISO 13849-1 PL d and Category 3) is already integrated into the basic versions of the CU240M series (CU240M, CU240M DP and CU240M PN). It prevents active movement of the drive. It can be activated either over PROFIsafe or over the safety input. Existing systems in particular can be simply updated with safety technology without the need to change the motor or mechanical system. 1) Available for firmware version V4.7 or higher 6/8 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) CU240M Control Units ■ Selection and ordering data Communication Digital inputs (number which can be parameterized as fail-safe given below) Analog inputs Digital (of which can be outputs used optionally as digital input (10 V) Safety Integrated functions 1) Designation of Control Unit Motor Control Unit Frame size Article No. CU240M – screw-type version USS, Modbus RTU 4 (1) 2 (2) 2 71 6SL3544-0LB02-1BA0 4 (1) 2 (2) 2 STO CU240M 80/90 6SL3544-0MB02-1BA0 4 (1) 2 (2) 2 100/112 6SL3544-0NB02-1BA0 4 (1) 2 (2) 2 71 6SL3544-0LB02-1MA0 4 (1) 2 (2) 2 80/90 6SL3544-0MB02-1MA0 4 (1) 2 (2) 2 100/112 6SL3544-0NB02-1MA0 4 (1) 2 (2) 2 71 6SL3544-0TB02-1MA0 4 (1) 2 (2) 2 80/90 6SL3544-0PB02-1MA0 4 (1) 2 (2) 2 100/112 6SL3544-0QB02-1MA0 CU240M AS-i – screw-type version AS-Interface STO CU240M AS-i CU240M AS-i – plug-in version AS-Interface STO CU240M AS-i 6 CU240M DP – screw-type version PROFIBUS DP 4 (1) 2 (2) 2 71 6SL3544-0LB02-1PA0 4 (1) 2 (2) 2 STO CU240M DP 80/90 6SL3544-0MB02-1PA0 4 (1) 2 (2) 2 100/112 6SL3544-0NB02-1PA0 CU240M DP – plug-in version PROFIBUS DP 4 (1) 2 (2) 2 71 6SL3544-0TB02-1PA0 4 (1) 2 (2) 2 STO CU240M DP 80/90 6SL3544-0PB02-1PA0 4 (1) 2 (2) 2 100/112 6SL3544-0QB02-1PA0 4 (1) 2 (2) 2 71 6SL3544-0LB02-1FA0 4 (1) 2 (2) 2 80/90 6SL3544-0MB02-1FA0 4 (1) 2 (2) 2 100/112 6SL3544-0NB02-1FA0 4 (1) 2 (2) 2 71 6SL3544-0TB02-1FA0 4 (1) 2 (2) 2 80/90 6SL3544-0PB02-1FA0 4 (1) 2 (2) 2 100/112 6SL3544-0QB02-1FA0 CU240M PN – screw-type version PROFINET, EtherNet/IP STO CU240M PN CU240M PN – plug-in version PROFINET, EtherNet/IP STO CU240M PN Optional firmware memory card Description Article No. SINAMICS SD card 512 MB + firmware V4.7 (Multicard V4.7) 6SL3054-7EH00-2BA0 SINAMICS SD card 512 MB + firmware V4.7 SP6 HF1 (Multicard V4.7 SP6 HF1) 6SL3054-7TD00-2BA0 For more information on firmware V4.7: https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/92554110 For more information on firmware V4.7 SP6 HF1: https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/109482094 1) Available for firmware version V4.7 or higher. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 6/9 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) CU240M Control Units ■ Design Control Unit and Power Module (view from right) Control Unit and Power Module (view from left) Power Module Interface cover Communication port 1 Digital inputs 2 and 3 Communication port 2 *) Digital outputs 0 and 1 X1/3 X1/2 A5E31426309 BARCODE PE PE Analog inputs 0 and 1 External 24 V DC supply OUT *) Digital inputs 0 and 1 External 24 V DC supply IN *) Line supply connection 6 Power Module (top view) Cover plate Cable gland or HAN Q line connection installation or looping through of line connection to the left Power Module (internal view) Potentiometer Memory card reader G_D011_EN_00439a Optical I/O interface Mini-USB port Control Unit (top/internal view) Braking resistor and motor connection terminals CPI (Communications & Power Interface) ribbon cable Communication cable USS/PROFIBUS addresses and commissioning DIP switches 1 and 2 Control Unit (CU) EM brake and line current connecting terminals *) Not available for AS-Interface. 6/10 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) CU240M Control Units ■ Integration Memory card 24 V DC voltage supply IN X01.1 Switched 0 V (2M) X01.2 Unswitched 0 V (1M) X01.3 Functional earth X01.4 Unswitched +24 V (1L+) X01.5 Switched +24 V (2L+) 24 V DC voltage supply OUT X02.1 Switched 0 V (2M) X02.2 Unswitched 0 V (1M) X02.3 Functional earth X02.4 Unswitched +24 V (1L+) X02.5 Switched +24 V (2L+) OUT IN 24 V DC voltage supply IOP Handheld Optical interface Mini USB interface USS ADDRESS DIP switch DI3 X8.4 24V X8.3 DI2 X08.1 Unswitched 24 V (1L+) X08.2 Digital input 3 X08.3 Unswitched 0 V (1M) X08.4 Digital input 2 X08.5 Functional earth Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 2 21 01 OUT IN USS interface Digital outputs 6 10 11 USS bus termination ON Power Module PM-IF interface Control Unit CU240M G_D011_EN_00438a X10.1 Not connected X10.2 +10 V X10.3 Analog input 0 + X10.4 Analog input 1 + X10.5 Analog input 0 X10.6 Analog input 1 X10.7 Unswitched 0 V X10.8 Not connected 9 OFF Digital inputs X8.2 OFF Analog inputs DI0 Potentiometer 5 X7.4 24V X7.3 X07.1 Unswitched 24 V (1L+) X07.2 Digital input 1 X07.3 Unswitched 0 V (1M) X07.4 Digital input 0 X07.5 Functional earth (8) (16) (32) (64) 4 DI1 (4) 8 X7.2 (2) 7 X05.1 Not connected X05.2 Digital output 1 X05.3 Switched 0 V (2M) X05.4 Digital output 0 X05.5 Functional earth 24 V DC (máx. 500 mA) (1) 6 USS OUT X04.1 Not connected X04.2 RS485N X04.3 Not connected X04.4 RS485P X04.5 Functional earth ON 3 USS IN X03.1 Not connected X03.2 RS485N X03.3 Not connected X03.4 RS485P X03.5 Functional earth Connection diagram for CU240M Control Units Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 6/11 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) CU240M Control Units ■ Integration Memory card IOP Handheld Potentio-meter 5 6 9 01 8 21 7 2 4 6 Mini-USB port 3 AS-Interface connection X03.1 ASi+ X03.2 AUXX03.3 ASiX03.4 AUX+ X03.5 Functional ground AS-Interface connection Optical interface 10 11 X7.4 24V X7.3 DI1 DI0 X8.2 X8.4 24V X8.3 DI3 DI2 X07.1 unswitched 24 V (1L+) X07.2 digital output 1 X07.3 unswitched 0 V (1M) X07.4 digital output 0 X07.5 functional ground X08.1 unswitched 24 V (1L+) X08.2 digital output 3 X08.3 unswitched 0 V (1M) X08.4 digital output 2 X08.5 functional ground Control Unit CU240M AS-i G_D011_EN_00472 X10.1 not connected X10.2 +10 V X10.3 analog output 0 + X10.4 analog output 1 + X10.5 analog output 0 X10.6 analog output 1 X10.7 unswitched 0 V X10.8 not connected Digital inputs X7.2 PM-IF interface Analog inputs X05.1 not connected X05.2 digital output 1 X05.3 switched 0 V (2M) X05.4 digital output 0 X05.5 functional ground 24 V DC (max. 500 mA) Digital outputs Power Module Connection diagram for CU240M AS-i Control Units 6/12 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) CU240M Control Units ■ Integration Memory card DI0 X8.2 DI3 X8.4 24V X8.3 DI2 X08.1 Unswitched 24 V (1L+) X08.2 Digital input 3 X08.3 Unswitched0 V (1M) X08.4 Digital input 2 X08.5 Functional earth X10.1 Not connected X10.2 +10 V X10.3 Analog input 0 + X10.4 Analog input 1 + X10.5 Analog input 0 X10.6 Analog input 1 X10.7 Unswitched 0 V X10.8 Not connected Potentiometer Bit 6 6 2 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 21 9 01 OUT IN PROFIBUS DP interface (8) (16) (32) (64) OFF 10 11 PROFIBUS bus termination OFF Digital outputs (4) ON Power Module PM-IF interface Control Unit CU240M DP G_D011_EN_00436b 24V X7.3 DI1 X07.1 Unswitched 24 V (1L+) X07.2 Digital input 1 X07.3 Unswitched0 V (1M) X07.4 Digital input 0 X07.5 Functional earth (2) 8 X7.2 (1) 7 X05.1 Not connected X05.2 Digital output 1 X05.3 Connected 0 V (2M) X05.4 Digital output 0 X05.5 Functional earth 24 V DC (max. 500 mA) X7.4 X04.1 Not connected X04.2 Data A (N) X04.3 Not connected X04.4 Data B (P) X04.5 Functional earth ON 6 PROFIBUS DP OUT X03.1 Not connected X03.2 Data A (N) X03.3 Not connected X03.4 Data B (P) X03.5 Functional earth PROFIBUS ADDRESS DIP switch Digital inputs PROFIBUS DP IN Mini USB interface Analog inputs X02.1 Switched 0 V (2M) X02.2 Unswitched 0 V (1M) X02.3 Functional earth X02.4 Unswitched +24 V (1L+) X02.5 Switched +24 V (2L+) 5 24 V DC voltage supply OUT Optical interface 4 X01.1 Switched 0 V (2M) X01.2 Unswitched 0 V (1M) X01.3 Functional earth X01.4 Unswitched +24 V (1L+) X01.5 Switched +24 V (2L+) 3 24 V DC voltage supply IN OUT IN 24 V DC voltage supply IOP Handheld Connection diagram for CU240M DP Control Units Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 6/13 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) CU240M Control Units ■ Integration Memory card 2 8 21 7 PROFINET connection 2 X04.1 Transmission data + X04.2 Reception data + X04.3 Transmission data X04.4 Reception data - Potentiometer 6 6 X03.1 Transmission data + X03.2 Reception data + X03.3 Transmission data X03.4 Reception data - 9 01 PROFINET connection 1 Mini USB interface connection 1 connection 2 PROFINET interface X02.1 Switched 0 V (2M) X02.2 Unswitched 0 V (1M) X02.3 Functional earth X02.4 Unswitched +24 V (1L+) X02.5 Switched +24 V (2L+) 5 24 V DC voltage supply OUT Optical interface 4 X01.1 Switched 0 V (2M) X01.2 Unswitched 0 V (1M) X01.3 Functional earth X01.4 Unswitched +24 V (1L+) X01.5 Switched +24 V (2L+) 3 24 V DC voltage supply IN OUT IN 24 V DC voltage supply IOP Handheld 10 11 X7.4 24V X7.3 DI1 DI0 X8.2 X8.4 24V X8.3 DI3 DI2 X07.1 Unswitched 24 V (1L+) X07.2 Digital output 1 X07.3 Unswitched 0 V (1M) X07.4 Digital output 0 X07.5 Functional earth X08.1 Unswitched 24 V (1L+) X08.2 Digital output 3 X08.3 Unswitched 0 V (1M) X08.4 Digital output 2 X08.5 Functional earth Control Unit CU240M PN G_D011_EN_00437b X10.1 Not connected X10.2 +10 V X10.3 Analog input 0 + X10.4 Analog input 1 + X10.5 Analog input 0 X10.6 Analog input 1 X10.7 Unswitched 0 V X10.8 Not connected Digital inputs X7.2 PM-IF interface Analog inputs X05.1 Not connected X05.2 Digital output 1 X05.3 Switched 0 V (2M) X05.4 Digital output 0 X05.5 Functional earth 24 V DC (max. 500 mA) Digital outputs Power Module Connection diagram for CU240M PN Control Units 6/14 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) CU240M Control Units ■ Technical specifications Control Unit 6SL3544... CU240M CU240M AS-i CU240M AS-i CU240M PROFIBUS CU240M PROFIBUS CU240M PROFINET CU240M PROFINET Screw-type version Screw-type version Plug-in version Screw-type version Plug-in version Screw-type version Plug-in version -0LB02-1BA0 -0MB02-1BA0 -0NB02-1BA0 -0LB02-1MA0 -0MB02-1MA0 -0NB02-1MA0 -0TB02-1MA0 -0PB02-1MA0 -0QB02-1MA0 -0LB02-1PA0 -0MB02-1PA0 -0NB02-1PA0 -0TB02-1PA0 -0PB02-1PA0 -0QB02-1PA0 -0LB02-1FA0 -0MB02-1FA0 -0NB02-1FA0 -0TB02-1FA0 -0PB02-1FA0 -0QB02-1FA0 Electrical specifications Operating voltage External 24 V DC ± 15 % power supply with protective extra low voltage PELV acc. to EN 61800-5-1 must be used. Current consumption 1) (from the 24 V DC supply) • With Power Module frame size FSA 235 mA 290 mA 290 mA 235 mA 235 mA 290 mA 290 mA • With Power Module frame size FSB 235 mA 290 mA 290 mA 235 mA 235 mA 290 mA 290 mA Interfaces Digital inputs (non-isolated) 4 programmable, PNP, SIMATIC compatible • Optionally parameterizable as safe inputs 1 Analog inputs (0 ... 10 V or 0 ... 20 mA with 12-bit resolution) 2 Digital outputs 24 V DC (0 ... 0.5 A) 2, programmable Bus interface USS AS-Interface AS-Interface PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS DP PROFINET PROFINET • Fieldbus protocols USS Modbus RTU AS-Interface AS-Interface PROFIBUS DP incl. PROFIsafe PROFIBUS DP incl. PROFIsafe PROFINET incl. PROFIsafe EtherNet/IP PROFINET incl. PROFIsafe EtherNet/IP • Profiles – 3.0 3.0 PROFIdrive PROFIdrive PROFIdrive PROFIenergy PROFIdrive PROFIenergy PTC/KTY interface (connection via Power Module) • Motor temperature sensor 1 input, sensors that can be connected: PTC, KTY or bimetal Control of a mechanical motor brake (connection via the Control Unit) Slot for SINAMICS memory card (SD card) Commissioning interface (mini USB) 6 Safety functions Integrated safety functions 2) Safe Torque Off (STO) acc. to IEC 61508 SIL 2 and EN ISO 13849-1 PL d and Category 3 Open-loop/closed-loop control techniques V/f linear/quadratic/ parameterizable V/f with flux current control (FCC) Vector control, sensorless Torque control, sensorless 1) The current consumption of connected sensors (total, max. 200 mA) as well as the current drawn from the digital outputs (total, max. 500 mA). 2) Available for firmware version V4.7 or higher. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 6/15 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) CU240M Control Units ■ Technical specifications Control Unit 6SL3544... CU240M CU240M AS-i CU240M AS-i CU240M PROFIBUS CU240M PROFIBUS CU240M PROFINET CU240M PROFINET Screw-type version Screw-type version Plug-in version Screw-type version Plug-in version Screw-type version Plug-in version -0LB02-1BA0 -0MB02-1BA0 -0NB02-1BA0 -0LB02-1MA0 -0MB02-1MA0 -0NB02-1MA0 -0TB02-1MA0 -0PB02-1MA0 -0QB02-1MA0 -0LB02-1PA0 -0MB02-1PA0 -0NB02-1PA0 -0TB02-1PA0 -0PB02-1PA0 -0QB02-1PA0 -0LB02-1FA0 -0MB02-1FA0 -0NB02-1FA0 -0TB02-1FA0 -0PB02-1FA0 -0QB02-1FA0 IP65/UL Type 3 IP65/UL Type 12 (with wall mounting kit) IP66/UL Type 3 IP66/UL Type 12 (with wall mounting kit) IP65/UL Type 3 IP65/UL Type 12 (with wall mounting kit) IP66/UL Type 3 IP66/UL Type 12 (with wall mounting kit) IP65/UL Type 3 IP65/UL Type 12 (with wall mounting kit) 1.85 kg (4.08 lb) 1.85 kg (4.08 lb) 1.85 kg (4.08 lb) 1.85 kg (4.08 lb) 1.85 kg (4.08 lb) Software functions Fixed frequencies Signal interconnection with BICO technology Automatic restart after line supply failure or operational fault 6 Slip compensation Free function blocks (FFB) for logical and arithmetic operations Ramp smoothing Selectable drive data sets (4) Selectable command data sets (CDS) (manual/auto) (4) Flying restart JOG Cyclic recording of ramp-up and ramp-down Technology controller (PID) Quick stop Limit switch logic Thermal motor protection Thermal inverter protection Setpoint input Motor identification Motor holding brake Mechanical specifications and ambient conditions Degree of protection 1) IP66/UL Type 3 IP66/UL Type 12 (with wall mounting kit) Operating temperature -10 ... +55 °C (14 ... 131 °F) Air temperature -40 ... +70 °C (40 ... 158 °F) Relative humidity <95 % RH, condensation not permissible IP66/UL Type 3 IP66/UL Type 12 (with wall mounting kit) Dimensions • Width 205 mm (8.07 in) • Height 105 mm (4.13 in) • Depth 171 mm (6.73 in) Weight, approx. 1.75 kg (3.86 lb) 1) 1.85 kg (4.08 lb) Applies to Power Modules and Control Units in mounted state. 6/16 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) PM240M Power Modules ■ Overview SINAMICS G110M PM240M Power Module FSA 1.5 kW (2 hp) SINAMICS G110M PM240M Power Module FSB 4 kW (5 hp) The PM240M Power Modules are suitable for safety-related applications. In conjunction with the CU240M Control Unit, the drive can be transformed into a Safety Integrated drive (see Control Units). The PM240M Power Modules with integrated line filter class A are suitable for connection to TN and TT supply systems. ■ Selection and ordering data Rated power 1) Rated output current 2) Rated input current 2) Frame size PM240M Power Modules kW hp A A 0.37 0.5 1.3 1.3 FSA 6SL3517-1BE11-3AM0 0.75 1 2.2 2 FSA 6SL3517-1BE12-3AM0 1.1 1.5 3.1 2.8 FSA 6SL3517-1BE13-3AM0 1.5 2 4.1 3.6 FSA 6SL3517-1BE14-3AM0 2.2 3 5.6 5.3 FSB 6SL3517-1BE16-3AM0 3 4 7.3 6.9 FSB 6SL3517-1BE17-7AM0 4 5 8.8 8 FSB 6SL3517-1BE21-0AM0 1) Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO). Article No. 2) The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO). These current values are valid for 400 V and are specified on the rating plate of the Power Module. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 6/17 6 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) PM240M Power Modules ■ Integration • Line supply loop-through via cable gland/terminal or HAN Q4/2 (socket) • USB connection for connection of a PC • Analog potentiometer for setting a speed • SD card slot for the use of memory cards PM240M Power Modules feature the following interfaces as standard: • PM-IF interface for connection of the PM240M Power Module and Control Unit • Motor connection including control of the motor brake and temperature sensor • Line connection via cable gland or HAN Q4/2 (connector) ext. 24 V DC required 380 V to 480 V 3 AC L1 L2 L3 PE 24 V 0V PE HAN Q4/2 L1 L2 L3 *) *) 1 2 3 4 11 *) PE PE 6 Power Module PM240M 12 PE 1 2 3 PE Line filter class A 3~ Optical interface = Control Unit Mini USB interface PM-IF interface = Potentiometer 4 5 01 8 21 7 2 3 6 9 10 11 5 *) Not used. 3~ 8 4 6 - + 2 PE 1 7 3 V W G_D011_EN_00441b + - PE U Optional braking resistor mounted in the Control Unit M 3~ Motor brake Temperature sensor Connection diagram for PM240M Power Module with integrated line filter class A 6/18 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) PM240M Power Modules ■ Technical specifications General technical specifications PM240M Power Modules System operating voltage 380 V (-10 %) ... 480 V (+10 %) 3 AC Grid requirements Short-circuit power ratio RSC >100 Input frequency 47 ... 63 Hz Output frequency • Control mode V/f 0 ... 550 Hz • Control type Vector 0 ... 200 Hz Pulse frequency 4 kHz (standard); 4 ... 16 Hz (in steps of 2 kHz) see derating data Power factor 0.95 Inverter efficiency 95 ... 97 % Output voltage, max. in % of the input voltage 87% Overload capability • High overload (HO) 0.37 ... 3 kW (0.5 ... 4 hp): 6 2 × rated output current for 3 s, followed by 1.5 × rated output current for 57 s, over a cycle time of 300 s (110 % on average) 4 kW (5 hp): 1.6 × rated output current for 3 s, followed by 1.5 × rated output current for 57 s, over a cycle time of 300 s (110 % on average) Electromagnetic compatibility Integrated line filter class A according to EN 55011 Possible braking methods Dynamic brake with internal braking resistors (accessories) Dynamic brake with external braking resistors Rmin = 200 Ω (for FSA), Rmin = 60 Ω (for FSB) DC brake Integrated brake control supplies DC power supply for the brake Line input voltage 380 V AC 400 V AC 440 V AC 480 V AC 500 V AC Resulting brake voltage 171 V DC 180 V DC 198 V DC 216 V DC 225 V DC Disconnection on the DC side permits "fast" braking (max. output current 1 A) Degree of protection 1) IP66 (for Control Unit, screw-type version) IP65 (for Control Units, plug-in version) Operating temperature -10 ... +55 °C (14 ... +131 °F) Storage temperature -40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) Permissible mounting positions All Relative humidity <95 % RH, condensation not permissible Cooling External cooling with motor fan Installation altitude Up to 1000 m (3281 ft) above sea level without derating Over 1000 m (3281 ft) see derating data Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR) 2) 40 kA Protection functions • Undervoltage • Phase failure detection • Overvoltage • Overload • Ground fault • Short-circuit • Stall protection • Motor blocking protection • Motor overtemperature • Inverter overtemperature • Parameter locking Compliance with standards UL, cUL, CE, C-Tick (RCM) CE marking, according to EC Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC; filtered variants also: EC Low Voltage Directive 89/336/EEC 1) Applies to Power Modules and Control Units in the mounted state. 2) Applies to industrial control panel installations to NEC article 409 or UL 508A. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 6/19 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) PM240M Power Modules ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 … 480 V 3 AC PM240M Power Modules 6SL3517-1BE11-3AM0 6SL3517-1BE12-3AM0 6SL3517-1BE13-3AM0 6SL3517-1BE14-3AM0 Rated output current Irated1) A 1.3 2.2 3.1 4.1 Maximum output current Imax A 2.6 4.4 6.2 8.2 Rated power kW (hp) 0.37 (0.5) 0.75 (1) 1.1 (1.5) 1.5 (2) Rated pulse frequency kHz 4 4 4 4 Efficiency η % 96.8 98.1 98.2 97.3 Power loss 2) At rated output current kW 0.025 0.032 0.041 0.052 Cooling air requirement m3/s (ft3/s) 0.0048 (0.17) 0.0048 (0.17) 0.0048 (0.17) 0.0048 (0.17) Sound pressure level LpA (1 m) dB – – – – Rated input current 3) A 1.3 2 2.8 3.6 mm2 1 ... 2.5 18 ... 14 AWG 1 ... 2.5 18 ... 14 AWG 1 ... 2.5 18 ... 14 AWG 1 ... 2.5 18 ... 14 AWG mm2 10 10 10 10 • Conductor cross-section mm2 1 ... 2.5 18 ... 14 AWG 1 ... 2.5 18 ... 14 AWG 1 ... 2.5 18 ... 14 AWG 1 ... 2.5 18 ... 14 AWG Motor cable length, max. Shielded m (ft) 5 (16.41) 5 (16.41) 5 (16.41) 5 (16.41) IP66 IP66 IP66 IP66 Line supply connection U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3, PE 6 • Conductor cross-section (recommended) PE connection (external connection) • Conductor cross-section (recommended) Motor connection U2, V2, W2, PE, motor brake, temperature sensor Degree of protection Dimensions • Width mm (in) 161 (6.34) 161 (6.34) 161 (6.34) 161 (6.34) • Height mm (in) 135 (5.31) 135 (5.31) 135 (5.31) 135 (5.31) • Depth mm (in) 270 (10.63) 270 (10.63) 270 (10.63) 270 (10.63) FSA FSA FSA FSA 2.1 (4.63) 2.1 (4.63) 2.1 (4.63) 2.1 (4.63) Frame size Weight, approx. kg (lb) 1) The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO). 2) Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311. 6/20 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 3) The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance. The input currents apply for loading at rated power with a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) PM240M Power Modules ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 … 480 V 3 AC PM240M Power Modules 6SL3517-1BE16-3AM0 6SL3517-1BE17-7AM0 6SL3517-1BE21-0AM0 Rated output current Irated1) A 5.6 7.3 8.8 Maximum output current Imax A 11.2 14.6 14.1 Rated power kW (hp) 2.2 (3) 3 (4) 4 (5) Rated pulse frequency kHz 4 4 4 Efficiency η % 97.6 97.6 97.7 Power loss 2) At rated output current kW 0.078 0.103 0.126 Cooling air requirement m3/s (ft3/s) 0.024 (0.85) 0.024 (0.85) 0.024 (0.85) Sound pressure level LpA (1 m) dB – – – Rated input current 3) A 5.3 6.9 8 mm2 1 ... 2.5 18 ... 14 AWG 1 ... 2.5 18 ... 14 AWG 1 ... 2.5 18 ... 14 AWG mm2 10 10 10 • Conductor cross-section mm2 1 ... 2.5 18 ... 14 AWG 1 ... 2.5 18 ... 14 AWG 1 ... 2.5 18 ... 14 AWG Motor cable length, max. Shielded m (ft) 5 (16.41) 5 (16.41) 5 (16.41) IP66 IP66 IP66 Line supply connection U1/L1, V1/L2, W1/L3, PE • Conductor cross-section (recommended) 6 PE connection (external connection) • Conductor cross-section (recommended) Motor connection U2, V2, W2, PE, motor brake, temperature sensor Degree of protection Dimensions • Width mm (in) 181 (7.13) 181 (7.13) 181 (7.13) • Height mm (in) 135 (5.31) 135 (5.31) 135 (5.31) • Depth mm (in) 309 (12.17) 309 (12.17) 309 (12.17) FSB FSB FSB 3.4 (7.50) 3.4 (7.50) 3.4 (7.50) Frame size Weight, approx. kg (lb) 1) The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO). 2) Typical values. You can find additional information on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/94059311. 3) The input current depends on the motor load and line impedance. The input currents apply for loading at rated power with a line impedance corresponding to uK = 1 %. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 6/21 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) PM240M Power Modules ■ Characteristic curves Derating data Rated power at 400 V 3 AC Rated output current in A for a pulse frequency of (derating as a function of the pulse frequency 1)) kW hp 4 kHz 6 kHz 8 kHz 10 kHz 12 kHz 14 kHz 16 kHz 0.37 0.5 1.3 1.3 1.11 0.91 0.78 0.65 0.59 0.75 1 2.2 1.9 1.5 1.3 1.1 1 0.9 1.1 1.5 3.1 2.6 2.2 1.9 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.5 2 4.1 3.5 2.9 2.5 2.1 1.8 1.6 2.2 3 5.6 4.8 3.9 3.4 2.8 2.5 2.2 3 4 7.3 6.2 5.1 4.4 3.7 3.3 2.9 4 5 8.8 7.5 6.2 5.3 4.4 4 3.5 Installation altitude 25 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 °C 55 60 (14) (32) (50) (68) (86) (104) (122)(°F)(131)(140) Permissible output current 75 55 50 G_D011_EN_00124 100 % 90 80 70 60 0 1000 (3281) Ambient temperature Permissible output current as a function of installation altitude for PM240M Power Modules, frame sizes FSA and FSB Note: 100 % Permissible input voltage The operating temperature ranges of the Control Units must be taken into account. The temperature ranges are specified in the technical specifications under Control Units. 2000 3000 m 4000 (6562) (9843) (ft) (13124) Installation altitude above sea level 90 80 77 G_D011_EN_00105 Permissible output current as a function of ambient temperature for PM240M Power Modules, frame sizes FSA and FSB 70 60 0 1000 (3281) 2000 3000 m (6562) (9843) (ft) Installation altitude above sea level 4000 (13124) Permissible input voltage as a function of installation altitude for PM240M Power Modules, frame sizes FSA and FSB Motor frequency 100 % 90 G_D011_EN_00473 Permissible output current 6 Permissible output current 100 % G_D011_EN_00104 Ambient temperature 80 70 50 40 30 20 Hz Motor frequency 10 Permissible output current as a function of motor frequency for PM240M Power Modules, frame sizes FSA and FSB 1) The permissible motor cable length also depends on the cable type and the selected pulse frequency. 6/22 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) PM240M Power Modules ■ Dimensional drawings Dimensions of PM240M Power Modules (including CU240M Control Unit) l X1/2 h d3 d3 A5E31426309 BARCODE PE G_D011_EN_00440 d1 d2 HAN-Q version Screw-type version Frame size 6 Dimensions in mm (inches) h l d1 d2 d3 FSA 135 (5.31) 270 (10.63) 208 (8.19) 216 (8.5) 161 (6.34) FSB 135 (5.31) 309 (12.17) 208 (8.19) 216 (8.5) 181 (7.13) Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 6/23 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) Repair switch ■ Overview 6 SINAMICS G110M repair switch SINAMICS G110M repair switch, installed With the optional repair switch SINAMICS G110M can be separated from the line supply in a simple manner. No additional external components are required in the 400 V supply line. The repair switch is delivered as standard with three preassembled cables for connecting to the line input terminals of SINAMICS G110M. The repair switch can be locked with three locks. SINAMICS G110M can thus be prevented from being unintentionally switched on. Note: ■ Selection and ordering data Description Article No. Repair switch 6SL3555-0PR01-0AA0 6/24 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 Either a 24 V DC power supply or a repair switch can be installed. The simultaneous use of both options is not possible. © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) Recommended line-side power components ■ Selection and ordering data The following table lists recommendations for additional lineside components, such as fuses and circuit breakers. Note for use in compliance with UL regulations: Fuses for use in North America must be UL-certified, Class J or Class CC fuses with a rated voltage of 600 V AC. Note for use in compliance with IEC standards: 3NA3 type fuses and 3RV type circuit breakers are recommended for European countries. The values in the table take into account the overload capability of the inverter. Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR) according to UL Applies to industrial control panel installations according to NEC Article 409 or UL 508A. • PM240M: 40 kA Additional information about the listed fuses and circuit breakers can be found in Catalogs LV 10, IC 10 and IC 10 AO. Individual protection Rated power SINAMICS G110M PM240M Power Modules IEC-compliant Fuse UL/cUL-compliant Circuit breaker Fuse type Rated voltage 600 V AC Current kW hp Type Frame size Current A Article No. Article No. Class A 6 380 ... 480 V 3 AC 0.37 0.5 6SL3517-1BE11-3AM0 FSA 10 3NA3803 3RV2011-1JA10 J, CC 10 0.75 1 6SL3517-1BE12-3AM0 FSA 10 3NA3803 3RV2011-1JA10 J, CC 10 1.1 1.5 6SL3517-1BE13-3AM0 FSA 10 3NA3803 3RV2011-1JA10 J, CC 10 1.5 2 6SL3517-1BE14-3AM0 FSA 10 3NA3803 3RV2011-1JA10 J, CC 10 2.2 3 6SL3517-1BE16-3AM0 FSB 20 3NA3807 3RV2021-4BA10 J, CC 20 3 4 6SL3517-1BE17-7AM0 FSB 20 3NA3807 3RV2021-4BA10 J, CC 20 4 5 6SL3517-1BE21-0AM0 FSB 20 3NA3807 3RV2021-4BA10 J, CC 20 The SINAMICS G110M system supports an inverter loop-through of line current to several inverters connected in series. Further information can be found in the operating instructions on the Internet at www.siemens.com/sinamics-g110m/documentation Group protection (installation on power bus) For installations with several inverters, the inverters are normally supplied from a 400 V power bus. Further information can be found in the operating instructions on the Internet at www.siemens.com/sinamics-g110m/documentation Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 6/25 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) DC link components > Braking resistors ■ Overview ■ Characteristic curves G_D211_EN_00038b P Pmax PDB a Load diagram for the braking resistors ta = 12 s t = 120 s ■ Selection and ordering data 6 Rated power SINAMICS G110M kW Type 6SL3517-... hp Braking resistor Frame size Article No. 6SL3501-0BE18-8AA0 SINAMICS G110M braking resistors FSA and FSB 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Excess energy in the DC link is dissipated in the braking resistors in regenerative operation. 0.37 0.5 1BE11-3AM0 FSA 0.75 1 1BE12-3AM0 FSA The braking resistors are intended for use with SINAMICS G110M, which have an integrated braking chopper, but cannot regenerate energy to the line supply. For regenerative operation, e.g. the braking of a rotating mass with high moment of inertia, a braking resistor must be connected to convert the resulting energy into heat. 1.1 1.5 1BE13-3AM0 FSA 1.5 2 1BE14-3AM0 FSA 2.2 3 1BE16-3AM0 FSB 3 4 1BE17-7AM0 FSB 4 5 1BE21-0AM0 FSB 6SL3501-0BE22-0AA0 The braking resistors can be mounted on the side of the Control Unit housing at the bottom. The heat from the braking resistor is dissipated over the Control Unit housing. Every braking resistor is equipped with thermal protection. The thermal protection prevents the braking resistor from being thermally overloaded. All braking resistors are provided as standard with a cable for connecting to the internal terminals. ■ Technical specifications Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC Braking resistor 6SL3501-0BE18-8AA0 6SL3501-0BE22-0AA0 Resistance Ω 350 175 Rated power PDB (continuous braking power) kW 0.0075 0.02 Peak power Pmax (load period ta = 12 s with period t = 120 s) kW 0.075 0.2 IP20 IP20 Degree of protection Dimensions • Width mm (in) 11 (0.43) 11 (0.43) • Height mm (in) 34 (1.34) 34 (1.34) • Length mm (in) 84 (3.31) 84 (3.31) Weight, approx. kg (lb) 0.1 (0.22) 0.1 (0.22) 6SL3517-1BE11-3AM0 (FSA) 6SL3517-1BE16-3AM0 (FSB) 6SL3517-1BE12-3AM0 (FSA) 6SL3517-1BE17-7AM0 (FSB) 6SL3517-1BE13-3AM0 (FSA) 6SL3517-1BE21-0AM0 (FSB) Suitable for SINAMICS G110M (frame size) 6SL3517-1BE14-3AM0 (FSA) 6/26 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) DC link components > 24 V DC power supply ■ Overview 24 V DC power supply 6 24 V DC power supply, installed The optional 24 V DC power supply enables the internal electronics to be supplied with 24 V DC directly from the DC link. No external cable is needed for the 24 V DC supply and only the 400 V 3 AC line supply has to be connected. The optional 24 V DC power supply supplies power to the internal circuitry of the Control Unit, the low-voltage circuits of the Power Module and all inputs and outputs. Note: Either a 24 V DC power supply or a repair switch can be installed. The simultaneous use of both options is not possible. ■ Selection and ordering data Description Article No. 24 V DC power supply 6SL3555-0PV00-0AA0 ■ Technical specifications 24 V DC power supply Operating voltage 24 V DC ±10 % Current consumption (from DC link at full operation of Power Modules and Control Unit including digital outputs) 1.2 A Output current, max. 2A Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 6/27 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) Compatible SIMOTICS motors ■ Overview Compatible motors for SINAMICS G110M Motors compatible with SINAMICS G110M in conjunction with SIMOGEAR are listed individually in the table below. Due to the specific properties of the SINAMICS G110M, the following comments and restrictions apply to the options and devices used with the motors: • Note mounting position when encoders are used • The brake lever cannot be positioned at 12 o'clock owing to the position of the inverter terminal enclosure. • 24 V DC brake voltage not possible. • 230/400 V AC brake voltage not possible for a motor on which a CU240M Control Unit is mounted • Standby heating is not permitted for the motor • External motor fan cannot be mounted if the terminal enclosure is mounted in the 12 o'clock position • Motor terminal box must be located at NDE 6 The table below applies to IEC-compliant applications only Motor PM240M Power Module CU240M Control Unit Type Type 6SL3517... 6SL3544... -1BE11-3AM0 -0LB02-1BA0 USS -1BE12-3AM0 -0LB02-1MA0 AS-i -1BE13-3AM0 -0TB02-1MA0 -1BE14-3AM0 -0LB02-1PA0 -1BE16-3AM0 -0TB02-1PA0 -1BE17-7AM0 -1BE21-0AM0 -0LB02-1FA0 Communication Frame size Rating Efficiency FS kW (hp) class Type 71M 0.37 (0.5) IE1 1LA7073-4AB DP PN -0TB02-1FA0 -0MB02-1BA0 USS 80M 0.75 (1) IE2 1LE1001-0DB3 -0MB02-1MA0 AS-i 90S 1.1 (1.5) IE2 1LE1001-0EB0 90L 1.5 (2) IE2 1LE1001-0EB4 -0PB02-1MA0 -0MB02-1PA0 DP -0PB02-1PA0 -0MB02-1FA0 PN -0PB02-1FA0 -0NB02-1BA0 USS 100L 2.2 (3) IE2 1LE1001-1AB4 -0NB02-1MA0 AS-i 100L 3 (4) IE2 1LE1001-1AB5 112M 4 (5) IE2 1LE1001-1BB2 -0QB02-1MA0 -0NB02-1PA0 DP -0QB02-1PA0 -0NB02-1FA0 -0QB02-1FA0 For further information see Catalog D 81.1. 6/28 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 PN © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) Compatible SIMOGEAR geared motors ■ Overview 6 SINAMICS G110M CU240M PN Control Unit, plug-in, PM240M Power Module FSA 1.5 kW (2 hp) and SIMOGEAR geared motor shaft height 90 The SINAMICS G110M is designed for mounting on SIMOGEAR geared motors. It is compatible with the SIMOGEAR geared motors in the version IE2 with shaft heights 71 to 112. For further information see Catalog MD 50.1 SIMOGEAR Geared Motors and SIMOGEAR Configurator. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 6/29 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) Supplementary system components ■ Accessories Intelligent Operator Panel IOP Handheld In addition to the IOP, the IOP Handheld includes a housing with the rechargeable batteries, charging unit and RS232 connecting cable. The charging unit is supplied with connector adapters for Europe, the US and UK. When the batteries are fully charged, the operating time is up to 8 hours. To connect the IOP handheld to SINAMICS G110D, SINAMICS G120D and SINAMICS G110M, the RS232 connecting cable with optical interface is required in addition. Updating the IOP Handheld The IOP Handheld can be updated and expanded using the integrated USB interface. Data to support future drive systems can be transferred from the PC to the IOP Handheld via drag & drop. Further, the USB interface allows user languages and wizards that will become available in the future to be subsequently downloaded and the firmware to be updated for the IOP Handheld 1). Selection and ordering data 6 IOP Handheld for mobile use Description Article No. The Intelligent Operator Panel IOP Handheld is a very userfriendly and powerful operator panel for commissioning and diagnostics as well as local operator control and monitoring of SINAMICS G110D, SINAMICS G120D and SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters. IOP Handheld For use with SINAMICS G120, SINAMICS G120C, SINAMICS G120P, SINAMICS G110D, SINAMICS G120D, SINAMICS G110M and SINAMICS S110 6SL3255-0AA00-4HA0 The IOP supports both entry-level personnel and drive experts. Thanks to the large plain text display, the menu-based operation and the application wizards, it is easy to commission standard drives. A drive can be essentially commissioned without having to use a printed parameter list – as the parameters are displayed in plain text, and explanatory help texts and a parameter filtering function are provided. • IOP Application wizards interactively guide you when commissioning important applications such as conveyor technology, pumps, fans and compressors. There is a basic commissioning wizard for general commissioning. The drives are easily controlled manually using directly assigned buttons and the navigation wheel. The IOP Handheld has a dedicated switchover button to switch over from automatic to manual mode. The inverter can be diagnosed in a user-friendly fashion using the plain text display of faults and alarms. Help texts can be obtained by pressing the INFO button. Up to 2 process values can be displayed graphically or numerically on the status screen/status display. Process values can also be displayed in technological units. The IOP Handheld supports standard commissioning of identical drives. For this purpose, a parameter list can be copied from an inverter into the IOP Handheld and when required, downloaded into other drive units of the same type. The IOP supports the following languages 1): German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, Dutch, Swedish, Russian, Czech, Polish, Turkish, Finnish. 1) For additional information, see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/67273266 6/30 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 Included in the scope of delivery: • Handheld housing • Rechargeable batteries (4 × AA) • Charging unit (international) • RS232 connecting cable (3 m/9.84 ft long, for use with SINAMICS G120, SINAMICS G120C, SINAMICS G120P and SINAMICS S110) • USB cable (1 m/3.28 ft long) RS232 connecting cable With optical interface to connect the SINAMICS G110D, SINAMICS G120D or SINAMICS G110M inverters to the IOP Handheld (2.5 m/8.2 ft long) 3RK1922-2BP00 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) Supplementary system components ■ Accessories Memory card PC inverter connection kit 2 (mini USB interface cable for communication with a PC) For controlling and commissioning an inverter directly from a PC via a point-to-point connection if the appropriate software (STARTER commissioning tool1), V4.3 SP3 and higher or SINAMICS Startdrive V13 and higher) has been installed. Selection and ordering data Description Article No. PC inverter connection kit 2 6SL3255-0AA00-2CA0 USB cable (3 m/9.84 ft long) for • SINAMICS G120C • SINAMICS G120 Control Units • SINAMICS G110M Control Units • SINAMICS G120D Control Units - CU230P-2 SINAMICS memory card (SD card) - CU240B-2 The parameter settings for an inverter can be stored on the SINAMICS SD card. When service is required, e.g. after the inverter has been replaced and the data have been downloaded from the memory card the drive system is immediately ready for use again. • Parameter settings can be written from the memory card to the inverter or saved from the inverter to the memory card. • Up to 100 parameter sets can be stored. • The memory card supports standard commissioning without the use of the Intelligent Operator Panel IOP Handheld or the STARTER and SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tools. - CU240E-2 6 - CU250S-2 • SINAMICS G110M Control Units - CU240M • SINAMICS G120D Control Units - CU240D-2 - CU250D-2 Note: The memory card is not required for operation and does not have to remain inserted. Selection and ordering data Description Article No. SINAMICS memory card (SD card) 512 MB 6SL3054-4AG00-2AA0 Optional firmware memory card SINAMICS SD card 512 MB + firmware V4.7 6SL3054-7EH00-2BA0 (Multicard V4.7) SINAMICS SD card 512 MB + firmware V4.7 SP6 HF1 6SL3054-7TD00-2BA0 (Multicard V4.7 SP6 HF1) For more information on firmware V4.7: https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/92554110 For more information on firmware V4.7 SP6 HF1: https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/109482094 1) The STARTER commissioning tool is also available on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/13437/dl Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 6/31 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) Supplementary system components ■ Accessories Note: Wall mounting kit Only one of the CU240M Control Units for motor frame size 71 can be fitted onto a wall mounting kit. The degree of protection with a wall mounting kit is IP66/ UL Type 12. Compatible CU240M Control Units Control Unit Communications via CU240M USS, Modbus Screw-type version 6SL3544-0LB02-1BA0 RTU CU240M AS-i AS-Interface Connection system Control Unit for motor frame size 71 Screw-type version 6SL3544-0LB02-1MA0 Plug-in version CU240M DP PROFIBUS CU240M PN PROFINET, EtherNet/IP Plug-in version 6SL3544-0TB02-1PA0 Screw-type version 6SL3544-0LB02-1FA0 Plug-in version 6SL3544-0TB02-1FA0 Selection and ordering data SINAMICS G110M wall mounting kit A wall mounting kit is available if SINAMICS G110M should not be mounted on a (geared) motor. With the wall mounting kit the SINAMCS G110M frequency inverter can be mounted close to the motor in the application and can thus be used flexibly, adapted to the conditions of the application. Description Article No. Wall mounting kit 6SL3566-1GA00-0GA0 Spare part The wall mounting kit contains a metal cable gland for connecting the motor cable (max. 5 m/16.41 ft shielded) and a fan including connecting cable for cooling the Power Module. Replacement fan for wall mounting kit (includes fan, connecting cable and cable gland) 6SL3500-0TF02-0AA0 Dimensional drawings 162 mm 133 mm Ø6 mm 239 mm 114 mm 34 mm 58 mm 86 mm G_D011_XX_00465 SINAMICS G110M wall mounting kit 6/32 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 92 mm 185 mm 6 6SL3544-0TB02-1MA0 Screw-type version 6SL3544-0LB02-1PA0 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) Supplementary system components ■ Accessories Installation kits Different installation kits can be ordered as accessories for the Control Units with plug-in connections and Control Units with cable gland connections. These kits include covers or cable glands for protecting or connecting the 400 V 3 AC supply, the 24 V DC supply and the mechanical motor brake. Selection and ordering data Description Article No. Installation kit for Control Units with 6SL3566-2VA00-0GA0 cable gland connections Includes cable glands for connecting the 400 V 3 AC supply, the 24 V DC supply and the mechanical motor brake Installation kit for Control Units with plug-in connections 6SL3566-2LA00-0GA0 Includes covers for protecting the 400 V 3 AC and 24 V DC input connectors and a cable gland for connecting the mechanical motor holding brake An overview of all available accessories (e.g. connectors and cables) can be found under the following link: www.siemens.com/distributeddrives-supplementaryproducts Connecting cables for the Control Unit PROFINET connecting cable Flexible plug-in cables and plug-in connectors that can be assembled in the field for transmission of data (up to 100 Mbit/s) between Industrial Ethernet stations with IP65 degree of protection. Selection and ordering data Description Article No. IE connecting cable M12-180/M12-180, axial outlet Pre-assembled IE FC TP trailing cable GP 2 x 2 PROFINET type C with two 4-pole M12 plugs (4-pole, D-coded), IP65/IP67 degree of protection, UL, plug/plug connector (IN/OUT) Length: • 0.3 m (0.98 ft) 6XV1870-8AE30 STARTER commissioning tool • 0.5 m (1.64 ft) 6XV1870-8AE50 The STARTER commissioning tool (V4.3 SP3 and higher) supports the commissioning and maintenance of SINAMICS G110M inverters. The operator guidance combined with comprehensive, user-friendly functions for the relevant drive solution allow you to commission the device quickly and easily. • 1 m (3.28 ft) 6XV1870-8AH10 • 1.5 m (4.92 ft) 6XV1870-8AH15 • 2 m (6.56 ft) 6XV1870-8AH20 • 3 m (9.84 ft) 6XV1870-8AH30 • 5 m (16.41 ft) 6XV1870-8AH50 • 10 m (32.81 ft) 6XV1870-8AN10 6XV1870-8AN15 Selection and ordering data Description Article No. • 15 m (49 ft) STARTER commissioning tool 1) on DVD-ROM 6SL3072-0AA00-0AG0 IE connecting cable M12-180/ IE FC RJ45 Plug 145 axial outlet Pre-assembled IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP 2 x 2 (PROFINET Type C) with M12 plugs (D-coded) and IE FC RJ45 plug, IP65/IP67 degree of protection SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool The SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool (V13 and higher) supports the commissioning and maintenance of SINAMICS G110M inverters. SINAMICS Startdrive is part of the TIA Portal engineering platform. It supports the intuitive integration of SINAMICS drives in automation. The same operator control concept, the elimination of interfaces and a high degree of user-friendliness make it possible to quickly integrate SINAMICS into an automation process and start it up with the TIA Portal. The TIA Portal with SINAMICS Startdrive offers you a totally integrated engineering platform for the complete application from the project engineering phase through to commissioning and diagnostics. Selection and ordering data Description SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool 1) on DVD-ROM 1) Article No. 6SL3072-4DA02-0XG0 The STARTER commissioning tool is also available on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/13437/dl 6 Length: • 2 m (6.56 ft) 6XV1871-5TH20 • 3 m (9.84 ft) 6XV1871-5TH30 • 5 m (16.41 ft) 6XV1871-5TH50 • 10 m (32.81 ft) 6XV1871-5TN10 • 15 m (49 ft) 6XV1871-5TN15 IE M12 Plug PRO axial outlet For assembly in the field, M12 plug-in connector (D-coded), metal enclosure, UL, fast connection method, plug connector • 1 unit 6GK1901-0DB20-6AA0 • 8 units 6GK1901-0DB20-6AA8 2) The SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool is also available on the Internet at https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/68034568 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 6/33 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) Supplementary system components ■ Accessories PROFIBUS connecting cable Flexible plug-in cables/connectors for transmission of data (up to 12 Mbit/s) from PROFIBUS stations. Selection and ordering data Description Selection and ordering data Description Article No. PROFIBUS M12 plug-in cable axial outlet Pre-assembled with two 5-pole M12 plug/socket connectors, UL Length: 6 Connecting cables/connectors for supplying the Control Unit with power • 0.3 m (0.98 ft) 6XV1830-3DE30 • 0.5 m (1.64 ft) 6XV1830-3DE50 • 1 m (3.28 ft) 6XV1830-3DH10 • 1.5 m (4.92 ft) 6XV1830-3DH15 • 2 m (6.56 ft) 6XV1830-3DH20 • 3 m (9.84 ft) 6XV1830-3DH30 • 5 m (16.41 ft) 6XV1830-3DH50 • 10 m (32.81 ft) 6XV1830-3DN10 • 15 m (49 ft) 6XV1830-3DN15 PROFIBUS M12 plug connector axial outlet 5-pole, B-coded, metal enclosure, 1 package = 5 units • Pin insert 6GK1905-0EA00 • Female contact insert 6GK1905-0EB00 Article No. 7/8" plug-in cable, axial outlet For 24 V switched and unswitched, pre-assembled with 2 × 7/8" at both ends (axial), 5 × 1.5 mm2, 5-pole plug/socket connectors Length: • 0.3 m (0.98 ft) 6XV1822-5BE30 • 0.5 m (1.64 ft) 6XV1822-5BE50 • 1 m (3.28 ft) 6XV1822-5BH10 • 1.5 m (4.92 ft) 6XV1822-5BH15 • 2 m (6.56 ft) 6XV1822-5BH20 • 3 m (9.84 ft) 6XV1822-5BH30 • 5 m (16.41 ft) 6XV1822-5BH50 • 10 m (32.81 ft) 6XV1822-5BN10 • 15 m (49 ft) 6XV1822-5BN15 7/8" power cable, angled outlet, pre-assembled at one end For 24 V switched and unswitched, pre-assembled with 1 × 7/8" angled at one end, 5 × 1.5 mm2 5-pole socket connector Length: • 3 m (9.84 ft) 3RK1902-3GB30 • 5 m (16.41 ft) 3RK1902-3GB50 AS-Interface connecting cables • 10 m (32.81 ft) 3RK1902-3GC10 Selection and ordering data 7/8" power cable, angled outlet For 24 V switched and unswitched, pre-assembled with 2 × 7/8" angled at both ends, 5 × 1.5 mm2, 5-pole plug/socket connectors Length: Description Article No. AS-Interface M12 branch To connect the AS-Interface and the UAux cable to an M12 socket, UL • 1 m (3.28 ft) 3RK1901-1NR21 • 2 m (6.56 ft) 3RK1901-1NR22 • 3 m (9.84 ft) 3RK1902-3NB30 • 5 m (16.41 ft) 3RK1902-3NB50 • 10 m (32.81 ft) 3RK1902-3NC10 7/8" plug-in connector, axial outlet 5-pole, B-coded, plastic enclosure, 1 package = 5 units • Pin insert (OUT) 6GK1905-0FA00 • Female contact insert (IN) 6GK1905-0FB00 7/8" plug-in connector, angled outlet 5-pole, B-coded, plastic enclosure, 1 package = 5 units 6/34 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 • Pin insert (OUT) 3RK1902-3BA00 • Female contact insert (IN) 3RK1902-3DA00 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) Supplementary system components Power bus distribution 400 V in IP65 degree of protection ■ Accessories Selection and ordering data Connecting cables and connectors for digital inputs and outputs Not essential (daisy chaining within device); use is optional. Selection and ordering data Description Description Article No. M12 plug-in cable pre-assembled at both ends, axial outlet M12 straight plug, M12 straight socket, screw mounting, 3-pole, 3 x 0.34 mm², A-coded, black PUR sheath, max. 4 A Length: • 1.5 m (4.92 ft) Ordered from and supplied Power T clamp connector by Harting for 2.5 ... 6 mm2 With attached 7-pole connector, female contact insert, grommet housing, UL Seals for various cable cross-sections must be ordered separately 3RK1902-4PB15-3AA0 M12 connector Y cable for distributed I/Os for dual connection of I/Os using single 5-pole M12 cables, 200 mm (7.87 in) • Straight Article No. (Ordering see Solution Partner) 6ES7194-6KA00-0XA0 Connecting cables and connectors for analog inputs T clamp connector Completely pre-assembled Ordered from and supplied by KnorrTec T distributor box, IDC connection power cable Pre-assembled, UL, uncut power cable, 2.5 ... 6 mm2 Ordered from and supplied by Weidmüller Push-in connection: 1.5 ... 6 mm2 Seals for various cable cross-sections must be ordered separately Y distributor Selection and ordering data Description Article No. M12 cable connector 8-pole plug connector • Straight cable outlet Ordered from and supplied by KnorrTec T distribution piece To connect two analog inputs 8-pole M12 male connector to 2 × 4-pole M12 socket, angled Ordered from and supplied by KnorrTec Connecting cables for Power Modules For direct connection of 400 V supply line, HAN Q4/2, conductor cross-section 1.5 ... 4 mm2 Ordered from and supplied by Harting ■ More information An overview of further supplementary products (e.g. connectors and cables) can be found under the following link: www.siemens.com/distributeddrives-supplementaryproducts For further information about the connecting cables and plug-in connectors mentioned above, please refer to Catalog IK PI. Connecting cables pre-assembled at one end and connector sets to connect to the line supply Selection and ordering data Description Article No. Connecting cable pre-assembled at one end Power supply cable, open at one end, for HAN Q4/2, angled, 4 × 4 mm2 • 1.5 m (4.92 ft) long 3RK1911-0DB13 • 5 m (16.41 ft) long 3RK1911-0DB33 Connector set for the power supply Female contact insert HAN Q4/2, 5 socket contacts, grommet housing, angled outlet including screw connection • 2.5 mm2 3RK1911-2BE50 • 4 mm2 3RK1911-2BE10 • 6 mm2 3RK1911-2BE30 Further selected accessories are available from Siemens Solution Partners. Please go to the "Solution Partner Finder" and select technology "Distributed Field Installation System". www.siemens.com/automation/partnerfinder Connector insert for power loop-through Selection and ordering data Description Article No. Connector set for power loop-through Plug insert HAN Q4/2, 4 socket contacts, grommet housing, angled outlet including screw connection • 2.5 mm2 3RK1911-2BF50 • 4 mm2 3RK1911-2BF10 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 6/35 6 © Siemens AG 2016 SINAMICS G110M distributed inverters 0.37 kW to 4 kW (0.5 hp to 5 hp) Spare parts > Spare Parts Kit ■ Overview A Spare Parts Kit can be ordered, comprising small parts such as replacement seals, caps, PROFIBUS address windows and screws. ■ Selection and ordering data Description Article No. Spare Parts Kit for SINAMICS G110M Comprising replacement seals, caps, connectors and screws 6SL3500-0TK02-0AA0 6 6/36 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 12 © Siemens AG 2016 Engineering tools Security information Siemens provides products and solutions with industrial security functions that support the secure operation of plants, solutions, machines, equipment and/or networks. They are important components in a holistic industrial security concept. With this in mind, Siemens' products and solutions undergo continuous development. Siemens recommends strongly that you regularly check for product updates. For the secure operation of Siemens products and solutions, it is necessary to take suitable preventive action (e.g. cell protection concept) and integrate each component into a holistic, state-ofthe-art industrial security concept. Third-party products that may be in use should also be considered. For more information about industrial security, visit www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity To stay informed about product updates as they occur, sign up for a productspecific newsletter. For more information, visit https://support.industry.siemens.com 12/2 SinaSave Energy Efficiency Tool 12/3 Drive Technology Configurator 12/4 SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool 12/5 CAD CREATOR 12/6 STARTER commissioning tool 12/8 SINAMICS Drive Control Chart (SINAMICS DCC) 12/9 SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool 12/11 Drive ES engineering software SINAMICS SELECTOR app Mobile selection guide for frequency inverters Siemens has developed the SINAMICS SELECTOR app as a practical tool for finding article numbers for your SINAMICS inverters in the output range from 0.12 kW to 560 kW quickly and easily. Whether for SINAMICS V20, SINAMICS G120C, SINAMICS G120P or SINAMICS G120: the app will provide you with the correct article numbers conveniently. How does it work? Simply select your application, the frequency inverter you require, the rated power and device options as well as the necessary accessories. Then you can save your selection and send it by email. Your preselection serves as a basis for an order specification. You will find the free downloads for Android and for iPhone/iPad at the following link: www.siemens.com/sinamics-selector Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 Engineering tools SinaSave Energy Efficiency Tool ■ Overview ■ More information The SinaSave Energy Efficiency Tool calculates potential savings and payback periods on the basis of your specific operating conditions, providing valuable decision guidance with respect to investment in energy-efficient technologies. The drive systems to be compared and the relevant parameters of the drive components are displayed graphically with SinaSave version 6.0 and higher. The wide range of options for comparing different control modes and comprehensive product combinations for drive solutions for pump and fan applications are useful additions. The portfolio of products includes SIMOTICS motors and SINAMICS converters as well as SIRIUS switching devices, offering a wide spectrum of possibilities for comparison according to your requirements. SinaSave offers a wide range of possibilities for comparison: • Comparison of drive systems for pump and fan applications with - Throttle control (fixed speed; motor and switching device) - Bypass control (fixed speed; motor and switching device) - Speed control (variable speed; motor and converter) • Comparison and evaluation of products in various energy efficiency classes • Comparison of Siemens drive systems with third-party drive components 12 Access to the SinaSave Energy Efficiency Tool SinaSave can be used without registration and without login: http://www.automation.siemens.com/sinasave 12/2 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 For more information about the amortization calculator for energy-efficient drive systems, visit www.siemens.com/sinasave More information about services for energy saving is available on the Internet at www.siemens.com/energysaving © Siemens AG 2016 Engineering tools Drive Technology Configurator ■ Overview The Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator) helps you to configure the optimum drive technology products for your application – starting with gear units, motors, inverters and the associated options and components and ending with controllers, software licenses and connection technology. Whether with little or detailed knowledge of products: You can easily, quickly and efficiently configure your particular drive using product group preselectors, targeted navigation through selection menus or by entering article numbers directly to select the products. In addition to all this, comprehensive documentation comprising technical data sheets, 2D/3D dimensional drawings, operating instructions, certificates etc. can be selected in the DT Configurator. The products that you select can be directly ordered by transferring a parts lists to the shopping cart of the Industry Mall. ■ Selection and ordering data Description Article No. Interactive catalog CA 01 E86060-D4001-A510-D6-7600 on DVD-ROM including Drive Technology Configurator, English ■ More information Online access to the Drive Technology Configurator More information about the Drive Technology Configurator is available on the Internet at www.siemens.com/dtconfigurator Offline access to the Drive Technology Configurator in the Interactive Catalog CA 01 In addition, the Drive Technology Configurator is also included in the interactive catalog CA 01 on DVD-ROM – the offline version of the Siemens Industry Mall. The Interactive Catalog CA 01 can be ordered from the relevant Siemens sales office or via the Internet: www.siemens.com/automation/CA01 Drive Technology Configurator for efficient drive configuration with the following functions: • Quick, efficient configuration of drive products and associated components – gear units, motors, inverters, controllers, connection technology • Configuration of drive systems for pump, fan and compressor applications from 1 kW to 2.6 MW • Retrievable documentation for configured products and components, such as - Data sheets in up to 9 languages in PDF or RTF formats - 2D/3D dimensional drawings in various formats - Terminal box diagram and terminal connection diagram - Operating instructions - Certificates - Starting calculation for SIMOTICS motors - EPLAN macros • Support for retrofit projects in conjunction with Spares On Web (www.siemens.com/sow) • Products can be ordered directly through the Siemens Industry Mall 12 Access to the Drive Technology Configurator The Drive Technology Configurator can be accessed without registration and login: www.siemens.com/dt-configurator Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 12/3 © Siemens AG 2016 Engineering tools SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool The configuration process produces the following results: • A parts list of the required components (export to Excel, use of the Excel data sheet for import to SAP) • Technical specifications of the system • Characteristic curves • Comments on system reactions • Mounting arrangement of drive and control components and dimension drawings of motors • Energy requirements of the configured application ■ Overview These results are displayed in a results tree and can be reused for documentation purposes. Technological online help is available: • Detailed technical specifications • Information about the drive systems and their components • Decision-making criteria for the selection of components • Online help in English, French, German, Italian, Chinese and Japanese The following drives and controls can be engineered in a userfriendly way using the SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool: • SIMOTICS low-voltage motors, including servo geared motors • SINAMICS low-voltage drive systems • Motor starters • SINUMERIK CNC • SIMOTION Motion Control system • SIMATIC Technology It provides support when selecting the technologies involved in the hardware and firmware components required for a drive task. SIZER for Siemens Drives supports the complete configuration of the drive system, from basic single drives to demanding multi-axis applications. 12 SIZER for Siemens Drives supports all of the configuring steps in one workflow: • Configuring the power supply • Designing the motor and gearbox, including calculation of mechanical transmission elements • Configuring the drive components • Compiling the required accessories • Selecting the line-side and motor-side power options, e.g. cables, filters, and reactors When SIZER for Siemens Drives was being designed, particular importance was placed on a high degree of usability and a universal, function-based approach to the drive application. The extensive user guidance makes using the tool easy. Status information keeps you continually informed about the progress of the configuration process. The SIZER for Siemens Drives user interface is available in English, French, German and Italian. The drive configuration is saved in a project. In the project, the components and functions used are displayed in a hierarchical tree structure. The project view permits the configuration of drive systems and the copying/inserting/modifying of drives already configured. 12/4 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 System requirements • PG or PC with Pentium III min. 800 MHz (recommended > 1 GHz) • 512 MB RAM (1 GB RAM recommended) • At least 4.1 GB of free hard disk space • An additional 100 MB of free hard disk space on Windows system drive • Screen resolution 1024 × 768 pixels (1280 × 1024 pixels recommended) • Operating system: - Windows 7 Professional (32/64 bit) - Windows 7 Enterprise (32/64 bit) - Windows 7 Ultimate (32/64 bit) - Windows 7 Home (32/64 bit) - Windows 8.1 Professional (32/64 bit) - Windows 8.1 Enterprise (32/64 bit) • Microsoft Internet Explorer V5.5 SP2 ■ Selection and ordering data Description Article No. SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool on DVD-ROM 6SL3070-0AA00-0AG0 English, French, German, Italian ■ More information The SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool is available free on the Internet at www.siemens.com/sizer © Siemens AG 2016 Engineering tools CAD CREATOR ■ Overview ■ Benefits CAD CREATOR – Dimensional drawing and 2D/3D CAD generator Thanks to the user-friendly operator interface of the CAD CREATOR, it is easy to configure controls, drives and motors. With the support of the CAD CREATOR, product-specific dimension drawings and 2D/3D CAD models can be created quickly. The CAD CREATOR assists the machine manufacturer's designers, offer drafting engineers and project engineers. ■ Selection and ordering data Description Article No. CAD CREATOR 6SL3075-0AA00-0AG0 Dimensional drawing and 2D/3D CAD generator on DVD-ROM English, French, German, Italian, Spanish ■ More information The CAD CREATOR is available on DVD-ROM and as an Internet application. Additional information is available on the Internet at www.siemens.com/cadcreator • Provision of dimension drawings as 2D/3D CAD models in mm and inches • Display of 2D/3D CAD models and dimension drawings with integrated viewers • With the online version, 3D models and dimension drawings can also be displayed in the form of a downloadable PDF • Support for all general geometry interfaces STEP, IGES, Parasolid, SAT, VDA, and for special interfaces such as Ideas, NX, Solid Edge, Pro/Engineer, Autocad, Inventor, Mechanical Desktop, Catia and Solidworks • Multi-language operator interface in English, French, German, Italian and Spanish, and direct Help (English, German) • Dimension drawings and 2D/3D CAD models for: • SIMOTICS motors for Motion Control - SIMOTICS S-1FK7, S-1FT7 servomotors - SIMOTICS S geared motors - SIMOTICS M-1PH8, M-1FE1 main motors - SIMOTICS L-1FN3 linear motors - SIMOTICS T-1FW3, T-1FW6 torque motors - 2SP1 motor spindles • Components - Measuring systems - MOTION-CONNECT connection system • SINAMICS S110, SINAMICS S120 - Control Units - Power Modules (Blocksize/Chassis/Combi) - Line Modules (Booksize/Chassis) - Line-side components - Motor Modules (Booksize/Chassis) - DC link components - Supplementary system components - Load-side power components - Encoder system connection • SINUMERIK - CNC controls - Operator components for CNC controls • SIMOTION - SIMOTION D - SIMOTION C - SIMOTION P The CAD CREATOR offers a variety of options for configuring, but also different methods for searching for a product: • According to article no. • According to technical description After successful configuration of the product, the dimensional drawings and models are displayed with the integrated viewers and made available for export. Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 12/5 12 © Siemens AG 2016 Engineering tools STARTER commissioning tool In addition, the following functions are available for optimization purposes: • Self-optimization of the controller settings (depending on drive unit) • Setup and evaluation of trace recordings 1) Tool function for recording 2 × 8 signals with - Measuring cursor function - Extensive trigger functions - Several Y scales - Sampling times in the current controller cycle clock ■ Overview Diagnostics functions provide information about: • Control/status words • Parameter status • Operating conditions • Communication states The user-friendly STARTER commissioning tool can be used for: • Commissioning • Optimization • Diagnostics This software can be operated as a standalone PC application, or integrated as a TIA-compatible program in SIMATIC STEP 7, or highly integrated into the SCOUT Engineering System (for SIMOTION). The basic functions and handling are the same in both cases. In addition to the SINAMICS drives, STARTER also supports MICROMASTER 4 devices. The project wizards can be used to create the drives within the structure of the project tree. Beginners are supported by solution-based dialog guidance, whereby a standard graphics-based display maximizes clarity when setting the drive parameters. First commissioning is guided by a wizard which makes all the basic settings in the drive. Therefore, getting a motor up and running is merely a question of setting a few of the drive parameters as part of the drive configuration process. The individual settings required are made using graphics-based parameterization screens, which also precisely visualize the principle of operation of the drive. 12 Examples of individual settings that can be made include: • How terminals are used • Bus interface • Setpoint channel (e.g., fixed setpoints) • Closed-loop speed control (e.g., ramp-function generator, limits) • BICO interconnections • Diagnostics For experts, the expert list can be used to specifically and quickly access individual parameters at any time. An individual compilation of frequently used parameters can be saved in dedicated user lists and watch tables. Performance features • User-friendly: Only a small number of settings need to be made for successful first commissioning: The motor starts to rotate • Solution-oriented dialog-based user guidance simplifies commissioning • Self-optimization functions reduce manual effort for optimization. Minimum system requirements The following minimum requirements must be complied with: • Hardware - PG or PC with Pentium III min. 1 GHz (recommended >1 GHz) - Work memory 1 GB (2 GB recommended) - Screen resolution 1024 × 768 pixels, 16-bit color depth - Free hard disk memory: min. 3 GB • Software - Microsoft Internet Explorer V6.0 or higher - 32-bit operating systems: Microsoft Windows XP Professional SP3 Microsoft Windows 7 Professional incl. SP1 Microsoft Windows 7 Ultimate incl. SP1 Microsoft Windows 7 Enterprise incl. SP1 (standard installation) - 64-bit operating systems: Microsoft Windows 7 Professional SP1 Microsoft Windows 7 Ultimate SP1 Microsoft Windows 7 Enterprise SP1 (standard installation) Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1 ■ Integration Data can be exchanged (depending on the version) via PROFIBUS or PROFINET/Ethernet or via a serial interface. For commissioning and service, a PG/PC can be connected to the CU320-2 Control Unit via PROFIBUS. A PROFIBUS connection must be available with a connecting cable at the PG/PC. Further, communication between a CU320-2 Control Unit and PG/PC can also be established via Ethernet, either via an (optional) CBE20 Communication Board or the Ethernet interface -X127 on the CU320-2 Control Unit. Note: The terminal strip -X127 is suitable as a communication link to the PG/PC only for the purposes of servicing and commissioning. 1) Depending on drive unit. Not supported for MICROMASTER 4, SINAMICS G110, SINAMICS G120 <firmware V4.4, SINAMICS G110D and SINAMICS G120D <firmware V4.5. 12/6 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 Engineering tools STARTER commissioning tool ■ Selection and ordering data Description Description Article No. STARTER commissioning tool for SINAMICS and MICROMASTER 6SL3072-0AA00-0AG0 Recommended accessories For communication between the drive unit and the programming device or PC Article No. English, French, German, Italian, Spanish SINAMICS G110D Note: In addition to the STARTER commissioning tool, SINAMICS Drive Control Chart (SINAMICS DCC) can be installed. This allows the device functionality in the SINAMICS drive system to be expanded with technology functions as required. • Optical USB Depending on the version of the Control Unit (CU), the Control Unit of the drive unit can communicate with the programming device (PG) or PC via PROFIBUS or PROFINET/Ethernet or via a serial interface. The following accessories are available for the particular drive system as listed in the following table. Description Recommended accessories For communication between the drive unit and the programming device or PC SINAMICS G120D PC inverter connection kit 2 Mini USB interface cable for communication with a PC, 3 m (9.84 ft) 6SL3255-0AA00-2CA0 • PROFIBUS Connection to the PROFIBUS system in the plant See supplementary products 1) • PROFINET/ Ethernet Connection to the PROFINET system in the plant See supplementary products 1) SINAMICS S110 • RS232 SIMATIC S7 connecting cable Null modem cable, 6 m (19.69 ft) 6ES7901-1BF00-0XA0 • PROFIBUS CP 5711 communication module USB adapter for connecting a PG or notebook to PROFIBUS or MPI USB cable (2 m (6.56 ft)) included in scope of supply 6GK1571-1AA00 SIMATIC DP plug-in cable 12 MBaud, for PG connection, pre-assembled with 2 × 9-pin SUB D connector, 3 m (9.84 ft) 6ES7901-4BD00-0XA0 Standard CAT5 Ethernet cable or PROFINET cable – Article No. SINAMICS G110 • RS232 PC inverter connection kit Scope of supply: 9-pin SUB D connector RS232 standard cable, 3 m (9.84 ft) 6SL3255-0AA00-2AA1 • PROFINET/ Ethernet SINAMICS G120C • USB PC inverter connection kit 2 Mini USB interface cable for communication with a PC, 3 m (9.84 ft) 6SL3255-0AA00-2CA0 SIMATIC S7 connecting cable 6ES7901-1BF00-0XA0 Null modem cable, 6 m (19.69 ft) • PROFIBUS SINAMICS G120 PC inverter connection kit 2 Mini USB interface cable for communication with a PC, 3 m (9.84 ft) 6SL3255-0AA00-2CA0 • PROFIBUS SIMATIC DP plug-in cable 12 MBaud, for PG connection, pre-assembled with 2 × 9-pin SUB D connector, 3 m (9.84 ft) 6ES7901-4BD00-0XA0 Standard CAT5 Ethernet cable or PROFINET cable – CP 5711 communication module USB cable (2 m (6.56 ft)) included in scope of supply PC inverter connection kit 2 Mini USB interface cable for communication with a PC, 3 m (9.84 ft) 6SL3255-0AA00-2CA0 • PROFIBUS Connection to the PROFIBUS system in the plant See supplementary products 1) • PROFINET/ Ethernet Connection to the PROFINET system in the plant See supplementary products 1) 6ES7901-4BD00-0XA0 12 MBaud, for PG connection, pre-assembled with 2 × 9-pin SUB D connector, 3 m (9.84 ft) • PROFINET/ Ethernet SINAMICS G110M 6GK1571-1AA00 USB adapter for connecting a PG or notebook to PROFIBUS or MPI SIMATIC DP plug-in cable • USB 1) SINAMICS S120 • RS232 • USB • PROFINET/ Ethernet 6SL3555-0PA00-2AA0 • USB More information about SINAMICS DCC can be found in section "SINAMICS Drive Control Chart (SINAMICS DCC)". Accessories USB interface cable For communication with a PC, 2.5 m (8.2 ft) Standard CAT5 Ethernet cable or PROFINET cable 12 – ■ More information The STARTER commissioning tool is also available on the Internet at www.siemens.com/starter An overview of all the supplementary products (e.g. cables and connectors) that are available for the distributed drives family can be found at the following link: www.siemens.com/distributeddrives-supplementaryproducts Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 12/7 © Siemens AG 2016 Engineering tools SINAMICS Drive Control Chart (SINAMICS DCC) ■ Overview SINAMICS Drive Control Chart (SINAMICS DCC) expands the scope of device functions by means of freely available closedloop control, arithmetic and logic blocks and offers a means by which technological functions can be graphically configured in the SINAMICS drive system. SINAMICS DCC is the first stage of the Advanced Technology Function and is installed as an addon to the STARTER commissioning tool. SINAMICS DCC provides users with greater scope to adapt these systems to the specific functions of their machines. SINAMICS DCC does not limit the number of functions that can be used. The number of functions is limited only by the performance capability of the Control Unit. SINAMICS DCC is available for the following SINAMICS drive systems: • SINAMICS G130 • SINAMICS G150 • SINAMICS S120 • SINAMICS S150 • SINAMICS DCM • SINAMICS DCP • SINAMICS GM150 • SINAMICS SM150 • SINAMICS GL150 • SINAMICS SL150 12 The user-friendly DCC editor enables easy graphics-based configuration, allows control loop structures to be clearly represented and provides a high degree of reusability of diagrams that have already been created. The open-loop and closed-loop control functions are defined by using multi-instance-capable blocks (Drive Control Blocks (DCBs)) from a library (DCB library) that are selected and graphically linked with one another by dragging and dropping. Test and diagnostic functions allow the program behavior to be verified and, in the case of a fault, the cause identified. Two types of DCB library are available, i.e. DCB Standard and DCB Extension. The DCB Standard library supplied with SINAMICS DCC contains a large selection of closed-loop, arithmetic and logic blocks, as well as comprehensive open-loop and closed-loop control functions. For logically combining, evaluating and acquiring binary signals, all commonly used logic functions are available for selection (AND, XOR, on/off delay, RS flipflop, counter, etc.). A wide range of arithmetic functions, such as absolute value generation, dividers and minimum/maximum evaluation are available to monitor and evaluate numerical quantities. In addition to the closed-loop drive control, axial winder functions, PI controllers, ramp-function generators or wobble generators are simple to configure. 12/8 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 In addition to the standard library, the DCB Extension library is also available with SINAMICS DCC, firmware version V4.6 and higher. This contains an extended range of blocks that can be used as an additional, independent library in the DCC Editor. DCB Extension provides new motion control blocks as a GMC library and blocks for supplementary mathematical and logical functions as a Math Extended library. Using these blocks, it is possible to implement the following applications with SINAMICS DCC: • Positioning • 1:1 synchronous operation • Gearing • Gearing and positioning • Camming • Flying saws • Cross cutters • Calculation of trigonometric or logarithmic functions These applications are available for downloading from the Siemens Application Support pages at: www.siemens.com/sinamics-applications With the blocks provided by DCB Extension, it is also possible to commission the programming of user-specific blocks. SINAMICS DCC provides a convenient basis for resolving drivelevel open-loop and closed-loop control tasks directly in the converter. This further extends the possibility of adapting SINAMICS to the particular application. Local data processing in the drive supports the implementation of modular machine concepts and results in an increase in the overall machine performance. Minimum hardware and software requirements See STARTER commissioning tool. ■ Selection and ordering data SINAMICS DCC comprises the graphical configuring tool (DCC Editor) and the DCB standard library. SINAMICS DCC is installed as an add-on to the STARTER commissioning tool. The necessary engineering license for each PC (floating) for SINAMICS DCC is acquired at the same time the order is placed. No runtime license is required for the DCB standard library included in the scope of supply. Existing licenses for SINAMICS DCC V2.1 and V2.2 SP1 and V2.3 are also valid for SINAMICS DCC V2.3 SP1. An upgrade variant including an engineering license for applications with STARTER V4.4 SP1 is available for existing SINAMICS DCC V2.0 SPx. Description Article No. SINAMICS DCC V2.3 SP1 for STARTER V4.4 SP1 Graphic configuring with SINAMICS DCC DCC Editor + DCB standard library • Single-user engineering license, with data carrier 6AU1810-1HA23-1XA0 • Upgrade engineering license, with data carrier 6AU1810-1HA23-1XE0 The blocks of the DCB Extension library are also configured with the graphical configuring tool (DCC Editor). Use of these blocks requires a runtime license. Description Article No. SINAMICS DCB Extension license 6SL3077-0AA00-0AB0 Runtime license for license upgrading with firmware version V4.6 or later (can also be ordered in conjunction with the CompactFlash card, see CompactFlash card for CU310-2 and CU320-2 Control Units) © Siemens AG 2016 Engineering tools SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool ■ Overview ■ Benefits SINAMICS Startdrive is a tool for configuring, commissioning, and diagnosing the SINAMICS family of drives and is integrated into the TIA Portal. SINAMICS Startdrive can be used to implement drive applications involving the following inverters: • SINAMICS G120 • SINAMICS G120C • SINAMICS G120D • SINAMICS G120P • SINAMICS G110M The SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool has been optimized with regard to user friendliness and consistent use of the TIA Portal benefits of a common working environment for PLC, HMI and drives. ■ Selection and ordering data Description Article No. SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool 6SL3072-4DA02-0XG0 on DVD-ROM incl. Single License and Certificate of License Efficient commissioning with easy configuration and powerful tools: • High degree of usability thanks to task-based navigation through the engineering workflow - Hardware configuration - Parameterization - Commissioning - Diagnostics • Time-saving and guided step-by-step commissioning • User-friendly graphic function view for all drive functions • List of drive parameters structured according to functions • Easy integration of SIMOTICS motors • Integrated control panel for direct operation of the inverter from the TIA Portal • Powerful realtime trace for commissioning and drive diagnostics • Intuitive and efficient inverter diagnostics through automatic display of messages • Context-sensitive online help, e.g. for drive messages • Integrated detailed inverter diagnostic functions - Control/status words - Parameter status - Operating conditions - Communication states • Simple configuration for drive-end Safety Integrated and the drive-internal basic positioning function (EPos) • Graphic configuration of drive-internal free function blocks (FFB) • Online work on the inverter - Without previous creation of an offline project - With new SINAMICS firmware (e.g. V4.7), without having to perform a tool update - Available online functions without project: Commissioning with wizard and control panel, full parameter access with graphic function view and structured parameter list with complete inverter diagnostics English, French, German, Italian, Spanish, Chinese (simplified) 12 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 12/9 © Siemens AG 2016 Engineering tools SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool Installation versions ■ Integration Integration of SINAMICS drives with SIMATIC in the TIA Portal The software packages based on the TIA Portal are harmonized with each other and offer important benefits. The TIA Portal enables simple integration of SINAMICS frequency inverters in your automation solution: • Reduction in the familiarization overhead thanks to cross-tool uniformity of the operator inputs • Device configuration and network connection of the inverters in the TIA Portal-wide configuration/network editor • Device access to the inverters via the PLC across network boundaries (dataset routing) • Automatic frame comparison between inverters and SIMATIC S7 PLC • Reduction of standstill times through the integration of inverter messages in the SIMATIC S7 system diagnostics: - The drive messages are part of the SIMATIC S7 system diagnostics without previous configuration - The drive messages are therefore automatically available as plain text in the TIA Portal, the web server of the SIMATIC S7 PLC and the HMI • Time saving due to simple and guided configuration of the inverters for operation with SIMATIC S7 Motion Control • Short familiarization time for SIMATIC STEP 7 users due to common use of editors. Realtime trace and the drive control panel are identical to the editors in STEP 7 • Reuse of the drive configuration and parameterization is possible with the assistance of the TIA Portal library • Standard TIA Portal functions for inverters, e.g. Undo, Redo • Block library supplied for easy integration of SINAMICS inverters into the user programs of the SIMATIC S7-300, S7-400, S7-1200, S7-1500 • Shared project storage for all devices in the project Supported frequency inverters Integration of the SINAMICS drives into the TIA Portal is carried out in steps. The following frequency inverters can be configured in SINAMICS Startdrive • SINAMICS G120 • SINAMICS G120C • SINAMICS G120D • SINAMICS G120P • SINAMICS G110M 12 All of the available Control Units from SINAMICS Firmware V4.4 are supported for these devices (including PROFINET, PROFIBUS, Safety Integrated). All combinable Power Modules up to 400 kW can be configured. 12/10 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 SINAMICS Startdrive can be installed as an optional package to SIMATIC STEP 7 or as a stand-alone application (without SIMATIC STEP 7). System requirements Hardware • PG or PC, Intel Core i5-3320M or higher, 3.3 GHz (or similar) • 8 GB RAM • Screen resolution 1920 × 1080 pixels • 64-bit operating system Software SINAMICS Startdrive V13 is released for use with the following operating systems (64-bit, Windows 7, and also 32-bit): • Microsoft Windows 7 Professional SP1 • Microsoft Windows 7 Enterprise SP1 • Microsoft Windows 7 Ultimate SP1 • Microsoft Windows 8.1 Professional • Microsoft Windows 8.1 Enterprise • Microsoft Server 2008 R2 StdE SP1 (only STEP 7 Professional) • Microsoft Server 2012 R2 StdE Compatibility with other products • SINAMICS Startdrive can be installed alongside STARTER • SINAMICS Startdrive V13 operates with STEP 7 Basic/ Professional V13 and WinCC V13 in a framework • SINAMICS Startdrive V13 can be installed on a computer alongside other versions of Startdrive V12, STEP 7 V12, V5.4 or V5.5, STEP 7 Micro/WIN, WinCC flexible (2008 and above) and WinCC (V7.0 SP2 and above) • Supported virtualization platforms: - VMware Workstation 10 - VMware Player 6.0 - Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 Hyper-V • SINAMICS Startdrive has been tested with the following virus scanners: - Symantec Endpoint Protection 12.1 - Trend Micro Office Scan Corporate Edition 10.6 - Kaspersky Anti-Virus 2014 - Windows Defender (Windows version 8.1 and above) ■ More information The SINAMICS Startdrive commissioning tool is available free on the Internet at www.siemens.com/startdrive © Siemens AG 2016 Engineering tools Drive ES engineering software ■ Overview SIMATIC Programs Drive ES PCS 7 ■ Design Various software packages are available for selection: • Drive ES Basic • Drive ES PCS 7 (APL Style or Classic Style) Configuration / Commissioning Drive ES Basic G_D211_EN_00275b Drive ES Basic Drive ES Basic is for first-time users of the world of Totally Integrated Automation and the basic software for setting the parameters of all drives online and offline in this environment. Drive ES Basic enables both the automation system and the drives to be handled using the SIMATIC Manager software. Drive ES Basic is the starting point for common data archiving for complete projects and for extending the use of the SIMATIC teleservice to drives. Drive ES Basic provides the configuration tools for the new Motion Control functions – slave-to-slave communication, equidistance and isochronous operation with PROFIBUS DP and ensures that drives with PROFINET IO are simply integrated into the SIMATIC environment. Note: Drive ES is the engineering system used to integrate the communication, configuration and data management functions of Siemens drive technology into the SIMATIC automation world easily, efficiently and cost-effectively. Various software packages are available for selection: • Drive ES Basic • Drive ES PCS 7 Drive ES (Drive Engineering Software) fully integrates drives from Siemens into the world of Totally Integrated Automation. For SINAMICS and MICROMASTER 4 drives, this TIA functionality is also provided with the STARTER commissioning tool (V4.3.2 and above). Drive ES PCS 7 (APL Style or Classic Style) Drive ES PCS 7 links the drives with a PROFIBUS DP interface into the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system, and it requires that SIMATIC PCS 7, V6.1 or higher has first been installed. Drive ES PCS 7 provides a function block library with function blocks for the drives and the corresponding faceplates for the operator station, which enables the drives to be operated from the PCS 7 process control system. From version V6.1 and higher, drives will also be able to be represented in the PCS 7 Maintenance Station. In Drive ES PCS 7 version V8.0 and higher, two versions of the library are available: The APL (Advanced Process Library) variant and the previous version in the so-called Classic Style. Contents of the Drive ES PCS 7 package (APL Style or Classic Style) in detail • Function block library for SIMATIC PCS 7 Faceplates and control blocks for SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES VC and MC, as well as MICROMASTER/MIDIMASTER of the third and fourth generation as well as SIMOREG DC-MASTER and SINAMICS • STEP 7 slave object manager for convenient configuration of drives and non-cyclic PROFIBUS DP communication with the drives • STEP 7 device object manager for easy configuration of drives with PROFINET-IO interfaces (V8.0 SP1 and higher) • SETUP program for installing the software in the PCS 7 environment Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 12/11 12 © Siemens AG 2016 Engineering tools Drive ES engineering software ■ Selection and ordering data Description Description Article No. Drive ES PCS 7 V8.1 SPx *) Article No. Drive ES Basic V5.5 SPx *) Configuration software for the integration of drives into TIA (Totally Integrated Automation) Function block library for PCS 7 for the integration of drives in Classic Style (as predecessor) Requirement: PCS 7 V8.1 and higher Type of delivery: CD-ROM Languages: Ger, Eng, Fr, It, Sp with electronic documentation Requirement: STEP 7 from V5.3, SP3 and higher • Single-user license incl. 1 runtime license 6SW1700-8JD00-1AA0 Type of delivery: DVD Languages: Ger, Eng, Fr, It, Sp with electronic documentation • Runtime license (without data carrier) 6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0 • Update service for single-user license 6SW1700-0JD00-0AB2 • Floating license, 1 user 6SW1700-5JA00-5AA0 • Floating license, (copy license), 60 users 6SW1700-5JA00-5AA1 • Upgrade from V6.x/V7.x/V8.x to V8.1 SPx *) 6SW1700-8JD00-1AA4 • Upgrade from V5.x to V5.5 SPx *) 6SW1700-5JA00-5AA4 Drive ES PCS 7 APL V8.1 SPx *) Drive ES PCS 7 V7.0 SPx *) Function block library for PCS 7 for the integration of drives Function block library for PCS 7 for the integration of drives in APL style (Advanced Process Library) Requirement: PCS 7 V7.0 and higher Requirement: PCS 7 V8.1 and higher Type of delivery: CD-ROM Languages: Ger, Eng, Fr, It, Sp with electronic documentation Type of delivery: CD-ROM Languages: Ger, Eng, Fr, It, Sp with electronic documentation • Single-user license incl. 1 runtime license 6SW1700-7JD00-0AA0 • Single-user license incl. 1 runtime license 6SW1700-8JD01-1AA0 • Runtime license (without data carrier) 6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0 • Runtime license (without data carrier) 6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0 6SW1700-0JD00-0AB2 • Update service for single-user license 6SW1700-0JD01-0AB2 • Update service for single-user license Drive ES PCS 7 V7.1 SPx • Upgrade of APL V8.x to V8.1 SPx *) or 6SW1700-8JD01-1AA4 Drive ES PCS 7 V6.x, V7.x, V8.x classic to *) Drive ES PCS 7 APL V8.1 SPx *) Function block library for PCS 7 for the integration of drives Requirement: PCS 7 V7.1 and higher ■ Options Type of delivery: CD-ROM Languages: Ger, Eng, Fr, It, Sp with electronic documentation Drive ES software update service • Single-user license incl. 1 runtime license 6SW1700-7JD00-1AA0 • Runtime license (without data carrier) 6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0 • Update service for single-user license 6SW1700-0JD00-0AB2 • Upgrade from V6.x to V7.1 SPx *) 6SW1700-7JD00-1AA4 Drive ES PCS 7 V8.0 SPx *) Function block library for PCS 7 for the integration of drives in Classic Style (as predecessor) The update service can only be ordered in addition to an existing (i.e. previously ordered) full version. • Period of update service: 1 year The update service is automatically extended by 1 further year unless canceled up to 6 weeks prior to expiration. Requirement: PCS 7 V8.0 and higher Type of delivery: CD-ROM Languages: Ger, Eng, Fr, It, Sp with electronic documentation 12 A software update service can also be purchased for the Drive ES software. The user will automatically receive the latest software, service packs and full versions for one year after ordering. Description • Single-user license incl. 1 runtime license 6SW1700-8JD00-0AA0 • Update service for single-user license • Runtime license (without data carrier) 6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0 Drive ES PCS 7 APL • Update service for single-user license 6SW1700-0JD00-0AB2 • Upgrade from V6.x to V8.0 SPx *) 6SW1700-8JD00-0AA4 Drive ES PCS 7 APL V8.0 SPx *) Function block library for PCS 7 for the integration of drives in APL style (Advanced Process Library) Type of delivery: CD-ROM Languages: Ger, Eng, Fr, It, Sp with electronic documentation • Single-user license incl. 1 runtime license 6SW1700-8JD01-0AA0 • Runtime license (without data carrier) 6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0 • Update service for single-user license 6SW1700-0JD01-0AB2 • Upgrade of APL V8.0 to V8.0 SP1 or Drive ES PCS7 V6.x, V7.x, V8.x classic to Drive ES PCS7 APL V8.0 SPx *) 6SW1700-8JD01-0AA4 Orders are automatically supplied with the latest Service Pack (SP). 12/12 • Update service for single-user license 6SW1700-0JD00-0AB2 6SW1700-0JD01-0AB2 ■ More information Additional information is available on the Internet at www.siemens.com/drive-es Requirement: PCS 7 V8.0 and higher *) Article No. Drive ES PCS 7 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 14 © Siemens AG 2016 Appendix 14/2 Metal surcharges 14/6 Conditions of sale and delivery Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 Appendix Metal surcharges ■ Explanation of the raw material/metal surcharges1) 2) 3) 4) Surcharge calculation To compensate for variations in the price of the raw materials silver, copper, aluminum, lead, gold, dysprosium2) and/or neodym2), surcharges are calculated on a daily basis using the so-called metal factor for products containing these raw materials. A surcharge for the respective raw material is calculated as a supplement to the price of a product if the basic official price of the raw material in question is exceeded. The surcharges are calculated in accordance with the following criteria: • Basic official price of the raw material Basic official price from the day prior to receipt of the order or prior to release order (daily price) for3) - Silver (sales price, processed) - Gold (sales price, processed) Percentage method Use of the percentage method is indicated by the letters A-Z at the respective digit of the metal factor. The surcharge is increased - dependent on the deviation of the daily price compared with the basic official price - using the percentage method in "steps" and consequently offers surcharges that remain constant within the framework of this "step range". A higher percentage rate is charged for each new step. The respective percentage level can be found in the table below. Metal factor examples LEA––––– Basis for % surcharge: List price Silver Basis 150 €, Step 50 €, 0.5 % and for4) - Copper (lower DEL notation + 1 %) - Aluminum (aluminum in cables) - Lead (lead in cables) • Metal factor of the products Certain products are displayed with a metal factor. The metal factor determines the official price (for those raw materials concerned) as of which the metal surcharges are applied and the calculation method used (weight or percentage method). An exact explanation is given below. Copper Basis 150 €, Step 50 €, 0.1 % No surcharge for aluminum No surcharge for lead No surcharge for gold No surcharge for dysprosium No surcharge for neodym N –A6 –––– Structure of the metal factor Basis for % surcharge: Customer net price The metal factor consists of several digits; the first digit indicates whether the percentage method of calculation refers to the list price or a possible discounted price (customer net price) (L = list price / N = customer net price). No surcharge for silver Copper Basis 150 €, Step 50 €, 0.1 % Aluminum acc. to weight, basic offic. price 225 € The remaining digits indicate the method of calculation used for the respective raw material. If no surcharge is added for a raw material, a "-" is used. No surcharge for lead No surcharge for gold No surcharge for dysprosium 1st digit List or customer net price using the percentage method 2nd digit for silver (AG) 3rd digit for copper (CU) 4th digit for aluminum (AL) No basis necessary 5th digit for lead (PB) No surcharge for silver 6th digit for gold (AU) Copper acc. to weight, basic official price 150 € 7th digit for dysprosium (Dy)2) No surcharge for aluminum 8th digit for neodym (Nd)2) No surcharge for lead No surcharge for neodym – –3 – – – – – No surcharge for gold Weight method The weight method uses the basic official price, the daily price and the raw material weight. In order to calculate the surcharge, the basic official price must be subtracted from the daily price. The difference is then multiplied by the raw material weight. 14 No surcharge for dysprosium No surcharge for neodym The basic official price can be found in the table below using the number (1 to 9) of the respective digit of the metal factor. The raw material weight can be found in the respective product descriptions. 1) 2) 3) 4) Refer to the separate explanation on the next page regarding the raw materials dysprosium and neodym (= rare earths). For a different method of calculation, refer to the separate explanation for these raw materials on the next page. Source: Umicore, Hanau (www.metalsmanagement.umicore.com). Source: Schutzvereinigung DEL-Notiz e.V. (www.del-notiz.org). 14/2 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 © Siemens AG 2016 Appendix Metal surcharges ■ Explanation of the raw material/metal surcharges for dysprosium and neodym (rare earths)1) 2) Surcharge calculation To compensate for variations in the price of the raw materials silver1), copper1), aluminum1), lead1), gold1), dysprosium and/or neodym, surcharges are calculated on a daily basis using the so-called metal factor for products containing these raw materials. The surcharge for dysprosium and neodym is calculated as a supplement to the price of a product if the basic official price of the raw material in question is exceeded. The surcharge is calculated in accordance with the following criteria: • Basic official price of the raw material2) Three-month basic average price (see below) in the period before the quarter in which the order was received or the release order took place (= average official price) for - dysprosium (Dy metal, 99 % min. FOB China; USD/kg) - neodym (Nd metal, 99 % min. FOB China; USD/kg) • Metal factor of the products Certain products are displayed with a metal factor. The metal factor indicates (for those raw materials concerned) the basic official price as of which the surcharges for dysprosium and neodym are calculated using the weight method. An exact explanation of the metal factor is given below. Three-month average price The prices of rare earths vary according to the foreign currency, and there is no freely accessible stock exchange listing. This makes it more difficult for all parties involved to monitor changes in price. In order to avoid continuous adjustment of the surcharges, but to still ensure fair, transparent pricing, an average price is calculated over a three-month period using the average monthly foreign exchange rate from USD to EUR (source: European Central Bank). Since not all facts are immediately available at the start of each month, a one-month buffer is allowed before the new average price applies. Weight method The weight method uses the basic official price, the average price and the raw material weight. In order to calculate the surcharge, the basic official price must be subtracted from the average price. The difference is then multiplied by the raw material weight. The basic official price can be found in the table below using the number (1 to 9) of the respective digit of the metal factor. Your Sales contact can inform you of the raw material weight. Metal factor examples ––––––71 No basis necessary No surcharge for silver No surcharge for copper No surcharge for aluminum No surcharge for lead No surcharge for gold Dysprosium acc. to weight, basic official price 300 € Neodym acc. to weight, basic official price 50 € Examples of calculation of the average official price: Period for calculation of the average price: Period during which the order/release order is effected and the average price applies: Sep 2012 - Nov 2012 Q1 in 2013 (Jan - Mar) Dec 2012 - Feb 2013 Q2 in 2013 (Apr - Jun) Mar 2013 - May 2013 Q3 in 2013 (Jul - Sep) Jun 2013 - Aug 2013 Q4 in 2013 (Oct - Dec) Structure of the metal factor The metal factor consists of several digits; the first digit is not relevant to the calculation of dysprosium and neodym. The remaining digits indicate the method of calculation used for the respective raw material. If no surcharge is added for a raw material, a "-" is used. 1st digit List or customer net price using the percentage method 2nd digit for silver (AG)1) 3rd digit for copper (CU)1) 4th digit for aluminum (AL)1) 5th digit for lead (PB)1) 6th digit for gold (AU)1) 7th digit for dysprosium (Dy) 8th digit for neodym (Nd) 1) 2) 14 For a different method of calculation, refer to the separate explanation for these raw materials on the previous page. Source: Asian Metal Ltd (www.asianmetal.com) Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 14/3 © Siemens AG 2016 Appendix Metal surcharges ■ Values of the metal factor Percentage method Basic official Step range price in € in € % surcharge 1st step % surcharge 2nd step % surcharge 3rd step Price in € Price in € Price in € Price in € 150.01 - 200.00 200.01 - 250.00 250.01 - 300.00 300.01 - 350.00 % surcharge per additional step A 150 50 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 B 150 50 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 0.2 C 150 50 0.3 0.6 0.9 1.2 0.3 D 150 50 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 0.4 E 150 50 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 0.5 F 150 50 0.6 1.2 1.8 2.4 0.6 G 150 50 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 1.0 H 150 50 1.2 2.4 3.6 4.8 1.2 I 150 50 1.6 3.2 4.8 6.4 1.6 J 150 50 1.8 3.6 5.4 7.2 1.8 175.01 - 225.00 225.01 - 275.00 275.01 - 325.00 325.01 - 375.00 O 175 50 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1 P 175 50 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 0.2 R 175 50 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 225.01 - 275.00 275.01 - 325.00 325.01 - 375.00 375.01 - 425.00 S 225 50 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 0.2 U 225 50 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 1.0 V 225 50 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 1.0 W 225 50 1.2 2.5 3.5 4.5 1.0 150.01 - 175.00 175.01 - 200.00 200.01 - 225.00 225.01 - 250.00 Y 150 25 0.3 0.6 0.9 1.2 400.01 - 425.00 425.01 - 450.00 450.01 - 475.00 475.01 - 500.00 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 Z 400 25 Price basis (1st digit) L Calculation based on the list price N Weight method Calculation based on the customer net price (discounted list price) Basic official price in € 1 50 2 100 3 150 4 175 5 200 6 225 7 300 8 400 9 555 Calculation based on raw material weight Miscellaneous 14 % surcharge 4th step - No metal surcharge 14/4 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 0.3 0.1 © Siemens AG 2016 Appendix Notes 14 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 14/5 © Siemens AG 2016 Appendix Conditions of sale and delivery ■ 1. General Provisions By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software products described therein from Siemens AG subject to the following Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery (hereinafter referred to as "T&C"). Please note that the scope, the quality and the conditions for supplies and services, including software products, by any Siemens entity having a registered office outside Germany, shall be subject exclusively to the General Terms and Conditions of the respective Siemens entity. The following T&C apply exclusively for orders placed with Siemens Aktiengesellschaft, Germany. 1.1 For customers with a seat or registered office in Germany For customers with a seat or registered office in Germany, the following applies subordinate to the T&C: • the "General Terms of Payment"1) and, • for software products, the "General License Conditions for Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a Seat or Registered Office in Germany"1) and, • for other supplies and services, the "General Conditions for the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical and Electronics Industry"1). 1.2 For customers with a seat or registered office outside Germany For customers with a seat or registered office outside Germany, the following applies subordinate to the T&C: • the "General Terms of Payment"1) and, • for software products, the "General License Conditions for Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a Seat or Registered Office outside of Germany"1) and • for other supplies and/or services, the "General Conditions for Supplies of Siemens Industry for Customers with a Seat or Registered Office outside of Germany"1). ■ 2. Prices 14 The prices are in € (Euro) ex point of delivery, exclusive of packaging. The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices. It shall be charged separately at the respective rate according to the applicable statutory legal regulations. Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will charge the prices valid at the time of delivery. To compensate for variations in the price of raw materials (e.g. silver, copper, aluminum, lead, gold, dysprosium and neodym), surcharges are calculated on a daily basis using the so-called metal factor for products containing these raw materials. A surcharge for the respective raw material is calculated as a supplement to the price of a product if the basic official price of the raw material in question is exceeded. The metal factor of a product indicates the basic official price (for those raw materials concerned) as of which the surcharges on the price of the product are applied, and with what method of calculation. You will find a detailed explanation of the metal factor on the page headed "Metal surcharges". To calculate the surcharge (except in the cases of dysprosium and neodym), the official price from the day prior to that on which the order was received or the release order was effected is used. To calculate the surcharge applicable to dysprosium and neodym ("rare earths"), the corresponding three-month basic average price in the quarter prior to that in which the order was received or the release order was effected is used with a onemonth buffer (details on the calculation can be found in the explanation of the metal factor). 14/6 Siemens D 31 N · March 2016 ■ 3. Additional Terms and Conditions The dimensions are in mm. In Germany, according to the German law on units in measuring technology, data in inches apply only to devices for export. Illustrations are not binding. Insofar as there are no remarks on the individual pages of this catalog - especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights given - these are subject to change without prior notice. ■ 4. Export regulations We shall not be obligated to fulfill any agreement if such fulfillment is prevented by any impediments arising out of national or international foreign trade or customs requirements or any embargoes and/or other sanctions. Export of goods listed in this catalog may be subject to licensing requirements. We will indicate in the delivery details whether licenses are required under German, European and US export lists. Goods labeled with "AL" not equal to "N" are subject to European or German export authorization when being exported out of the EU. Goods labeled with "ECCN" not equal to "N" are subject to US re-export authorization. The export indications can be viewed in advance in the description of the respective goods on the Industry Mall, our online catalog system. Only the export labels "AL" and "ECCN" indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices are authoritative. Even without a label, or with label "AL:N" or "ECCN:N", authorization may be required i.a. due to the final disposition and intended use of goods. If you transfer goods (hardware and/or software and/or technology as well as corresponding documentation, regardless of the mode of provision) delivered by us or works and services (including all kinds of technical support) performed by us to a third party worldwide, you must comply with all applicable national and international (re-)export control regulations. If required for the purpose of conducting export control checks, you (upon request by us) shall promptly provide us with all information pertaining to the particular end customer, final disposition and intended use of goods delivered by us respectively works and services provided by us, as well as to any export control restrictions existing in this relation. The products listed in this catalog may be subject to European/German and/or US export regulations. Any export requiring approval is therefore subject to authorization by the relevant authorities. Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice. 1) The text of the Terms and Conditions of Siemens AG can be downloaded at www.siemens.com/automation/salesmaterial-as/catalog/en/ terms_of_trade_en.pdf © Siemens AG 2016 Catalogs Digital Factory, Process Industries and Drives and Energy Management Further information can be obtained from our branch offices listed at www.siemens.com/automation/partner Interactive Catalog on DVD Products for Automation and Drives Building Control GAMMA Building Control Drive Systems SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units SINAMICS GM150, SINAMICS SM150 Medium-Voltage Converters SINAMICS PERFECT HARMONY GH180 Medium-Voltage Air-Cooled Drives Germany Edition SINAMICS G180 Converters – Compact Units, Cabinet Systems, Cabinet Units Air-Cooled and Liquid-Cooled SINAMICS S120 Chassis Format Units and Cabinet Modules SINAMICS S150 Converter Cabinet Units SINAMICS DCM DC Converter, Control Module SINAMICS DCM Cabinet SINAMICS Inverters for Single-Axis Drives and SIMOTICS Motors SINAMICS G120P and SINAMICS G120P Cabinet pump, fan, compressor converters LOHER VARIO High Voltage Motors Flameproof, Type Series 1PS4, 1PS5, 1MV4 and 1MV5 Frame Size 355 to 1000, Power Range 80 to 7100 kW Three-Phase Induction Motors SIMOTICS HV, SIMOTICS TN • Series H-compact • Series H-compact PLUS High Voltage Three-phase Induction Motors SIMOTICS HV Series A-compact PLUS Three-Phase Induction Motors SIMOTICS HV, Series H-compact Synchronous Motors with Permanent-Magnet Technology, HT-direct DC Motors SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis Converters SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters Digital: SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital Converter Cabinet Units SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems SIEMOSYN Motors MICROMASTER 420/430/440 Inverters MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411 Catalog CA 01 ET G1 D 11 D 12 D 15.1 D 18.1 D 21.3 D 23.1 D 23.2 D 31 D 35 D 83.2 D 84.1 D 84.9 D 86.1 D 86.2 DA 12 DA 21.1 DA 21.2 DA 22 DA 45 DA 48 DA 51.2 DA 51.3 Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors SIMOTICS Low-Voltage Motors SIMOTICS FD Low-Voltage Motors LOHER Low-Voltage Motors MOTOX Geared Motors SIMOGEAR Geared Motors SIMOGEAR Gearboxes with adapter D 81.1 D 81.8 D 83.1 D 87.1 MD 50.1 MD 50.11 Mechanical Driving Machines FLENDER Standard Couplings FLENDER High Performance Couplings FLENDER Backlash-free Couplings FLENDER SIP Standard industrial planetary gear units MD 10.1 MD 10.2 MD 10.3 MD 31.1 Process Instrumentation and Analytics Digital: Field Instruments for Process Automation Digital: SIPART Controllers and Software Products for Weighing Technology Digital: Process Analytical Instruments Digital: Process Analytics, Components for Continuous Emission Monitoring Low-Voltage Power Distribution and Electrical Installation Technology Catalog SENTRON · SIVACON · ALPHA Protection, Switching, Measuring and Monitoring Devices, Switchboards and Distribution Systems Standards-Compliant Components for Photovoltaic Plants Electrical Components for the Railway Industry TÜV-certified Power Monitoring System Components for Industrial Control Panels according to UL Standards 3WT Air Circuit Breakers up to 4000 A 3VT Molded Case Circuit Breakers up to 1600 A Digital: SIVACON System Cubicles, System Lighting and System Air-Conditioning Digital: ALPHA Distribution Systems ALPHA FIX Terminal Blocks SIVACON S4 Power Distribution Boards SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems Digital: DELTA Switches and Socket Outlets LV 10 Motion Control SINUMERIK 840 Equipment for Machine Tools SINUMERIK 808 Equipment for Machine Tools SINUMERIK 828 Equipment for Machine Tools SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 & SIMOTICS Equipment for Production Machines Digital: Drive and Control Components for Cranes LV 11 LV 12 LV 14 LV 16 LV 35 LV 36 LV 50 LV 51 LV 52 LV 56 LV 70 ET D1 NC 62 NC 81.1 NC 82 PM 21 CR 1 Power Supply SITOP Power supply KT 10.1 Safety Integrated Safety Technology for Factory Automation SI 10 SIMATIC HMI / PC-based Automation Human Machine Interface Systems/ PC-based Automation ST 80/ ST PC SIMATIC Ident Industrial Identification Systems ID 10 SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems Products for Totally Integrated Automation SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System System components SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System Technology components Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System ST 70 ST PCS 7 ST PCS 7 T ST PCS 7 AO SIMATIC NET Industrial Communication IK PI SIRIUS Industrial Controls Digital: SIRIUS Industrial Controls IC 10 Digital: These catalogs are only available as a PDF. FI 01 MP 31 WT 10 AP 01 AP 11 Information and Download Center Digital versions of the catalogs are available on the Internet at: www.siemens.com/industry/infocenter There you’ll find additional catalogs in other languages. Please note the section “Downloading catalogs” on page “Online services” in the appendix of this catalog. © Siemens AG 2016 Industrial Security Siemens provides products and solutions with industrial security functions that support the secure operation of plants, solutions, machines, equipment and/or networks. They are important components in a holistic industrial security con cept. With this in mind, Siemens’ products and solutions undergo continuous development. Siemens recommends strongly that you regularly check for product updates. For the secure operation of Siemens products and solutions, it is necessary to take suitable preventive action (e.g. cell protection concept) and integrate each component into a holistic, state-of-the-art industrial security concept. Thirdparty products that may be in use should also be considered. For more information about industrial security, visit www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity To stay informed about product updates as they occur, sign up for a product-specific newsletter. For more information, visit https://support.industry.siemens.com Get more information The drives family SINAMICS: www.siemens.com/sinamics Integrated Drive Systems: www.siemens.com/ids Local partners worldwide: www.siemens.com/automation/partner Siemens AG Digital Factory Division Motion Control Postfach 3180 91050 ERLANGEN GERMANY www.siemens.com/drives Subject to change without prior notice PDF (E86060-E5531-A101-A2-7600) V6.MKKATA.GMC.101 KG 0416 HOF 226 En Produced in Germany © Siemens AG 2016 Drive Technology DT Configurator. The information provided in this catalog contains merely general descriptions or characteristics of performance which in case of actual use do not always apply as described or which may change as a result of further development of the products. An obligation to provide the respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in the terms of contract. Availability and technical specifications are subject to change without notice. All product designations may be trademarks or product names of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of the owners.